Home

Foreword

image

Contents

1. ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenanees 8 21 VISCOUS paper TS aicidnsesstitaniensieciamevinidosewnas 8 22 Dry paper type where fitted s es 8 22 Wiper AOC So seistecesetnsintisiea soma absuwetuancsenieusaininnadetaans 8 22 CSAC ease E E E 8 22 Front window wiper replacement s e 8 22 Back door window wiper replacement 8 23 Windscreen washer nozzle seee 8 23 BoE N E E E 8 23 Passenger compartment 8 23 Engine compal MeENi sssrinin 8 24 EE ie A AE NE A EE PEE A E 8 25 MeadigMiS amsaa nea 8 25 Exterior Iglo serseri nin a een 8 27 IimMenor HoD aasaran n iinis 8 27 Light elec l c geen eae eer en ener ern meer neE ee 8 27 Wheels and Ty CS xc tsccinctotsassnetiectentriaaneeumiessactnacectiees 8 31 Tyre inflation pressure sssssssrsssserrnnnnrssrnnsnnnne 8 31 Types Of iOS wenteanttctesnpenaensonewocntorsuneeaweenumnatsnaans 8 31 ONON CRAINS vissas e E E 8 32 Eae Ee a EE E E 8 32 Tyre wear and damage sssssssrsssenrrnnnnsssrnnnnnnne 8 33 O ICS oea A 8 33 Changing tyres and wheels eeceeeeeeeeees 8 33 Four wheel drive 4WD models 0 ceeeeeeee es 8 33 Wheel DAAC ssnientestsnindidinimmecanad iehnanbemnnemehinns 8 33 E A cater eaters ce pease A NTT 8 33 Care of wheels a iseicccaxsassivasicsceccsnssviwniadsYocavuessiaven 8 34 MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS Your new NISSAN has been designed to have mini mum maintenance requirements with longer service
2. Failure to follow the precautions below may lead to hazardous situations Make sure the Super Lock system activation is always conducted safely When the vehicle is occupied never lock the doors with the integrated keyfob Doing so will trap the occupants since the Super Lock system prevents the doors from being opened from the inside of the vehicle Only operate the integrated keyfob LOCK button when there is a clear view of the ve hicle This is to prevent anybody from being trapped inside the vehicle through the Super Lock system activation For further details on the Super Lock system see Super Lock system RHD models later in this section amp LOCKING THE DOORS CAUTION Before operating the keyfob remote control Remove the ignition key or Intelligent Key from the vehicle and close all windows Check that the driver s door is securely closed Push the LOCK button T on the integrated key fob All the doors lock The direction indicators flash once If the LOCK button T is pushed with all the doors locked the direction indicators will flash once to remind you that the doors are already locked m UNLOCKING THE DOORS Convenience mode Push the UNLOCK button me on the integrated keyfob The message All door unlock appears in the vehicle information display All doors unlock The direction indicators flash twice Anti hijack mode 1 Push
3. When the xenon headlight is initially turned on its brightness or colour varies slightly However the colour and brightness will soon stabilise The life of xenon headlights will be shortened by frequent on off operation It is generally desir able not to turn off the headlights for short inter vals for example when the vehicle stops at a traffic signal If the xenon headlight bulb is close to burning out the brightness will drastically decrease the light will start blinking or the colour of the light will become reddish If one or more of the above signs occur contact a NISSAN dealer or quali fied workshop NISSAN recommends you to consult the local regu lations concerning the use of lights HEADLIGHT SWITCH NIC1302Z Lighting Turn the switch to the pq position 1 The front side tail number plate and instru ment lights will come on The indicator light Dd in the instrument panel will come on Turn the switch to the gt position 2 The headlights will come on and all the other lights remain on CAUTION Never leave the light switch on for extended peri ods of time while the engine is not running Daytime light system where fitted Even if the headlight switch is off the headlight low beam front side rear combination and number plate lights will come on after starting the engine How ever you cannot change low beam to high beam when the light switch is off When th
4. el SEEK tuning buttons Pressing briefly on the i or I lt button starts the tuning mode The radio tuner seeks from low to high or high to low frequencies and stops at the next broadcasting station During seek mode the audio output is muted If no broadcasting station can be found within the complete band cycle it will return to the initial frequency If the Pi or J44 button is held down with a long press the seek mode will continuously increase or decrease until the button is released When the but ton is released the seek mode will seek the next broadcasting station Preset station buttons DO AGO 6 Pressing a preset button for less than 2 seconds will select the stored radio station Pressing a preset button for more than 2 seconds will cause the station currently being received to be stored against that preset button Eighteen stations can be stored in the FM band Six each for FM1 FM2 and FMT Six stations can be set for both the MW and LW bands If the battery is disconnected or if the fuse blows the radio memory will be erased In that case reset the desired stations after battery connection or fuse replacement Radio data system RDS operation The RDS is a system through which encoded digital information is transmitted by FM radio station in ad dition to the normal FM radio broadcasting The RDS provides information services such as station name traffic information and news NOTE I
5. 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section 6 Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean Models with M R engine the engine oil dipstick is attached to the engine oil filler cap Remove the engine oil filler cap and wipe the dipstick clean 7 Reinsert it all the way Models with M R engine install the engine oil filler cap 8 Remove the dipstick again and check the oil level It should be in the normal range 1 9 If the oil level is below MIN remove the en gine oil filler cap and pour the recommended oil through the opening Do not overfill 10 Recheck the oil level with the dipstick 11 Install the engine oil filler cap securely 12 Close the bonnet It is normal to add some engine oil between oil maintenance intervals depending on the severity of operating conditions or depending on the prop erty of the engine oil used More engine oil is consumed by frequent acceleration deceleration especially when the engine rpm is high Con sumption is likely to be higher when the engine is new If the rate of oil consumption after hav ing driven for 5 000 km 3 000 miles is more than 0 5 litre per 1 000 km 621 miles consult a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop CHANGING ENGINE OIL A WARNING NISSAN recommends contacting a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop for engine oil servicing NISSAN GREEN PROGRAM Used oil must not be poured into the ground canals rivers etc It should be
6. If the light remains on and or the engine will not start see your NISSAN dealer for NATS service as soon as possible Please bring all NATS keys or NATS Intelligent Keys when visiting your NISSAN dealer for service Additional information for RHD models If the NATS is malfunctioning this light will turn on after flashing six times while the ignition switch is in the ON position However if the NATS security warning light turns off after the light has remained on for 15 minutes there is a 10 second time slot to start the engine after the ignition is turned off See your NISSAN dealer for NATS service as soon as possible BONNET RELEASE NPA1002 A LHD models RHD models 1 Pull the bonnet lock release lever D located below the instrument panel on the driver s side the bonnet will spring up slightly 2 Slide the lever O at the front of the bonnet with your fingertips and raise the bonnet 3 Insert the support rod 8 into the slot on the underside of the bonnet 4 When closing the bonnet replace the support rod in its original position then slowly close the bonnet and make sure It locks into place A WARNING Always check whether the bonnet is closed and locked securely to prevent it from opening while driving The vehicle should only be operated with the bonnet securely closed FUEL FILLER LID FUEL FILLER LID OPENER LEVER NPA1004 A LHD models RHD models To open the fuel fill
7. Replacing the halogen headlight bulb CAUTION High pressure halogen gas is sealed inside the halogen bulb The bulb may break if the glass envelope is scratched or the bulb is dropped When handling the bulb DO NOT TOUCH THE GLASS ENVELOPE Use the same number type and wattage as originally installed Aiming is usually not necessary after replac ing the bulb When aiming adjustment is nec essary contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop Do not leave the bulb out of the headlight reflector for a long period of time as dust moisture or smoke may enter the headlight body and affect the performance of the head light The headlight is a semi sealed beam type which uses a replaceable headlight halogen bulb A bulb can be replaced from inside the engine compart ment without removing the headlight assembly Contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop if you need assistance for bulb replacement 1 Open the bonnet For details see Bonnet release in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section 2 Disconnect the negative battery cable 3 When the broken bulb is located in the headlight assembly under the air duct carefully remove the clips and rotate the air duct clockwise a 1 4 of a turn 4 Remove the cap A or B of the headlight as sembly 5 Turn the connector 1 4 of a turn in the anti clock wise direction and remove the headlight bulb 6 Install the new
8. This symbol means Do not do this or Do not let this happen lt gt Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these point to the front of the vehicle 5S amp Z g Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these indicate movement or action gt Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these call attention to an item in the illustration ON PAVEMENT AND OFF ROAD DRIVING 4WD models This vehicle will handle and manoeuvre differently from an ordinary passenger vehicle because it has a higher centre of gravity for off road use As with other vehicles with features of this type failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or an accident Be sure to read On pavement and off road driving precautions and Four wheel drive 4WD in the 5 Starting and driving section of this manual BATTERY DISPOSAL CAUTION An improperly disposed battery can harm the environment Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal Examples of the batteries that the vehicle contains Vehicle battery Remote controller battery for Intelligent Key and or Remote keyless entry system Tyre Pressure Monitoring System TPMS sensor battery Remote controller battery for Mobile Entertainment system If in doubt contact your local authority or a NISSAN dealer or a qualified work shop for advice on disposal Q Bluetooth Bluetooth is a trademark
9. Ultrasonic Parking Sensor where fitted later in this section If it is difficult to move the gear lever into R Re verse or 1st Shift into N Neutral then release the clutch pedal Fully depress the clutch pedal again and shift into R Reverse or 1st DRIVING WITH AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION OR WITH CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION Models with manual shift CAUTION The cold engine idle speed is high so use caution when shifting into a forward or re verse gear before the engine has warmed up Avoid revving up the engine while the vehicle is stopped This could cause unexpected ve hicle movement Driving precautions Never shift to P Park or R Reverse while the vehicle is moving this could result in dam age to the transmission Start the engine in the P Park or N Neutral position The engine will not start in any other 5 14 Starting and driving selector position If it does have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting from P Park or N Neutral to R Re verse D Drive or Manual shift modes posi tion Always depress the brake pedal until shifting is completed Onan uphill grade do not hold the vehicle by depressing the accelerator pedal The foot brake should be used for this purpose in or der to hold the vehicle in place and to prevent overheating of the transmission Shift into the N Neu
10. 75W80 or 75W85 depending on the manual transmission type is preferable For transfer and rear differential 80W90 is preferable For hot areas 90 is suitable for ambient tem peratures below 40 C For very hot areas 140 for the differential gear Technical information 9 5 AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM REFRIGERANT AND LUBRICANT RECOMMENDATIONS where fitted The air conditioning system in this NISSAN ve hicle must be charged with the HFC 134a R 134a refrigerant and the Genuine NISSAN A C System Oil Type S or the exact equivalents Use of any other refrigerants or lubricants will cause severe damage and will lead to the vehicle s entire air conditioning system replacement NISSAN GREEN PROGRAM The release of refrigerant into the atmosphere is not recommended The new refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a in your NISSAN vehicle will not harm the earth s ozone layer However it may contribute in a small part to global warming NISSAN recommends that the refrigerant be recovered and recycled Contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop when servicing the air conditioning system 9 6 Technical information ENGINE Model Type Cylinder arrangement Bore x Stroke mm in em Displacement ein Firing order Idling speed rpm MT AT or CVT in N position a degre MT CVT in N posi tion Spark plug Standard Spark plug gap mm in Camshaft operation HR16DE Petrol 4 cycle
11. Back door lock ear lier in this section 2 Detach both of the ropes left and right 1 from the inside of the back door 3 Detach the parcel shelf from the rear seatback fasteners 2 by carefully pulling the corners up wards 4 Lift the parcel shelf up and rotate horizontally to remove through the back door opening NPA838Z CAUTION Make sure the rear parcel shelf is carefully stored when not in use in order to prevent any damage Installation 1 Open the back door 2 Position the parcel shelf over the rear seat back fasteners 2 and push downwards until they click into place 3 Attach the corresponding ropes to each side 1 of the back door 4 Close the back door see Back door lock ear lier in this section TONNEAU COVER where fitted A WARNING Never put anything on the tonneau cover no matter how small Any object on it could cause an injury in case of an accident or if the brakes are applied suddenly Do not leave the tonneau cover in position when it is disengaged from the grooves Properly secure all cargo to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause per sonal injury The child restraint top tether strap may be damaged by contact with the tonneau cover or items in the luggage compartment area Remove the tonneau cover from the vehicle or store it in it
12. FACING UPHILL Turn the wheels away from the kerb and allow the vehicle to move back until the kerb side wheel gently touches the kerb Then set the handbrake NO KERB FACING DOWNHILL OR UPHILL Turn the wheels toward the side of the road so the vehicle will move away from the centre of the road if it moves Then set the handbrake Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position and remove the key Intelligent Key where fit ted Always turn off ignition after parking a vehicle with Stop Start System fitted to avoid a possible flat battery NOTE The Stop Start System is designed to prevent unnecessary fuel consumption exhaust emis sions and noise during a journey The Stop Start System does not automatically turn off ignition at the end of a journey TRAILER TOWING Your new vehicle was designed to be used primarily to carry passengers and luggage Remember that towing a trailer will place additional loads on your vehicle s engine drive train steering braking and other systems Towing a trailer will also exaggerate other conditions such as sway caused by crosswinds rough road surfaces or passing trucks Driving style and speed must be adjusted according to the circumstances Before towing a trailer see a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop for an explanation of towing equipment and its proper use OPERATING PRECAUTIONS Avoid towing a trailer during the running in schedule Choose p
13. If the battery charge is low or discharged the selec tor lever may not move from the P Park position even with the brake pedal depressed and the selec tor lever button pushed To move the selector lever perform the following procedure 1 Models with Intelligent Key system Place the ignition switch in the OFF or LOCK position Models without Intelligent Key system Place the ignition switch in the LOCK position and remove the key if it is inserted 2 Apply the handbrake 3 Push down the shift lock release button A Use a suitable tool 4 Push and hold the selector lever button and move the selector lever to the N Neutral position while holding down the shift lock release button Place the ignition switch in the ON position to un lock the steering wheel The vehicle may be moved to the desired location 5 20 Starting and driving For models with Intelligent Key system If the battery is discharged completely the steering wheel cannot be unlocked Do not move the vehicle with the steer ing wheel locked If the selector lever cannot be moved out of the P Park position have a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop check the CVT system as soon as pos sible A WARNING If the selector lever cannot be moved from the P Park position while the engine is running and the brake pedal is depressed the stop lights may not work Malfunctioning stop lights could cause an accident injuring yourself and
14. MOBILE PHONE INTEGRATION FOR LW MW FM RADIO WITH CD PLAYER OR 6 CD CHANGER Type A BLUETOOTH MOBILE PHONE FEATURE 1 rT HOH C 1 NAA1125 A WARNING Whilst driving using the mobile phone is ex tremely dangerous because it significantly im pairs your concentration and diminishes your re action capabilities to sudden changes on the road and it may lead to a fatal accident This applies to all phone call situations such as when receiving an incoming call during a phone con versation when calling through the phone book search etc CAUTION Certain country jurisdictions prohibit the use of the mobile phone in the car without hands free support This chapter provides information about the NISSAN hands free phone system using a Bluetooth con nection Bluetooth is a wireless radio communication stan dard This system offers a hands free facility for your mobile telephone to enhance driving comfort NOTE For models with NISSAN Connect system see the separately provided Owner s Manual In order to use your mobile phone with the Blue tooth of the audio system the mobile phone must first be set up For details see Hands free tele phone setup later in this section Once it has been set up the hands free mode is automatically acti vated on the registered mobile phone via Blue tooth when it comes into range A notification message on the audio display comes on when the phone is con
15. The front view and bird s eye view are displayed 1 The view on the screen on the passenger s side switches to the front side view when the lt CAMERA gt button is pushed 8 Pushing the lt CAMERA gt button again turns the Around View Monitor off To switch the driver s side screen between front view and rear view use the gear selector lever GUIDE LINES A WARNING The distance guide line and the vehicle width line should be used as a reference only when the vehicle is on a paved level surface The distance viewed on the monitor is for refer ence only and may be different than the ac tual distance between the vehicle and dis played objects Use the displayed lines and the bird s eye view as a reference The lines and the bird s eye view are greatly affected by the number of occupants fuel level vehicle position road condition and road grade If the tyres are replaced with different sized tyres the predictive course line and the bird s eye view may be displayed incorrectly When driving the vehicle up a hill objects viewed in the monitor are further than they appear When driving the vehicle down a hill objects viewed in the monitor are closer than they appear Use the mirrors or actually look to properly judge distances to other objects The vehicle width and predictive course lines are wider than the actual width and course SAA1840Z Front view SAA1896Z Rear view Front an
16. when the cut or the puncture is approximately 4 mm 0 16 in or longer when the side of the tyre is damaged when the vehicle has been driven with a con siderable loss of air from the tyre when the tyre is completely displaced inside or outside the rim when the tyre rim is damaged when two or more tyres are flat NCE322 6 8 Incase of emergency Getting emergency tyre puncture repair kit Take the emergency tyre puncture repair kit out of the boot The repair kit consists of the following items 1 Tyre sealant bottle 2 Air compressor 3 Speed restriction sticker Before using emergency tyre puncture repair kit f any foreign object for example a screw or nail is embedded in the tyre do not remove it Check the expiration date of the sealant shown on the label attached to the bottle Never use a sealant which has passed its expiration date Repairing tyre 1 Shake the sealant bottle well 2 Remove the bottle cap and the orange plug from the top of the compressor 3 Screw the bottle into the opening of the com pressor where the orange plug was 4 Put the speed restriction sticker in a location where the driver can see it while driving NCE316 5 Screw the air compressor tube securely into the tyre valve A 6 Insert its power plug to the power outlet In the vehicle For details see Power outlet in the 2 Instruments and controls section
17. 8 amp 8 7344 ai R9M with reservoir 8 0 7 qt Reservoir 0 8 3 4 qt Differential gear oil 0 6 1 2 qt Genuine NISSAN Differential oil Hypoid Super GL5 80W90 or API GLO viscosity Transfer gear oil 0 4 3 8 qt SAE 80W90 Manual transaxle gear oil Hi a a SS MR2ODE 2WD or KOK T a ai Genuine NISSAN gear oil or API GL4 viscosity SAE 75W80 6MT MR20DE 4WD M9R or ROM 2 0 1 3 4 at Genuine NISSAN low viscosity gear oil LV MT 1 75W 7 Automatic Transmission fluid ATF M R with 4WD 7 5 6 5 8 qt Genuine NISSAN Matic Fluid ATF type S 4 6 Continuously Variable Transmission AASA ae E E i A ai ALE A sal adl CVT fluid MR20 with 2WD 7 5 6 5 8 qt Genuine NISSAN CVT fluid NS 2 5 6 MR20 with 4WD 8 5 7 1 2 qt Refill to the proper oil level accord Brake amp clutch fluid ng to tne imsirycians in tie 8 _ Genuine NISSAN brake dluidior equivalent DOTA US FMVSS No110 Maintenance and do it yourself section Multi purpose grease NLGI No 2 Lithium soap base Air conditioning system refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a Air conditioning system lubricants Genuine NISSAN A C System Oil Type S or exact equivalent Technical information 9 3 9 3 4 5 6 7 8 For further details see Recommended SAE viscosity number later in this section With the technical performances of oil ACEA B3 B4 Use Genuine NISSAN engine coolant or equivalent in its quality in order to avoid possible aluminium corr
18. J Ej Switch rotate Ej Switch push Stop Start gt Back gt Trip saving gt Total saving Settings gt Units gt Maintenance gt Alarms gt Stop Start gt Language gt Factory Language S Back gt English gt Francais gt Deutsch gt Espanol gt taliano Settings Clock Clock adjustment can be set to Set Clock Adjust the time hour and minute of the clock on the meter by rotating the J switch Push the switch to set the values Total saving Back Co 000 00 kg 00 00 00 Default gt Back gt Confirm NIC1647 On or Off Select this submenu to set the clock display On or Off 24 12 Hr Select this submenu to set the 12h 24h time dis play mode To return to the previous screen of the setting mode select Back Units The following items can be set to your preference Temperature Select this submenu to choose from degrees Celsius C or Fahrenheit F on the display Dist Fuel The fuel consumption units can be set too Select this submenu to choose distance in miles fuel consumption in MPG distance in km fuel consumption in km l distance in km fuel consumption in I 100km To return to the previous screen of the setting mode select Back Alarms Alerts can be set to notify the following items Driver Alert Select this submenu to set the
19. Park position when the ignition switch is in the ON position and the footbrake pedal is depressed To remove the key from the ignition switch 1 Move the selector lever into the P Park posi tion 2 Turn the key to the LOCK position 3 Remove the key from the ignition switch If the key is removed from the ignition switch the selector lever cannot be moved from the P Park position When the key cannot be turned toward the LOCK position proceed as follows to remove the key 1 Move the selector lever into the P Park posi tion 2 Turn the key slightly in the ON direction 3 Turn the key towards the LOCK position 4 Remove the key STEERING LOCK To lock the steering wheel 1 Turn the key to the LOCK position 2 Remove the key from the ignition switch 3 Turn the steering wheel 1 6 of a turn clockwise from the straight up position To unlock the steering wheel 1 Insert the key into the ignition switch 2 Gently turn the key while rotating the steering wheel slightly right and left KEY POSITIONS LOCK Normal parking position 0 The ignition key can only be removed when in this position The steering lock can only be locked in this position OFF 1 The engine is turned off without locking the steering wheel Acc Accessories 2 This position activates electrical accessories such as the radio when the engine is not running ON Normal operating position 3 This posi
20. REGISTRATION TO ANOTHER COUNTRY When planning to travel in another country you should first find out if the fuel available is suitable for your vehicle s engine Using fuel with too low octane cetane rating may cause engine damage Therefore avoid taking your vehicle to areas where appropriate fuel is not avail able When transferring your vehicle registration to an other country check with the appropriate authori ties that the vehicle complies with the requirements as it may not be possible to adapt it In some cases a vehicle cannot meet the legal requirements and in other cases It may be necessary to modify the ve hicle to meet specific laws and regulations The laws and regulations for motor vehicle emission control and safety standards vary according to the country therefore vehicle specifications may differ NISSAN is not responsible for any inconvenience when the vehicle is taken and registered into an other country The necessary modifications transportation and registration are the owner s responsibility VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION PLATE NTI171Z The plate is affixed as shown VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN chassis number NTI153Z The number is stamped as shown ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER K9K engine t Le A Y Fa i A t Qo iz NTI170Z NTI097Z NTI193 NTIO099Z R9M engine The number is stamped on the engine as shown TYRE PLACARD N
21. Remove the emergency key If the key is removed from the ignition switch the selector lever cannot be moved from P Park The selector lever can only be moved from the P Park position when the ignition knob is in the ON position and the footbrake pedal is depressed NISSAN ANTI THEFT SYSTEM NATS The NISSAN Anti Theft System NATS will stop the engine if someone tries to start the engine with out the registered Intelligent Key Immobilizer If you failed to start the engine using the NATS Intel ligent Key turn the ignition knob to the LOCK posi tion wait for 5 seconds and turn the knob to the START position again to start the engine For additional information see NISSAN Anti Theft System NATS in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section STARTING THE ENGINE 1 Apply the handbrake 2 Manual transmission models Move the gear lever to N Neutral position and depress the clutch pedal to the floor while start ing the engine Automatic transmission or Continuously vari able transmission models Depress the brake pedal and move the selector lever to the P Park or N Neutral position P position is preferred NOTE The starter is designed not to operate if the selector lever is out of the P Park or N Neu tral position Models without Intelligent Key Rotate the steering wheel left to right to release the ignition lock whilst turning the ignition switch to
22. S Stop Start Stop Start OFF ON More information about the Stop Start System can be checked using the Settings menu see Instru ments and Controls ENVIRONMENTAL SAVINGS The vehicle information display keeps a record of the CO2 savings that can be viewed via the Set tings menu See Vehicle information display in the 2 Instru ments and controls section for information about the display Seitings Stop Start Trip saving Back Back gt Trip saving gt Total saving gt Reset CO gt Maintenance gt Alarms CO 000 00 kg gt Stop Start NIC1642 Trip Saving Estimated CO2 exhaust emissions prevented since last reset NOTE The Trip Saving value is the same informa tion that is displayed when the engine is auto matically stopped by the Stop Start System Settings Stop amp Start Total saving gt Exit 5 Back gt Clock gt Trip saving aa gt Units gt ITE TEE Wilare Co 000 00 kg 00 00 00 gt Maintenance gt Alarms a Stop amp Start NIC1643 Starting and driving 5 23 Total Saving Estimated CO2 exhaust emissions pre vented Time that the engine has been stopped by the Stop Start System NOTE The Total Saving values cannot be reset and show accumulated Stop Start System information since the vehicle was built 5 24 Starting and driving ULTRASONIC PARKING SENSOR where fitted N
23. Start ON has Stop amp Start OFF CO Saved F 000 00 NIC1644 WARNINGS AND ALERTS The design of the warnings and alerts may differ depending on the model 1 Door open warning This warning appears if any of the doors are open or not closed securely The vehicle icon indicates which door is open on the display 2 Back door open warning This warning appears if the back door is open or not closed securely When the door is to be left open e g when you transport a long load push the switch or the steering wheel switch G where fit ted to confirm 8 Seat belt warning Rear seat or 2nd row The seat belt warning indicates the seating position when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position and disappears when All related seat belts have been securely fas tened The _ switch or the steering wheel switch i where fitted is pushed Approximately 35 seconds after engine start A WARNING Seat belts for 3rd row seats where fitted are not part of the seat belt warning light monitoring sys tem For more information see Seat belts in the 1 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section 4 Ignition knob warning Intelligent Key models The warning appears when the ignition knob is left in the Acc or OFF position instead of completely being turned to the LOCK position If this warning appears turn the ignition knob to
24. Unau thorised electrical test equipment and prob ing devices should not be used on the pre tensioner seat belt system If you need to dispose of the pre tensioner or scrap the vehicle contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop Correct pre tensioner disposal procedures are set forth in the ap propriate NISSAN Service Manual Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal in jury The front seat pre tensioner seat belt system is acti vated in conjunction with the front air bag system It helps tighten the seat belt when the vehicle is in volved in certain types of collisions by restraining the seat occupants via the seat belt retractor The pre tensioner is encased with the seat belt s retractor These seat belts are used in the same way as conventional seat belts Additionally the driver s side pre tensioner seat belt system is also equipped with a lap pre tensioner Both the retractor pre tensioner and lap pre ten sioner provide significant protection against injury in an accident and increase the safety performance of your vehicle When the pre tensioner seat belt system activates smoke is released and a loud noise may be heard The smoke is harmless but care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking When the ignition switch is in the ON or START position the Supplemental Restraint System SRS air bag warning light will illuminate The SRS air bag warning light will turn
25. When operating the seatback release always rock the seatback afterward to check that it is locked When the vehicle is being used to carry cargo properly secure all cargo to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause per sonal injury Never allow anyone to ride in the luggage area or on the rear seat when it is in the folded down position Use of these areas by passen gers without proper restraints could result in serious injury in an accident or sudden stop ing and being locked in the luggage compart ment where they could be seriously injured Keep the vehicle locked with the rear seat back securely latched when not in use and prevent children from having access to the vehicle s keys 1 2 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Adjustment 1 Slide the seat forward and backward 2 Reclining the seatback 8 Lift or lower the seat driver s side only 4 Lumbar support where fitted NDI1100 REAR SEAT S NO NPA928Z 5 seater Folding 5 seater The luggage compartment loading capacity can be increased by folding the rear seats forward To fold the seat 1 Insert the side seat belt tongue into the slot lo cated on the rear door pillar 4 as illustrated 2 Release the seatback lock by pulling on the latch 3 Fold the seat forward To return the seat t
26. nal area must be avoided No modifications or additions should be made by the user which will either prevent the seat belt adjusting devices from operating to re move slack or prevent the seat belt assembly from being adjusted to remove slack Seat belts should be adjusted as firmly as possible consistent with comfort to provide the protection for which they have been de signed A slack belt will greatly reduce the protection afforded to the wearer Care should be taken to avoid contamination of the webbing with polishes oils and chemi cals and particularly battery acid Cleaning may safely be carried out using mild soap and water The belt should be replaced if webbing becomes frayed contaminated or damaged It is essential to replace the entire assembly after it has been worn in a severe impact even if damage to the assembly is not obvious Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 7 Belts should not be worn with straps twisted Each belt assembly must only be used by one occupant it is dangerous to put a belt around a child being carried on the occupant s lap Every occupant in this vehicle should wear a seat belt at all times Never carry more people in the vehicle than there are seat belts All seat belt assemblies including retractors and attaching hardware should be inspected by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop af ter any collision NISSAN recommends tha
27. press the accelerator pedal a little approxi Starting and driving 5 11 mately 1 3 to the floor and hold it then crank the engine Release the ignition switch and the accelerator pedal when the engine starts CAUTION Do not operate the starter for more than 15 seconds ata time If the engine does not start turn the ignition switch to the OFF position and wait 10 seconds Petrol engine models or 20 seconds Diesel engine models before cranking again otherwise the starter could be damaged lf it becomes necessary to start the engine with a booster battery and jumper leads the instructions and cautions contained in the Jump starting in the 6 In case of emergency section should be carefully fol lowed 7 Warm up Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 seconds after starting Drive at moderate speed for a short distance first especially in cold weather A WARNING Do not leave the vehicle unattended while the engine is warming up 5 12 Starting and driving DRIVING THE VEHICLE DRIVING WITH MANUAL TRANSMISSION CAUTION Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal while driving This may cause clutch damage Stop your vehicle completely before shifting into the R Reverse position When you are shifting from one gear to an other be certain to depress the clutch pedal all the way to the floor to avoid clashing or chipping the gears Avoid abrupt starts and acceleration for your
28. s instructions When installing a child restraint carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual and those supplied with the child restraint When you install an ISOFIX system compatible child restraint to the lower anchor attachments in the rear seat follow these steps 1 Inspect the lower anchors by inserting your fin gers into the lower anchor area and make sure there are no obstructions over the ISOFIX sys tem anchors such as seat belt webbing or seat cushion material The child restraint will not be secured properly if the ISOFIX system anchors are obstructed 2 To install the ISOFIX system compatible child restraint insert the child restraint ISOFIX system anchor attachments into the anchor points on the rear seat See Top tether strap for child restraint later in this section for installation in structions 3 Fit the ISOFIX funnel guides supplied with the ISOFIX child seat where fitted to the vehicle ISOFIX brackets located in slots on the slope of the rear outer seat cushions refer to the ISOFIX TOP TETHER STRAP FOR CHILD RESTRAINT A WARNING Child restraint anchorages are designed to label for appropriate locations After attaching the child restraint and before plac ing the child in it use force to check that it does not tilt too far from side to side and tug it forward to make sure that the child restraint is securely held in place Make sure that both ISOFIX
29. safety When quick acceleration is required for some reason shift to a lower gear and accelerate until the vehicle reaches the maximum speed in each gear Do not exceed the speed limit of any gear Pay special attention when acceler ating or when shifting into a lower gear on slippery surfaces Sudden acceleration or down shifting could cause the wheels to skid and result in loss of control NSD340 5 speed MT NSD292Z 6 speed MT where fitted Shifting A RHD models LHD models 4 Gear lever ring To change gears fully depress the clutch pedal shift into the appropriate gear then release the clutch slowly and smoothly To ensure smooth gear changes fully depress the clutch pedal before operating the gear lever If the clutch pedal is not fully depressed before the trans mission is shifted a gear noise may be heard This could result in damage to the transmission Start the vehicle in 1st gear and shift through the gears in sequence according to the vehicle speed T NIC1639 7 NIC1648 Model without Stop Start System Gear shift indicator where fitted The gear shift indicator A located in the lower part of the vehicle information display can help to im prove the level of environmentally friendly driving Following the gear shift indicator by changing to a higher or lower gear whenever the UP or DOWN arrow Is displayed may improve fuel economy An UP arrow
30. sessssssseeeseesssessseererrrrrrrrrrrnr nnn 5 36 Tyre rotation soiree EEEE 8 32 Tyre wear and damage ssssssssssrissssessusauuuunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnane 8 33 Wheels and tyres sssesssseessseeeeerererirrrirrnnn 8 31 9 7 Doo fEf Ultrasonic sensor Alarm Sensor vrcrececdecasasccannsannnnonnemesnenenasannsnnacaneneateaduauet 3 13 Parking Sensor srania o EN rr ESES 5 24 USB Memory operation s2ccenatdaccubtriiacinevenensiiccenrnalterconnns 4 37 Using Intelligent Key system eceecceeeeeeeesseeeeeeteeeeeeaeeeaaeeees 3 7 Vehicle identification siiiiessii csssssersnetuauderrectronnsosatalaactinaedeanyescere 9 8 Vehicle identification number VIN chassis number 9 8 Vehicle identification plate cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaes 9 8 Vehicle information display vaccitsicciabbnceestimmbbincdaldaetnectetonaiad 2 11 Vehicle security essessssesssrrsnrrrerrrrnrrnnnrrnnnrnnnrnnnrnsennnens 3 13 5 38 PLAN system iencscrad ectidiisaaaadssiasnennnennonseaaanysieskanendeatedeoata 3 13 VENTS ayia cee teosecebe eee cca E heated AEE 4 12 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 0000088 2 3 Warnings and alerts Vehicle information display 6 2 12 Washing etka cect Rodda en oon ttt Ce racy AEE ER 7 2 IV EG segir cece tcnete te E E E E 7 2 Wheel Blocking The wheels cssssscesecdesssdendidezeeesemwinnnniereceitenesedes 6 3 Careof Wheels fie cucsntnaddaictacsramnninnietebnned
31. source mode and the last received radio station will be selected FM Auto store When the lt FMeAM gt button is pressed for more than 1 5 seconds the six stations with the strongest signals are stored in the preset 1 to 6 buttons of the FMT band During the search a notification mes sage AUTOSTORE appears in the display and the Radio band select buttons 4 32 Display screen heater and air conditioner and audio system sound is muted until the operation is complete Once completed the radio selects preset button 1 Manual tuning When adjusting the broadcasting station frequency manually turn the lt TUNE MENU gt dial until the de sired station is tuned in The frequency increases or decreases in steps of 100 kHz on the FM band and 9 kHz on the AM band A WARNING The radio should not be tuned while driving in order for full attention to be given to the driving operation ld SEEK tuning buttons Pressing the lt gt gt gt or lt lt gt button starts the tun ing mode The radio tuner seeks from low to high or high to low frequencies and stops at the next broad casting station During seek mode the audio output is muted If no broadcasting station can be found within the complete band cycle it will return to the initial frequency Preset station buttons NO AGO6 Pressing a preset button for less than 2 seconds will select the stored radio station Pressing a preset button for more th
32. the seat belts and turn the ignition switch to the ON position without starting the engine The following lights where fitted will come on E ey PS 4wo C The following lights where fitted come on briefly and then go off Seat belt driver and front passenger warn ing light red Supplemental Restraint System SRS air bag warning light red Water in fuel filter warning light orange 4WD warning light orange Automatic Transmission check indicator light AT models orange SASS Continuously Variable Transmission CVT indicator light orange Electronic Stability Programme ESP OFF indicator light orange p C raD e j AWD mode indicator light AUTO green E G i AWD mode indicator light LOCK orange Glow plug indicator light Diesel engine orange O Ak amp R Ro CVT s sport BK lt i M9R engine only If any light fails to come on it may indicate a burned out bulb or an open circuit in the electrical system Have the system checked and repaired promptly by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop Low fuel indicator light orange Slip indicator light orange Front fog light indicator light green O SEEM cdicthalla Rear fog light indicator light orange High beam indicator light blue Dipped beam indicator light green Side light and headlight indicator light green SPORT SPORT mode indicator light Trailer direction ind
33. vated 1 Press the air recirculation lt 5 button to the OFF position 2 Turn the airflow control dial for Cooling select the A or WW position Heating select the s or av position Heating and defogging select the C po sition Ventilation select the or Xas position Windscreen defogging select the 7 po sition 3 Turn the fan speed control dial to the desired position 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the desired position 4 14 Display screen heater and air conditioner and audio system NOTE When selecting the jy or S position turn the temperature control dial to the desired position between the middle and the maxi mum HOT right position 5 Press the A C button where fitted to the ON position and the indicator light will come on Switch this mode on for dehumidified heating or cooling NOTE The air conditioner mode is used to cool and dehumidify For quick cooling when the out side temperature is high select the air recir culation mode position amp Be sure to re turn to the outside air mode to avoid windows from fogging up and interior air from becom ing stale A visible mist may be seen coming from the vents in hot humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly this is not a malfunction For quick heating press the air recirculation button to the ON position Be sure to return to the OFF
34. your seat belts to help reduce the risk or se verity of injury in various kinds of accidents The seat belts and the air bags are most ef fective when you are sitting back and upright in the seat Air bags inflate with great force If you are unrestrained leaning forward sitting sideways or out of position in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash and may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the air bag if you are up against it when it inflates Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system NPA926Z Correct rear seating positions A WARNING Never let children ride unrestrained or extend their hands or face out of the window Do not attempt to hold them on your lap or in your arms Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the previous illustra tions Children may be severely injured or killed if not properly restrained when the supplemen tal front air bags or supplemental side air bags inflate Preteens and children should be prop erly restrained in the rear seat if possible 1 13 SS0100Z Never install a child restraint in the front seat without first deactivating the front passenger air bag An inflating supplemental front air bag could seriously injure or kill your child For additional information see Child restraints later in this section A WARNING Side and curtain air bags The side and curtain air bag ordinarily w
35. 3 5 Intelligent Key operating range eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaeeees 3 6 Intelligent Key system cccceeeeeeeeseeeseeeeeeeeeeeaseeeneeeeneeeeneeenees 3 6 Anti hijack mode suniensveoceisadeiiemetneeteniendeneemeteineeccns 3 7 Battery replacement sdeiesesescevennnnnnticceneenecsaatbeentncieee dates 8 19 Emergency key Intelligent Key dead battery situation 5 10 igation KNO ducers aiiis rne eia 5 8 Locking unlocking sessssssssssrsssessserrsnrtstttrrrttrrrrrrrrrrrerrnn 3 7 Starting the engine sessssssssrsssesssettsrttttttttttttttrrtrrirrrrrnna 3 8 Intenor GUIS cerier a 2 37 8 27 iPod player operation sciterpsdinecetcsasssathetouhonns cieeieed 2d nns 4 37 ISOFIX system xecnnnenececedaassiemnmndtxnnnetenencancnaeesieursavuianndeaceveane 1 26 J mp Stating seseina 6 10 8 19 Key ainm a a a TEES 3 2 gnition knob positions cicmdseimumesteseeemveninecccentnnertieds 5 9 MMOBIZEr derie e iaae 3 2 Integrated keyfob remote control system eee 3 3 Intelligent Key operating range eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeees 3 6 intelligent Key system siicneniccaacduthamsereedoseathietenvntsdeccenoatis 3 6 Key positions Ignition switch e seeessseeseeeeseeereerrreerreen 5 7 NISSAN Anti Theft System NATS sssccccscscccccen 3 2 NISSAN Anti Theft System NATS key ssssssccccrcenn 3 2 Remote keyless entry system ccce 3 3 Using Intelligent Key system sasssscssscscrcree
36. 4 2 Around view monitor P 4 4 Glove box P 2 31 Front passenger air bag deactivate switch P 1 17 where fitted 2 Refer to the separately provided NISSAN Con nect Owner s Manual See the page number indicated in parentheses for operating details Illustrated table of contents 0 5 METERS AND GAUGES x1000r min 1 Tachometer P 2 2 2 Warning indicator lights P 2 3 3 Turn signal P 2 26 Hazard warning indicator lights P 2 28 4 Outside temperature display Clock display Clock setting see P 2 19 0 6 Illustrated table of contents NIC 1560 5 Vehicle information display P 2 11 6 Speedometer P 2 2 7 Engine coolant temperature gauge P 2 2 3 switch Twin trip odometer control and brightness level control P 2 11 9 Odometer Twin trip odometer display P 2 16 Gear indicator CVT and AT models only P 2 14 44 L switch Settings control and trip computer control P 2 11 G Fuel gauge P 2 2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT HR16DE ENGINE Type A D Engine coolant reservoir P 8 6 2 Brake clutch fluid reservoir RHD models P 8 15 3 Engine oil filler cap P 8 8 4 Brake clutch fluid reservoir LHD models P 8 15 5 Air cleaner filter P 8 21 6 Fuses fusible link box P 8 23 7 Battery P 8 17 Engine oil dipstick P 8 8 9 Window washer headlight cleaner where fit ted fluid res
37. Driver Alert pe riod Outside temp Select this submenu to set the low temperature alert On or Off To return to the top page of the setting mode select Back Instruments and controls 2 19 Stop Start where fitted The CO2 savings and the engine stop time using the Stop Start System are kept in a submenu Trip Saving View the estimated CO2 exhaust emissions pre vented since last reset It is possible to reset using the Reset CO2 submenu then push the _ switch to set to zero NOTE The Trip Saving value is the same informa tion that is displayed when the engine is auto matically stopped by the Stop Start System Total Saving View The estimated CO2 exhaust emissions pre vented The time that the engine has been stopped by the Stop Start System NOTE The Total Saving values cannot be reset and show accumulated Stop Start System information since the vehicle was built For more information see Stop Start System where fitted in the 5 Starting and driving sec tion 2 20 Instruments and controls Maintenance The maintenance intervals of the following remind ers can be set or reset Service for engine oil change service reminder Select this submenu to view or reset the dis tance driven information or to set an interval petrol models View the distance driven information Select Service Set procedure petrol
38. FADE gt EQ BASS When the desired mode appears in the display turn the MENU VOL dial clockwise or anticlockwise to adjust the settings When the configuration is com plete press the lt ENTER gt button repeatedly or the lt BACK gt button once until the sound menu screen is exited or wait at least 5 seconds without pressing any buttons BASS control Use this control to enhance or attenuate bass re sponse sound Turn the MENU VOL dial clockwise or anticlockwise to adjust the bass settings 4 24 Display screen heater and air conditioner and audio system TREBLE control Use this control to enhance or attenuate the treble Turn the MENU VOL dial clockwise or anticlockwise to adjust the treble settings BALANCE control Use this control to adjust the balance of the volume between the left and right speakers Turn the MENU VOL dial anticlockwise or clock wise to adjust the left right balance FADE Fader control Use this control to adjust the balance of the volume between the front and rear where fitted speakers Turn the MENU VOL dial anticlockwise or clock wise to adjust the front rear balance EQ Equalizer Use this control to change the preset sound mode Turn the MENU VOL dial in the clockwise or anti clockwise direction and the mode will change as fol lows OFF lt ENHANCE ACOUSTIC amp LIVE lt OFF RADIO OPERATION When the tb Power button is pressed the audi
39. If Bluetooth has been switched off a notification message On Off appears when you select Blue tooth from the setup menu screen or press To switch the Bluetooth signal on press lt ENTER gt and a follow up screen will appear Then select On and press lt ENTER gt to display the Bluetooth set tings menu screen USB AUX BT Audio A S BTAudio E eo T Songtitle NAA1203 Bluetooth audio streaming main operation Turn the ignition switch to the Acc or ON position If the audio system was turned off while the Blue tooth audio was playing pressing the lt tb gt but ton will start the Bluetooth audio streaming lt AUX gt button To operate the Bluetooth audio streaming use one of the following methods Press the lt AUX gt button then turn the lt TUNE MENUS gt dial to highlight BT Audio and press lt ENTER gt Press lt AUX gt repeatedly until BT Audio is high lighted then press lt ENTER gt The type of display A or B shown on the audio system can vary depending on the Bluetooth ver sion of the device ri b When the Pi Cue or a4 Review button is pressed continuously the track will be played at high speed When the button is released the track will be played at normal playing speed rel Track up down buttons Pressing the Pi or I lt button once the track will be skipped forward to the next track or backward to the beginning of the curr
40. Insert the end tongue into the buckle with the black button until it clicks d Pull the second tongue and insert it into the buckle with the red button 4 until it clicks Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 9 3rd row rear 7 seater 3rd row outer seat 7 seater a b Unclip the end tongue from stowage hook on the side trim 4 Insert the end tongue into the buckle with the black button until it clicks Pull the second tongue and insert it into the buckle with the red button until it clicks The tongue holder can be slid to a preferred position on the webbing for easy access the next time the seat belt is used SSS0467Z Position the lap belt portion low on the hips as shown Pull the shoulder belt portion towards the retrac tor to take up extra slack Make sure the shoul der belt is routed over your shoulder and snug across your chest A WARNING The seat belt should rest on the middle of the shoulder It must not rest against the neck Make sure that the seat belt is not twisted in any way 1 10 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Unfastening the seat belts A WARNING Make sure when releasing the centre seat belt from the 2nd row that the seat belt tongues do not come into contact with any occupants on the 3rd row To unfasten the seat belt press the button on the buckle The seat belt will automatically
41. Locking the doors 1 Make sure you have the Intelligent Key with you when exiting the vehicle 2 Close all doors 3 Press any of the outside lock switches front doors or back door All the doors lock The direction indicators flash once Super Lock system equipped models The Su per Lock system will be activated CAUTION Do not leave the duplicate Intelligent Key inside the vehicle as the locking procedure logic will not work NOTE If the Intelligent Key is left in the vehicle and the door back door outside lock switch is pressed a buzzer will sound warning the owner that the Intelligent Key has been left inside the vehicle Unlocking the doors For details on setting the unlock mode anti hijack or convenience mode see Switching from Conve nience mode to Anti hijack mode earlier in this sec tion 3 8 Pre driving checks and adjustments Convenience mode Push the door back door outside lock switch All doors unlock The direction indicators flash twice The message All door unlock appears in the vehicle information display Anti hijack mode 1 Push the door back door outside lock switch The corresponding door unlocks The direction indicators flash twice quickly The message Single door unlock appears in the vehicle information display 2 Push the door back door outside lock switch again within 5 seconds All doors unlock The directio
42. NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop 2 4 Instruments and controls A WARNING Driving your vehicle could be dangerous Have it towed to the nearest NISSAN dealer or quali fied workshop Depressing the brake pedal with the engine stopped could increase your stopping dis tance and require greater pedal travel dis tance and effort Charge warning light If the light comes on while the engine is running it may indicate that the charging system is not func tioning properly Turn the engine off and check the alternator belt If the belt is loose broken missing or if the light remains on see a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop immediately CAUTION Do not continue driving if the alternator belt is loose broken or missing Diesel Particulate Filter DPF warning light where fitted A WARNING Be careful not to burn yourself with exhaust gases Do not park the vehicle over flammable mate rials such as dry grass waste paper or rags as they may burn easily If the vehicle continues to be driven at a low speed with the DPF warning light illuminated the fail safe will limit engine revolutions and or torque In this case the engine oil must be replaced and the process of burning accumu lated particulate matter must be carried out by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop Service regeneration is a maintenance item and is not covered by the NISSAN warranty Use engine oil for DPF equipped models
43. Phone Bluetooth lt ccsssswecieatadessewascesnanbancescormenpnasiermueececens 4 44 4 52 Mobile phone integration for FM AM radio with CD player tenet eta escacei uh tesssesdan sea tseeressnteay toc bomneneeeeetesiteoans 4 52 Mobile phone integration for LW MW FM radio with CD player or 6 CD changer Type A scarsicnesucnstannnaliieceianicen 4 44 Power Power door lock switch ssssssssssssesesssssssssnnnnnnnrrrnrereeess 3 10 Power OWN sirieias icen EEEE Enia Arano EANA ENEE 2 30 Power steering System cece esceccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeees 5 38 Power window Driver s side Reinitialisation procedure ses irea a E 2 35 Power WINdOWS frcccuciswericnivanassansaintiecssnuseenteddatuteectveatcun 2 34 Pre tensioner seat belt system esscsecscrcrirrr 1 12 Precautions Audio operation precautions esseessssssrrrrrrrrrrrrerreesse 4 21 Brake precautions ceecaaiacoxagacteceaceeredtanseveenneetietemccdteeceon 5 39 Child restraint usage lt isticissrsccsdacaseugesicconsinedectenppeseteeciaees 1 18 Cruise control precautions seesseeessssssrrrrnrrrrrrrereeres 5 29 Maintenance precautions c ssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaes 8 4 On pavement and off road driving precautions sse 5 4 Operating precautions trailer ccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 5 35 Seat belt usage sseseessesgaiunsszesincaumeoroctniedaevuevsetietetereteansteeea 1 7 Towing precautions sxcce
44. Platform FWFD NOTE Alternatively refer to a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop for the latest platform references 3 Universal mode only Universal child restraints approved to ECE Regu lation No 44 04 are clearly marked Universal 1 22 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system INSTALLATION OF A CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM ON THE FRONT PASSENGER SEAT Seating position 7 seater Front passenger seat Age grou j i ihe a CeACUVALEG wont 2nd row centre seat 2nd row outer seat 3rd row seat passenger air bag ONLY Britax Cosy Tot Britax Cosy Tot Group 0 lt 13 kg Romer Baby Safe 1 Romer Baby Safe 1 Fair G 0 1 1 2 X pis gs Britax Romer Duo Prita Romer Duo rara or 5 Fair 123 Bimbo Group I 9 to 18 kg Plus 3 Plus 3 Maxi Cosi Tobi Maxi Cosi Tobi Fair 123 Bimbo Fair 123 Bimbo Group Il and III 15 to Britax Hi Liner Arta mremen S pce a Romer Kid 3 Romer Kid 3 Fair Junior 36 kg Romer Kid 3 l Fair Junior Fair Junior NPA679Z Front passenger air bag left active A WARNING ae Rearward facing only gi This is an ISOFIX child restraint It requires an additional platform to be fitted to your vehicle Never install a rear facing child restraint sys Rearward facing use Platform RWF B D tem in the front seat without first deactivating Forward facing use Platform FWF B the front passenger air bag Supplemental Alternatively refer to a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop
45. Storage trays NIC1734 Glove box Cool box Sunglasses holder 7 Front cup holders Seat pockets 9 Rear cup holders 7 seater where fitted The layout illustrated is for the Left Hand Drive LHD model On the Right Hand Drive RHD model these components are located on the opposite side A WARNING Do not place sharp objects in the trays to help prevent injury in an accident or sudden stop GLOVE BOX NIC1732 A WARNING Keep the glove box lid closed while driving to help prevent injury in an accident or a sudden stop To open the glove box lift the latch and lower the lid Cool box where fitted When the engine Is running and the air conditioning is switched on cool air will enter the glove box through the opening as illustrated 1 Instruments and controls 2 31 Sunglasses holder 4 WARNING The sunglasses holder should not be used while driving so that full attention may be given to vehicle operation Do not leave sunglasses in the sunglasses holder while parking in direct sunlight The heat may damage the sunglasses The glove box contains a sunglasses storage area which is accessible when the glove box Is open CONSOLE BOX A WARNING The centre console box should not be used while driving so that full attention may be given to ve hicle operation Pull the lid up to open the console box CUP HOLDERS A WARNING Cup holders should not be used while driv
46. TYRE WEAR AND DAMAGE SD1I1663Z Tyres should be periodically inspected for wear cracking bulging or objects caught in the tread If excessive wear cracks bulging or deep cuts are found the tyre should be replaced The original tyres have a built in tread wear indica tor 1 When the wear indicator is visible the tyre should be replaced The wear indicator locations are indicated by the location marks TYRE AGE Remember tyre age Never use a tyre over six years old regardless of whether they have been used or not Tyres degrade with age as well as the use they are subjected to Have the tyres checked and balanced frequently by a NISSAN dealer or qualified work shop Report all accidents where the tyre is knocked even if it is minor CHANGING TYRES AND WHEELS A WARNING Do not install a deformed wheel or tyre even if it has been repaired Such wheels or tyres could have structural damage and could fail without warning When replacing a tyre use the same size speed rating and load carrying capacity as_ originally equipped Recommended types and sizes are men tioned in Wheels and Tyres in the 9 Technical information section The use of tyres other than those recommended or the mixed use of tyres of different brands construc tion bias bias belted or radial or tread patterns can adversely affect the ride braking handling ground clearance body to tyre clearance snow chain clearan
47. Use any one of the following methods to change the cruising speed Slow the vehicle as normal using the footbrake pedal the SET indicator 8 in the combination meter will be turned off When the vehicle reaches the desired cruising speed push and release the SET switch downwards The new set speed value Q and SET indicator will be displayed in the combination meter Press the accelerator pedal When the vehicle reaches the desired cruising speed push and release the SET switch downwards The new set speed value Q and SET indicator will be displayed in the combination meter Push and release the RES resume 1 switch upwards or the SET switch 2 downwards to increase or decrease the set speed in steps of 1 km h or 1 MPH for petrol models or R9M die sel models 2 km h or 2 3 MPH K9K diesel models 2 km h or 1 MPH for M9R diesel models Push and hold the RES resume 1 switch up wards or the SET switch 2 downwards The vehicle speed will increase or decrease to the new set speed The new set speed value Q will be displayed in the combination meter Passing another vehicle Depress the accelerator pedal to accelerate After releasing the accelerator pedal the vehicle will re turn to the previously set speed The set speed value Q will flash until the vehicle returns to the previously set speed Cancelling the cruise control system To cancel a set speed limit push the CANCEL switc
48. adjust depress the adjustment button as illus trated and move the shoulder belt anchor to the appropriate position so that the belt passes over the centre of the shoulder Release the adjustment button to lock the shoulder belt anchor into position A WARNING After adjustment release the adjustment but ton and check by moving the shoulder belt assembly up and down to make sure the shoulder belt anchor is securely fixed in posi tion The seat belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Checking the seat belt operation Your seat belt retractors are designed to lock the belt movement in two separate situations When the belt is pulled quickly from the retrac tor When the vehicle slows down rapidly To increase your confidence in the belts check the operation as follows Take place in the seat for which you wish to check the belt operation Grasp the shoulder belt and pull quickly forward The retractor should lock and re strict further belt movement If the retractor does not lock during these checks or if you have any questions about the seat belt opera tion see a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE To clean the seat belt webbing apply a mild soap solution or any solution recommended for cleaning upholstery or carpets Then brush it wipe with a cloth and allow it to dry
49. an chorages have latched correctly withstand only those loads imposed by cor rectly fitted child restraints Under no circum stances are they to be used for adult seat belts harnesses or for attaching other items or equipment to the vehicle The child restraint top tether strap may be damaged by contact with the rear parcel shelf or items in the luggage compartment area 5 Make sure that the child restraint is properly se cured prior to each use NPA921Z Remove the rear parcel shelf from the vehicle or secure it in the luggage compartment area NOTE see Rear parcel shelf where fitted later in Top tether cli i i i i For forward facing ISOFIX child restraint posi A Top tether clip this section Also secure any loose items in tion on the rear seat slide the front seat as far Child restraint anchor bar the luggage compartment Your child could forwards as possible l l be seriously injured or killed in a collision if p The top tether strap of the child restraint must be the top tether strap is damaged For rearward facing ISOFIX child restraint po secured to the provided anchor point of your vehicle sition on the rear seat slide the front seat backwards until it touches the edge of the child restraint see Anchor point locations where fitted later in this section Installing top tether strap 1 Adjust the head restraint to the upper position 2 Position the top tether strap over the top of the
50. as a reference only when the vehicle is on a level paved surface The distance viewed on the monitor is for reference only and may be different than the actual distance between the vehicle and displayed objects NAA1238 Moving to a steep uphill When moving the vehicle up a hill the distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown closer than the actual distance For example the display shows 1 m 3 ft to the place A but the actual 1 m 3 ft distance on the hill is the place 8B Note that any object on the hill is viewed in the moni tor further than it appears Display screen heater and air conditioner and audio system 4 9 NAA1239 Moving to a steep downhill When moving the vehicle down a hill the distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown further than the actual distance For example the display shows 1 m 8 ft to the place A but the actual 1 m 3 ft distance on the hill is the place 8 Note that any object on the hill is viewed in the moni tor closer than it appears SAA1923 Moving near a projecting object The predictive course lines A do not touch the object in the display However the vehicle may hit the object if it projects over the actual moving course 4 10 Display screen heater and air conditioner and audio system SAA3575 There may be a small visible distance between the vehicle and the object in the bird s eye view B on the mo
51. as possible from the paint surface to avoid lasting damage or staining Special cleaning products are available at a NISSAN dealer or any automotive accessory store WAXING Regular waxing protects the paint surface and helps to retain a new vehicle appearance After waxing polishing is recommended to remove built up residue A NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop can assist you in choosing the appropriate waxing products CAUTION Wash your vehicle thoroughly and completely before applying wax to the paint surface Always follow the manufacturer s instructions supplied with the wax Do not use a wax containing any abrasives cutting compounds or cleaners that may dam age the vehicle finish lf the vehicle surface cannot polish easily ap ply a road tar remover prior to waxing the ve hicle Machine compounding or aggressive polish ing on a base coat clear coat paint finish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks CLEANING GLASS Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film from the glass surfaces It is normal for glass to become coated with a film after the vehicle is parked in the hot sun Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily remove this film CLEANING REAR VIEW CAMERA where fitted Clean the transparent camera cover regularly If dirt rain or snow attaches to the cover the monitor may not display objects clearly CAUTION Donotuse alcohol benzine or thinner to clean the tr
52. be deleted To delete all characters press the button for more than 1 second ma 3 If necessary you can edit the telephone number After editing the name select OK then press the lt ENTER gt button to confirm and edit the number as described for name editing Display screen heater and air conditioner and audio system 4 49 Delete a name To delete a name contact from the phone book proceed as follows Briefly press button a Tum menowo cal Press lt ENTER gt bution O oo DE a Press lt ENTER gt buron Press lt ENTER gt button o ma l Press button for the main screen 1 Alternatively use the search mode to select the appro priate entry to delete SEARCH appears on the display then press the lt ENTER gt button Turn the lt MENU VOL gt dial to select the first char acter of the name then press the lt ENTER gt button The name should be displayed If necessary turn the lt MENU VOL gt dial to select the correct name Speed dial buttons After entering the names and phone numbers you can assign the six preset buttons to the most fre quently dialled phone numbers 1 Press the M phone book button 2 Select the name by turning the lt MENU VOL gt dial or using the search name mode 3 Once found press the assigned preset button until a confirmation beep is heard The name and phone number is now stored under that button Hands free telephon
53. call mode to make a call which is based on the list of missed calls 1 Press lt gt and select Call Lists 2 Turn the lt TUNE MENU gt dial to scroll to an item and press lt ENTER gt to select tt 3 Scroll to the preferred phone number then press lt ENTER gt or press lt gt to dial the number ex Incoming call 12345678912 ev 12345678912 00 23 45 Zea GO 123 Receiving a call When receiving an incoming call the display will show the caller s phone number or a notification message that the caller s phone number cannot be shown Answer the call by pressing lt gt briefly or press lt ENTER gt End the call after the conversation by Pressing lt gt briefly again Pressing lt ENTER gt when the symbol is highlighted If is not highlighted turn the lt TUNE MENU gt dial to and press lt ENTER gt Reject the call by pressing lt gt with along press or select from the incoming call screen During a call During a call by scrolling and pressing lt ENTER gt you can select the following options 123 Use this item to enter numbers during a call For example if directed by an automated phone system to dial an extension number the system will send the tone associated with the selected number 0 Use this item the transfer handset com mand to transfer the call from the audio system to your mob
54. child re straint on the rear seat According to accident statistics children are safer when properly re strained in the rear seat than in the front seat An improperly installed child restraint could lead to serious injury in an accident Child restraints specially designed for infants and small children are offered by several manufacturers When selecting any child restraint keep the follow ing points in mind Choose a child restraint that complies with the latest European safety standard ECE Regula tion 44 04 Place your child in the child restraint and check the various adjustments to be sure that the child restraint is suitable for your child Always follow all of the recommended procedures Check the child restraint in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat belt system Refer to the tables further on in this section for a list of the recommended fitment positions and the approved child restraint for your vehicle A WARNING Never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat without first deactivating the front passenger air bag Adjustable seatbacks should be positioned to fit the child seat however the seatback should be as upright as possible Follow all of the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for installation and use Choose a child restraint appropriate to the child and the vehicle It may not be possible to properly install some types of child r
55. circle when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position and an empty circle when the related seat belt has been securely fastened or after approximately 35 seconds after engine start or when acknowledged by the driver pushing the steering wheel switch i where fitted NOTE If there is a change in 2nd row rear seat belt status during a journey then the applicable symbol for any unbuckled seat will show again for a further 35 seconds The front passenger seat belt warning light will not illuminate if the seat is unoccupied Seat belts for 3rd row seats where fitted are not part of the seat belt warning monitoring system PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE SS0136Z SS0134Z Sit upright and well back Your chances of being injured in an accident and or the severity of injury may be greatly reduced if you are wearing your seat belt and it is properly ad justed NISSAN strongly encourages you and all of your passengers to buckle up every time you drive even if your seating position is equipped with an air bag A WARNING Be sure to observe the following warnings when using seat belts Failure to do so could increase the chance and or severity of injury in an acci dent Seatbelts are designed to bear upon the bony structure of the body and should be worn low across the front of the pelvis or the pelvis chest and shoulders as applicable wearing the lap section of the belt across the abdomi
56. cooling system capacity 8 Install the engine coolant reservoir cap 9 Start the engine and rev the engine two or three 10 11 12 13 14 15 times under no load Touch the radiator hose and feel if the water flows Keep racing the engine at a speed of 2 000 2 500 rpm for about 10 minutes Observe the coolant temperature gauge for signs of overheating Stop the engine and check coolant level allow to cool and refill up to the MAX level Check the radiator lower hose for any signs of leakage Close the bonnet Maintenance and do it yourself 8 7 ENGINE OIL CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL CAUTION The oil level should be checked regularly Oper ating with an insufficient amount of oil can dam age the engine and such damage is not covered by warranty TOR a a NDI983Z Euro 4 K9K engine 8 8 Maintenance and do it yourself MOR engine e ant A HR16DE or MR20DE engine K9K engine M9R engine D R9M engine 1 Normal range 2 MIN level 3 MAX level PES aN NDI1 266 NDI1265 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the handbrake 2 Start the engine If the engine is cold start and let the engine idle until it reaches the operational temperature 3 Turn the engine off 4 Wait at least 10 minutes for the engine oil to drain back into the oil pan 5 Open the bonnet For details see Bonnet release in the
57. depends upon the conditions around the vehicle and the state of the keyfob battery As many as 5 remote controllers can be used with one vehicle For information about the purchase and Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 3 use of additional remote controllers contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop The integrated keyfob will not function under the fol lowing conditions When the distance between the integrated key fob and vehicle is more than approximately 5 m 15 ft When the discharged integrated keyfob battery is When the key is in the ignition switch All doors can be locked or unlocked from the out side by pressing the LOCK T or UNLOCK 5 button on the integrated keyfob For Super Lock system models only RHD mod els When the vehicle is occupied never lock the doors with the integrated keyfob Doing so will trap the occupants since the Super Lock system prevents the doors from being opened from the inside A WARNING Only operate the integrated keyfob lock button in full and clear view of the vehicle to prevent any body being trapped inside the vehicle CAUTION When locking the doors using the integrated keyfob be sure not to leave the key in the vehicle 3 4 Pre driving checks and adjustments Always remove the ignition key or Intelligent Key close all windows before operating the keyfob door lock system Ensure that the driver s door is securely cl
58. dipstick to check the oil level See Engine oil in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section Engine oil level This display provides a visual representation of the engine oil level 5 Engine oil level low If the oil level is not sufficient for driving the Oil level low message appears Oil needs to be added before driving CAUTION The engine oil level should be checked regularly Operating with an insufficient amount of oil can damage the engine and such damage is not cov ered by the warranty Park the vehicle at a safe location as soon as pos sible and fill the engine with the recommended en gine oil For checking the engine oil level and adding oil see Engine oil in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section Engine oil sensor warning Please visit your local NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop if this warning appears 1 Diesel Particulate Filter warning where fitted See Diesel Particulate Filter DPF where fitted in the 5 Starting and driving section for further details Setting menu operation alert The alert shows when you try to operate the setting menu while driving The setting menu can only be entered if the vehicle is stationary Maintenance due alert where fitted This alert shows that maintenance is due The mes sage is shown until the steering wheel switch i where fitted is pressed When the maintenance due alert reaches O km
59. disposed of at a rubbish tip having proper facilities Check your local regulations Be careful not to burn yourself as the engine oil is hot Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer Avoid direct skin contact with used oil If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner and plenty of water as soon as possible Store used engine oil in marked containers out of the reach of children NDI509Z Euro 4 K9K engine Maintenance and do it yourself 8 9 NDI978Z M9R or ROM engine Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the handbrake Start the engine If the engine is cold start and let the engine idle until the engine temperature reaches the operational temperature Turn the engine off and wait at least 10 minutes to let the engine oil drain back into the oil pan 8 10 Maintenance and do it yourself Open the bonnet For details see Bonnet release in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section Remove the engine oil filler cap 6 Raise and support the vehicle using a suitable floor jack and safety jack stands Place the safety jack stands under the vehicle jack up points For details see Flat tyre in the 6 In case of emergency section Remove the engine compartment under cover Place a large drain pan under the drain plug 9 Remove the drain plug with a wrench and com pletely
60. drain the oll If the engine oil filter needs to be changed re move and replace it at this time See Changing engine oil filter later in this section 10 Clean and re install the drain plug along with a new washer Securely tighten the drain plug with a wrench Do not use excessive force 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Drain plug tightening torques HR16DE MR20DE engine 34 3 Nem 3 5 kg m 25 ft lb K9K engine 20 Nem 2 1 kg m 15 ft lb M9R engine 44 Nem 4 5 kg m 32 ft lb ROM engine 50 Nem 5 1 kg m 36 9 ft lb Refill the engine with recommended engine oll and quantity See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the 9 Technical information section Check the oil level with the dipstick For details see Checking engine oil level earlier in this section If necessary add engine oil Install the engine oil filler cap securely Start the engine Check for any leakage around the drain plug Correct as required Turn the engine off and wait several minutes Check the oil level again with the dipstick If necessary add engine oll Install the engine compartment under cover Lower the vehicle carefully to the ground Close the bonnet CHANGING ENGINE OIL FILTER A WARNING NISSAN recommends contacting a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop for engine oil fil ter servicing NISSAN GREEN PROGRAM A used oil filter should be dispo
61. driving eessssssssssssssssessettrertttttttttttttrrirrrrrrrrnns 5 6 Cold weather driving essssssssssssessessrsesssrrtrrrrrrrrrrrrrnrennnns 5 42 Driving four wheel drive 4WD safely necese 5 27 Driving on wet road iihicccstis Secisnsscscaccstaitisasasdzeeeiadidadeseess 5 6 Driving the vehicle cesctteceiertcccenctctet bereiimmnrstttesannanedioedieen 5 12 Driving under winter conditions eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeees 5 6 Driving with automatic transmission seee 5 14 5 17 Driving with continuously variable transmission Models with manual SMit sree cad aces E E 5 14 Driving with continuously variable transmission Models without manualkshift siiicar AE 5 17 Driving with manual transmission eee eeeeeeeeeee eee eeeeeees 5 12 On pavement and off road driving precautions 5 4 Precautions when starting and driving 0 2 ceeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeees 5 3 Stop Start System cminaii trivia mencctnrnentencrescnatedtorins 5 21 Electronic Stability Programme ESP system eee 5 40 ESP OFF switch tara vacciaecertunaasoneces deemanpappuneaaeeetnaraneoen 5 42 Emergency tyre puncture repair kit l enn 6 7 8 34 Emergency mechanical key cccceceeeseesseneeeeeeeeeeseesesneeees 3 3 Engine Before starting the engine ccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenteees 5 2 Changing engine coolant c seeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenaes 8 6 Changing eng
62. engine Proceed as follows Connect a suitable drain hose T to the drain plug 2 Place a drain pan 8 under the hose 1 Loosen manually the drain plug 2 with 4 to 5 turns and operate the priming pump 4 to drain the water out of the fuel filter CAUTION The water from the fuel filter is drained with fuel Prepare a larger capacity pan than the volume of the fuel filter 6 Drained water is mixed with fuel and take precautions to prevent the fuel from ad hering to rubber parts such as engine mounting insulator After draining close the drain plug manually CAUTION Ifthe drain plug is tightened excessively it can be damaged and as a result fuel will leak Do not use tools to tighten the drain plug Bleed air from the fuel system For details see Bleeding the fuel system later in this section Start the engine and make sure there is no fuel leakage Correct as required For models with ROM diesel engine Contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop Maintenance and do it yourself 8 13 BLEEDING THE FUEL SYSTEM NDI917Z Except for models with R9M engine Except for models with ROM diesel engine Bleed the air out of the fuel system after refilling an empty fuel tank by the following procedure 1 Squeeze the priming bulb A several times until there is a sudden resistance felt in the pressure then stop 2 Crank the engine until the engine sta
63. fatal inju ries to people or animals Do not use the recirculation mode for long periods as it may cause the interior air to be come stale and the windows to fog up It is recommended that you use the outside air mode in cold weather to keep the windows clear Do not adjust the positioning of the heating ventilation or air conditioning controls while driving NOTE The air conditioner cooling function operates only when the engine is running and the am bient temperature is above 2 C 28 F The air conditioner can be used to dehumidify when heating or to reduce air temperature and dehumidify when cooling This is possible in both auto or manual control mode as long as the fan speed is minimum first bar When the AUTO mode is selected the tem perature of the passenger compartment will be maintained automatically Air flow distribu tion and fan speed will also be controlled au tomatically Controls NOTE Before any selection or change is made press the AUTO button to activate the heater and air conditioner system Cooling and or dehumidified heating AUTO mode This mode may be used all year round The system works automatically to control the inside tempera ture air flow distribution and fan speed after the preferred temperature is set manually 1 Press the AUTO button the indicator light will illuminate 2 Operate the driver s side temperature control dial to set the desired temper
64. fitted When the ignition switch is turned to the ON posi tion the malfunction warning light illuminates This means the system is operational See Malfunction Indicator light later in this section for details of the orange Malfunction Indicator light If the red malfunction warning light comes on steady while the engine is running It may indicate an en gine control system malfunction Have your vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer CAUTION Continued vehicle operation without having the engine control system checked and repaired as necessary could lead to poor driveability reduced fuel economy and possible damage to the engine control system which may affect your warranty coverage Incorrect setting of the engine control system may lead to non compliance of local and national emis sion laws and regulations Master warning light The master warning light is displayed when any warning message is displayed See Vehicle infor mation display later in this section 2 6 Instruments and controls NATS security warning light where fitted This light blinks whenever the ignition switch is in the LOCK OFF or Acc position This function indicates that your vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN Anti Theft System NATS If NATS is malfunctioning this light will remain on while the ignition switch is in the ON position Fo
65. in the shade Do not allow the seat belts to retract until they are completely dry f dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of the seat belt anchors the seat belts may retract slowly Wipe the shoulder belt guide with a clean dry cloth Periodically check to see whether the seat belt and the metal components such as buck les tongues retractors flexible wires and an chors work properly If loose parts deteriora tion cuts or other damage to the webbing is found the entire belt assembly should be re placed 1 11 PRE TENSIONER SEAT BELT SYSTEM A WARNING The pre tensioner seat belt cannot be reused after activation It must be replaced together with the retractor as a unit If the vehicle is involved in a frontal collision but the pre tensioner is not activated be sure to have the pre tensioner system checked and if necessary replaced by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop No unauthorised changes should be made to any components or wiring of the pre tensioner seat belt system This is to prevent accidental activation of the pre tensioner seat belt or damage to the pre tensioner seat belt opera tion Tampering with the pre tensioner seat belt system may result in serious personal in jury Work on and around the pre tensioner system should be done by an authorised NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop Installation of electrical equipment should also be done bya NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop
66. in urban conditions Tyre change alert You can set a distance for changing tyres See Maintenance later in this section Q9 Maintenance alert You can set a distance for a non specific mainte nance item See Maintenance later in this sec tion 3 Low temperature warning If during driving the temperature falls below 4 C this alert will appear to indicate low outside air tem perature You can switch the low temperature warn ing On or Off See Units later in this section CAUTION Even if the alert is not on there is no guarantee that the road is free of hazards caused by in clement weather NOTE The outside air temperature sensor is located at the front of the vehicle At low speeds the sensor can be affected by engine heat heat reflected from the road surface and exhaust from other vehicles these influences can cause the display to be inaccurate To compensate the outside air temperature display is designed to react slowly to increasing temperatures but quickly to falling temperatures 4 Low fuel warning This warning appears when the fuel level in the tank is getting low Refuel as soon as it is convenient preferably before the fuel gauge reaches the empty position For more information see Fuel gauge earlier in this section 65 Driver alert This warning appears when the previously set time for a break is reached You can set the time for up to 6 hours in the s
67. instructions Explosive gas Never smoke around the battery Never expose the battery to open flames or electrical sparks Handle the battery cautiously Always wear eye protection glasses to protect against explosion or battery acid Never allow children to handle the battery Keep the battery out of reach of children Do not allow battery fluid to contact your skin eyes fabrics or painted surfaces After handling the battery or battery cap immediately wash your hands thoroughly If the battery fluid gets into your eyes or onto your skin or clothing flush with water immediately for at least 15 minutes and seek medical attention Battery fluid is acid If the battery fluid gets into your eyes or onto your skin it could cause eyesight loss or burns Before handling the battery read this instruction carefully to ensure correct and safe handling Hydrogen gas generated by battery fluid is explosive VEHICLE BATTERY A WARNING Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid in the bat tery is low Low battery fluid can cause a higher load on the battery which can generate heat re duce battery life and in some cases lead to an explosion Keep the battery surface clean and dry Any cor rosion should be washed off with a solution of baking soda and water Make certain the terminal connections are clean and securely tightened If the vehicle is not used for 30 days or longer disconnect the negative battery
68. is displayed while TA mode is on When lt TA gt is pressed again The mode will be switched off and the TA indicator will disappear from the display Traffic announcement interrupt function When a traffic announcement is received the an nouncement is tuned in and the display shows a notification message with the radio station name e g TA Radio 1 Once the traffic announcement has finished the unit returns to the source that was active before the traf fic announcement started If lt TA gt is pressed during a traffic announcement the traffic announcement interrupt mode is can celled The TA mode returns to the standby mode and the audio unit returns to the previous source SETUP BUTTON To configure Audio Clock Bluetooth Language or Scroll direction settings perform the following pro cedure 1 Press the lt SETUP gt button 2 Turn the lt TUNE MENUs gt dial clockwise or anti clockwise the display will appear in the following order Audio Clock Bluetooth lt Language gt Scroll Direction After the desired levels have been set press either the hD Back button repeatedly the lt SETUP gt button or wait for 8 seconds without pressing any buttons to exit the menu screen Display brightness Day Night mode Press the lt SETUP gt button with a long press to switch the display brightness between the daytime and nighttime mode Audio adjustments Press the lt SETUP g
69. it may cause irri tation and choking Occupants with a history of breathing difficulties such as asthma should get fresh air promptly Supplemental side air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the chest of the front occupants Curtain air bags help to cushion the impact force to the head of occu pants in the front and rear outer seating positions They can help save lives and reduce serious inju ries However an inflating side air bag and curtain air bag may cause abrasions or other injuries Supplemental side air bags and curtain air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body The seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright and as far as is practical away from the side air bag Rear seat passengers should be seated as far away as practi cal from the door finishers and side roof rails The side air bags and curtain air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the front occupants Because of this the force of the side air bag and curtain air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against these air bag modules during inflation The side air bag and cur tain air bag will deflate quickly after the collision is over A WARNING Directly after inflation several air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself No unauthorised changes should be mad
70. key ring Restart the engine using the following procedure 1 Leave the ignition switch in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds 2 Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 5 seconds 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 4 Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the interference sepa rated from the registered NATS key or NATS Intelligent Key where fitted If this procedure allows the engine to start NISSAN recommends placing the registered NATS key or NATS Intelligent Key where fitted on a separate key ring to avoid interference from other devices Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 13 SIC2045Z Meters and gauges Type A NIC1402Z Driver s side Type B NATS security warning indicator light where fitted One of the following functions depending on the vehicle specifications indicates that the vehicle is equipped with NATS The NATS security warning light Type A is lo cated in the meter panel and blinks whenever the ignition switch is in the LOCK OFF or Acc position 3 14 Pre driving checks and adjustments The NATS security indicator light Type B is located on the Driver s side of the dashboard and blinks whenever the ignition switch is in the LOCK OFF or Acc position If the NISSAN Anti Theft System NATS is mal functioning this light will remain on while the ignition switch is in the ON position
71. models When the fail safe operation occurs the AT CHECK indicator light comes on for 2 seconds and the auto matic transmission will be locked in the third gear Have a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop check and repair the transmission CVT models When the fail safe operation occurs the vehicle speed will be decreased automatically to reduce the chance of transmission damage Vehicle speed can be controlled with the accelerator pedal but the engine power may be limited Have a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop check and repair the trans mission AT or CVT models If the vehicle is driven under extreme conditions such as excessive wheel spinning and subse quent hard braking the Fail safe system may be activated This will occur even if all electrical cir cuits are functioning properly In this case turn the ignition switch OFF and wait for 10 sec onds Then turn the key back to the ON position The vehicle should return to its normal operating condition If it does not return to its normal oper ating condition have your NISSAN dealer or quali fied workshop check the transmission and have the transmission repaired by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop if necessary A WARNING When the fail safe operation occurs the vehicle speed may be lower than other traffic which could increase the chance of a collision Be es pecially careful when driving If necessary drive to the side of the road at a safe
72. models Brake fluid reservoir AT RHD models P 8 15 3 Engine oil filler cap P 8 8 4 Brake clutch fluid reservoir MT LHD models Brake fluid reservoir AT LHD models P 8 15 5 Air cleaner filter P 8 21 6 Fuses fusible link box P 8 23 7 Battery P 8 17 Oil dipstick P 8 8 we 9 eee plete sop cay cleaner where fit MESEIS ted fluid reservoir P 8 16 NN Weems Hin So Yo BS Fuel filter assembly P 8 13 2 E gt In Tar lt a an ae _ am pT ee ae Sy ES Illustrated table of contents 0 13 NOTE 0 14 Illustrated table of contents 1 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system E i AA AEEA A E N AA scans 1 2 Front SCALS orenk ennie aain iadair EEs 1 2 Rear Seal S cnssrarerasrisninesnari eieren 1 3 Armrests where fitted ccccsseeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 5 Head restraints a nonnennennennennnnennnnrnrrrrrrrerenne 1 5 Active head restraints front seats ceeee 1 6 Seal 6 cnn eee ee ee 1 6 Seat belt warnings ccceceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeas 1 6 Precautions on seat belt usage s src 1 7 Child safety sad sata ceatanteiacecarvaneratavcehesetaaeantveincss 1 8 Pregnant WOMEN aiecesextensncecc stant seeniectoacsenis oreeo 1 8 INURE CQ DENSOINS sesimin 1 9 Three point type seat belts enesenn 1 9 Seat belt maintenance cccccecesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 11 Pre tensioner seat belt sys
73. models only D k or Select Service Select the distance driven interval informa tion u Turn the _ switch and set the interval mile age accordingly For interval mileage de tails see the separately provided Warranty Information and Maintenance booklet Short press the _ switch to confirm the set interval mileage Reset procedure after changing engine oil CAUTION Do not perform the reset operation unless the engine oil has been changed For Petrol models A 1 Select Service 2 Select Reset 3 Select Confirm to confirm the reset of the distance driven information to zero For Diesel models B s Select Service us Press the switch for more than 2 sec onds then release 2 Select Reset D Select Confirm to confirm the reset proce dure Alternatively while the oil service message is displayed where fitted After changing the engine oil Turn the igni tion switch to ON and while the oil service message is displayed within 3 seconds push both the and _ switches at the same time for more than 5 seconds The display goes blank for 1 second the de fault interval is then displayed and finally the display returns to normal Tyre Select this submenu to set or reset the distance for replacing tyres Other Select this submenu and set or reset the dis tance for replacing or checking other items To return
74. not be drawn on the air bag s operation ac cording to the vehicle s state When the supplemental front air bags inflate a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by a release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indi cate a fire However care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Oc 1 14 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system cupants with a history of breathing difficulties such as asthma should get fresh air promptly NPA849Z 5 seater NPAQ74 7 seater Side and curtain air bags The supplemental side air bags are located in the outside of the seatback of the front seats The supplemental curtain air bags are located in the roof side trims The supplemental side air bags and cur tain air bags are designed to inflate in higher sever ity side collisions although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity side impact They are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted They may not inflate in certain side collisions Ve hicle damage or lack of it is not always an indica tion of proper supplemental side air bag operation When the supplemental side air bag and curtain air bag inflate a fairly loud noise may be heard fol lowed by a release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire However care should be taken not to inhale it as
75. off road applications This gives them a higher centre of gravity than ordi nary cars An advantage of higher ground clearance is a better view of the road allowing you to antici pate problems However they are not designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional two wheel drive 2WD vehicles any more than low slung sports cars are designed to perform satisfactorily under off road conditions If possible avoid sharp turns or abrupt manoeuvres particularly at high speeds As with other vehicles of this type failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or vehicle rollover In a rollover accident an unbelted person is significantly more likely to be injured than a person who is wearing a seat belt 5 4 Starting and driving THREE WAY CATALYST Petrol engine models NISSAN GREEN PROGRAM The three way catalyst is an emission control device installed in the exhaust system In the converter exhaust gases are burned at high temperatures to help reduce pollutants CAUTION The exhaust gas and the exhaust system are very hot While the engine is running keep people or flammable materials away from the exhaust pipe Do not stop or park the vehicle over flam mable materials such as dry grass waste pa per or rags as they may burn easily When parking ensure that people or flam mable materials are kept away from the ex haust pipe TO HELP PREVENT DAMAGE CAUTION Use UNLEAD
76. on the outer side of the instrument panel passenger side 3 SRS side air bag warning label The warning label is located on the side of the passenger side centre pillar Tags are also sewn into the front seat covers 1 15 AIR BAG WARNING LABELS Warning labels about the air bag system are placed in the vehicle Warning labels are for your safety and the safety of your passengers do not remove them Child restraint on front passenger seat NISSAN recommends that infants or small children be seated in a child restraint system on the rear seat if available According to accident statistics chil dren are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat rather than in the front seat Front passenger air bag Your vehicle is equipped with a front passenger air bag you will find an air bag warning label attached to the passenger side of the instrument panel as shown in the previous illustration This label warns Extreme Hazard Do not use a rearward facing child restraint on a seat protected by an air bag in front of it This label warns NOT to fit a rearward facing child restraint on the front passenger seat without first deactivating the front passenger air bag For instructions on deactivating the front passenger air bag see Front passenger air bag deactivation system later in this section When installing child restraints in your vehicle al ways carefully observe the manufacturer s instruc
77. others High fluid temperature protection mode This transmission has a high fluid temperature pro tection mode If the fluid temperature becomes too high for example when climbing steep grades in high temperature with heavy loads such as when towing a trailer engine power and under some conditions vehicle speed will be decreased auto matically to reduce the chance of transmission dam age Vehicle speed can be controlled with the ac celerator pedal but engine and vehicle speed may be limited Fail safe When the fail safe operation occurs the CVT will not be shifted to the selected driving position If the vehicle is driven under extreme conditions such as excessive wheel spinning and subse quent hard braking the fail safe system may be activated This will occur even if all electrical cir cuits are functioning properly In this case place the ignition switch in the OFF position and wait for 10 seconds Then turn the ignition switch back to the ON position The vehicle should return to its normal operating condition If it does not re turn to its normal operating condition have a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop check the transmission and repair it if necessary A WARNING When the fail safe operation occurs vehicle speed may be gradually reduced The reduced speed may be lower than other traffic which could increase the chance of a collision Be es pecially careful when driving If necessary pull
78. owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc F iPod iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc 2011 Nissan International SA Switzerland Contents Illustrated table of contents Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Instruments and controls Pre driving checks and adjustments Display screen heater and air conditioner and audio system Starting and driving In case of emergency Appearance and care Maintenance and do it yourself Technical information 0 Illustrated table of contents Air Dag eyo Ce 11 eaaa een eer eee reer 0 2 HR16DE engine Type A eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 0 8 Exterior front And rear cceccccseeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeaeeees 0 3 HR16DE engine Type B eeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 0 8 Instrument and control layout ccccceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeneees 0 4 WIR ZODE GHGING tccsecesianiratsidsctectieosnwesstcenetayesacs 0 9 Left LHD and Right hand drive RHD Euro 4 KOK engine cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeees 0 11 lE E EE E E E 0 5 EUROS KOK engine wisiiescutssrsscvanti cat wacsunvensiosdiadss 0 11 Meters and Qauges ccecesseeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeaneeeees 0 6 MOR engine atc csiscn cule cena ne cantiwnareomsdunadethonsavmentasiangel 0 12 Engine compartment ictaciestetsaiosecretinseiiemastiecians river 0 7 RON enG crre 0 13 AIR BAG SYSTEM NPA986 h Pre tensioner seat belt retractors P 1 12 6 Front passenger air bag deactivate
79. phone feature eeceeeeee 4 44 Mobile phone integration for FM AM radio with OAV EA AAI E A T 4 52 Bluetooth mobile phone feature ceee 4 52 Hands free telephone Control ccsseeeeseeeeees 4 53 Steering wheel switches where fitted 4 55 REAR VIEW MONITOR where fitted NAA1120 Models with NISSAN Connect A Camera When the gear or selector lever AT or CVT is moved into the R Reverse position the monitor NISSAN Connect display shows the view from the rear of the vehicle The system is designed as an aid to the driver in detecting large stationary objects It is intended to help avoid damaging the vehicle when reversing However the system will not detect small objects below the bumper and may not detect objects close to the bumper or on the ground 4 WARNING The rear view camera is a convenience but it is not a substitute for proper reversing Al ways turn your head and visually check that the manoeuvre is safe to do so before revers ing Always reverse slowly The distance from the objects viewed in the rear view monitor differs from actual distance because of the use of wide angle lens Ob jects in the rear view monitor will appear visu ally reversed compared to those viewed in the inside and outside mirrors Make sure that the back door is securely closed when reversing The area below the bumper and c
80. position for normal heat ing no indicator light in order to avoid win dow fog and stale interior To quickly defrost defog the windscreen turn 1 The airflow control dial to lt 7 position 2 The fan speed control dial to speed posi tion 4 3 The temperature control dial to the maxi mum HOT right position Operating tips In order to improve the heater operation clear the snow and ice from the wiper blade and air inlet in front of the windscreen After parking in the sun drive for two or three minutes with the windows open to vent hot air from the passenger compartment Then close the windows to allow the acceleration of the air conditioner s cooling operation Keep the windows closed while the air condi tioner is operating The air conditioning system should be operated for about 10 minutes at least once a month This helps prevent damage to the system due to lack of lubrication If the coolant temperature gauge exceeds the HOT position turn the air conditioner off For additional information see Engine overheat in the 6 In case of emergency section If the engine coolant reaches an extremely high temperature the air conditioning system will au tomatically turn off This may happen for example if the engine runs at idle speed for a long time on a hot day Quick reference charts The following charts show the button air intake and dial positions for MAXIMUM AND QU
81. radio code number shown on an identifica tion card supplied with the vehicle documentation NOTE The 4 digit radio code is shown on a card that you received with your vehicle documenta tion Record the 4 digit radio code on the Security information page at the end of this manual Remove the security page and keep it in a safe not in the vehicle Contact a NISSAN dealer if you do lose the 4 digit radio code of the audio unit FM AM Radio Code 000 NAA1217 Unlocking the unit If the battery supply to the vehicle is interrupted the audio unit will lock When the power is restored and the unit switched on the display will show Radio Code and it will be unlocked when the codes have been entered cor rectly Unlocking procedure Read this section very carefully It is important that the instructions are followed precisely To unlock the audio unit proceed as follows 1 Turn the ignition switch to the Acc or ON posi tion 2 Radio Code is displayed along with four nu merical zero digits 3 Press preset button 1 the number of times cor responding with the first digit of the radio code For example if the radio code is 5169 for the first digit 5 press the preset button T five times 4 The second third and fourth digits of the radio code must be entered in the same way only now using preset buttons and For example press 2 once six t
82. rear wheels is large wheel slip such as when driving the vehicle on rough roads through sand or mud or when freeing a stuck vehicle In these cases the 4WD warning light blinks rapidly and the 4WD mode changes to the 2WD condition to protect the power train parts If you stop the vehicle with the engine idling and wait until the warning light stops blink ing the 4WD mode returns to the AUTO mode 1 Braking distance in 4WD mode is the same as in 2WD mode Starting and driving 5 25 Even if the mode automatically changes to AUTO mode when driving in the LOCK mode the indi cator light stays in the LOCK mode CAUTION Only use the 4WD mode control when driving in a straight direction to select 2WD AUTO or LOCK Do not use the 4WD mode control when turn ing or reversing Do not use the 4WD mode control with the front wheels spinning to select 2WD AUTO or LOCK Be especially careful when starting or driving on slippery surfaces with the 4WD mode set to AUTO Do not drive on dry hard surfaced roads in the LOCK position 5 26 Starting and driving 4WD WARNING LIGHT Waring isnt Indication There is a malfunction in the Four Wheel Drive 4WD system The power train oil temperature is abnormally high The difference in wheel rotation is large Blinks slowly The 4WD warning light is located in the tachometer The 4WD warning light comes on when the ignition swit
83. recommendation sssssssssserrsssrresrrrerrrrrrreenn 9 5 Recommended SAE viscosity number 9 5 Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations where fitted 9 6 ENOG seese arena aA 9 7 Wheels and TyreS ssssssnsrssnnssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 9 7 Dimensione sssaaa Eei 9 8 When travelling or transferring your registration to another COUNTY ssssssssssnsnnsaennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnannnnnnnnnnnnnne 9 8 Vehicle identification cccceeeeececececececececeneneeeaeass 9 8 Vehicle identification plate 9 8 Vehicle identification number VIN chassis MDE eenas N ENSS 9 8 Engine serial number sssssssssssssrrssssrrreserrreserrresens 9 9 Tyre placard sssssssssnnssrrsnnnssnannrnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnne 9 9 Air conditioner specification label where fitted and Automatic transmission fluid label where fitted assasasusdusteaianustaeassindtanatuodsumndeanniannses 9 10 NATS immobilizer radio approval number 9 10 Approval MO SNS sssrinin 9 10 CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS The following values are approximate capacities The actual refill capacities may be slightly different from them When refilling follow the procedure instructed in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section to determine the proper refill capacity Fuel Engine oil Refill With oil filter replacement Without oil filter replacement 9 2 Technical information HR1
84. requires coolant have it checked by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT CAUTION Major cooling system repairs should be per formed by a NISSAN dealer or qualified work shop The service procedures can be found in the appropriate NISSAN Service Manual When checking or replacement is required NISSAN recommends contacting a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop for servicing Improper servicing or engine coolant change can result in reduced heater performance and engine overheating 4 WARNING To avoid the danger of being scalded never Sees the coolant when the engine is hot Avoid direct skin contact with used coolant If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner and plenty of water as soon as possible Keep coolant out of reach of children and pets NISSAN GREEN PROGRAM Engine coolant must be disposed of properly Check your local regulations NDI910Z HR16DE MR20DE M R or ROM engine 1 Set the heater or air conditioner temperature control to the maximum HOT position Open the bonnet For details see Bonnet release in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section Open the engine coolant reservoir cap 1 to help to drain the coolant Disconnect the end of the hose to drain the coolant Flush the cooling system by running clean water through the engine coolant reservoir Install
85. restraints later in this section You should choose a child re straint system which fits your vehicle and always fol low the manufacturer s instructions for installation and use 1 8 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Children Children who are too large for child restraints should be seated and restrained by the seat belts that are provided The use of a booster seat commercially available may help to avoid the shoulder belt coming across the face or neck area of a child s seating position The booster seat should raise the child so that the shoulder belt is properly positioned across the top middle portion of the shoulder and the lap belt is low on the hips The booster seat should fit the vehicle s seat Once the child has grown so the shoulder belt is no longer on or near the face and neck use the shoulder belt without the booster seat A WARNING Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat and do not allow a child in the cargo areas while the vehicle is moving PREGNANT WOMEN NISSAN recommends that pregnant women use seat belts Contact your doctor for specific recom mendations The seat belt should be worn snug always position the lap belt as low as possible around the hips place the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never run the lap shoulder belt over your abdominal area INJURED PERSONS NISSAN recommends that injured persons use seat belts de
86. retract 2nd row centre seat 5 seater Rear centre seat a Press the red button on the inner buckle The seat belt will automatically retract to the outer buckle with the black button 1 To fully stow the seat belt press the black but ton on the outer buckle 1 The seat belt will retract fully Stow the seat belt buckles in the ceiling stowage point 2nd row centre seat 7 seater a Press the red button on the inner buckle 4 The seat belt will automatically retract to the outer buckle with the black button 8 While holding the seat belt press the black but ton on the outer buckle The seat belt will retract fully Stow the seat belt buckles in the ceiling stowage point 3rd row outer seat 7 seater a Press the red button on the inner buckle 8 The seat belt will automatically retract to the outer buckle with the black button 2 Ifdesired the 3rd row seatback can be folded flat for further information see Folding 3rd row 7 seater earlier in this section b Press the black button to release the end tongue When the seat belt has retracted fully place the end tongue onto stowage hook 1 Move the tongue holder downwards if required NPA816Z Shoulder belt height adjustment front seats only The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position best for you see Precautions on seat belt usage earlier in this section To
87. seatback beneath the head restraint Secure the top tether hook to the tether anchor bracket that provides the straightest installation Tighten the strap according to manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 27 straint s top tether on the rear seat If in doubt consult a NISSAN dealer or qualified work shop Only the anchor points can be used for top tether strap anchorage CAUTION If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap child restraint on the rear seat con NPA920Z NPA1060 sult a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop for details NPA841Z NPA984 5 seater 7 seater Anchor point locations where fitted The anchor points are located under a cover on the rear seatback luggage compartment side A WARNING Refer to the child restraint manufacturer s manual for proper installation of the child re 1 28 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system NOTE Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 29 2 Instruments and controls Meters and CASS sad tse sassone 2 2 SO COMO LON 35 5ares sia chizesiantacivacauaarsaaanierituesiie 2 2 gle Neel ilo aereme te ane ener arene een rere 2 2 TAC ORIG TOK seran nEn aiani 2 2 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 2 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 2 3 CHECKING DUDS sisi Saicasecinictettssianteunsamemsinian
88. seen in objects on the screen due to light reflections This is not a mal function The screen may flicker under fluorescent light This is not a malfunction The colours of objects on the Around View Moni tor may differ somewhat from those of the actual object Objects on the monitor may not be clear and the colour of the object may differ in a dark location or at night This is not a malfunction There may be differences in clearness between each camera view of the bird s eye view If dirt rain or snow attaches to the camera the Around View Monitor may not display objects clearly Clean the camera CAUTION Do not scratch lenses when cleaning the cam era Do not use alcohol benzine or thinner to clean the camera This will cause discolouration To clean the camera wipe with a cloth that has been dampened with a diluted mild cleaning agent and then wipe with a dry cloth Do not damage the camera because the monitor screen may be adversely affected Do not use wax on the camera window Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth that has been damp ened with a mild detergent diluted with water Display screen heater and air conditioner and audio system 4 11 VENTS SIDE AND CENTRE VENTS NAA945Z The direction of the air flow can be adjusted by A opening B closing or adjusting HIGH LEVEL VENT where fitted NAA1150 Press the T button to switch the mild air flow from the uppe
89. slower or back ward B faster The wiper operation speed will vary where fit ted in accordance with the vehicle speed For ex ample when the vehicle speed is high the intermit tent operation speed will be faster Lever position Low emm 2 for continuous low speed operation Lever position High 4g 8 for continuous high speed operation Washer operation Pull the lever toward you to operate the washer For every fifth operation of the wiper and washer the headlight washing system where fitted will be activated to clean the headlights The headlight washing system is only activated while the headlight switch is in the gO position See Headlight cleaner where fitted later in this section Wiper drip wipe system where fitted The wiper will also operate once about 3 seconds after the washer and wiper are operated This op eration is to wipe washer fluid that has dripped on the windscreen Rain sensor where fitted The rain sensor is activated when the AUTO posi tion T of the wiper switch is selected The wiper will start to operate automatically at a suit able speed when rain is detected on the windscreen The sensitivity of the rain sensing system can be adjusted by rotating the ring of the wiper switch for ward A less sensitive or backward more sensitive NOTE The rain sensor is only intended for use during rain or precipitation During other weather con
90. suggests shifting to a higher gear a down arrow suggests shifting to a lower gear However the driver remains responsible for decid ing the most suitable gear according to actual ve hicle road and traffic conditions NOTE No arrow is displayed is some circumstances in cluding The actual gear matches recommended gear The vehicle speed is approx 0 km h Reverse gear To reverse with 5 speed manual transmission stop the vehicle and shift the gear lever into the N Neutral position then to the R Reverse posi tion To reverse with 6 speed manual transmission proceed as follows 1 Stop the vehicle 2 Move the gear lever into the N Neutral posi tion 3 Pull and hold the gear lever ring 1 up 4 Move the gear lever into the R Reverse po sition 5 Release the gear lever ring and safely drive the vehicle backwards The gear lever ring returns to Its original posi tion when the gear lever is moved to the N Neutral position When the gear lever is in the R Reverse position either the NISSAN Connect monitor where fitted Starting and driving 5 13 or the ultra sonic parking sensor where fitted will be activated For details see Rear view monitor where fitted in the 4 Display screen heater and air conditioner and audio system section Around view monitor where fitted in the 4 Display screen heater and air conditioner and audio system section or
91. switch Side air bag modules P 1 14 P 1 17 Curtain air bag modules P 1 14 7 Diagnosis sensor unit Driver air bag module P 1 14 o g w Y Front passenger air bag module P 1 16 0 2 Illustrated table of contents EXTERIOR FRONT AND REAR 1 Towing eye P 6 15 2 Bonnet P 3 14 3 Headlights front side lights turn signal lights Switch P 2 24 Location and bulb replace ment P 8 25 4 Windscreen Wiper and washer switch NPA1091 P 2 21 Wiper replacement P 8 22 Washer fluid P 8 16 5 Side turn signal light P 2 24 Location and bulb replacement P 8 27 6 C View Glass roof P 2 36 7 Power windows P 2 34 Roof rail P 2 32 Tyres Tyres and wheels P 8 31 P 9 7 Flat tyre P 6 2 Front view camera Around view monitor P 4 4 G Back door Door locks P 3 12 Remote key less entry system P 3 3 Rear view camera Rear view monitor P 4 2 around view monitor P 4 4 G3 Rear window Defogger switch P 2 23 Wiper and washer switch P 2 21 Wiper replace ment P 8 23 Washer fluid P 8 16 Rear combination light Switch P 2 24 Loca tion and bulb replacement P 8 25 15 Fuel filler lid P 3 15 Doors Keys P 3 2 Door locks P 3 9 Remote keyless entry system P 3 3 G Outside rear view mirrors P 3 17 Side view camera Around view monitor P 4 4 where fitted Illustrated table of contents 0 3 INSTRUMENT AND C
92. the ON position Models with Intelligent key MI models keep the clutch pedal depressed and or depress the brake pedal then AT or CVT models depress the brake pedal then 1 Push the ignition knob 2 Rotate the steering wheel left to right to release the ignition lock whilst turning the ignition knob to the ON position CAUTION Make sure you carry the Intelligent Key with you when operating the vehicle If the Intelligent Key is too far away from the driver the vehicle may not start For diesel engine models Wait until the glow indicator light py goes out Crank the engine with your foot on the brake pedal not on the accelerator pedal by turning the ignition switch to START Release the ignition switch when the engine starts If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure For petrol engine models NOTE Models with HR16DE engine If the engine is very hard to start because it is flooded depress the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and hold it Crank the engine for 5 6 seconds and stop After cranking the engine release the accelerator pedal Then crank the engine with your foot off the accel erator pedal Release the ignition switch when the engine starts If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure Models with MR20DE engine If the engine is very hard to start in extremely cold or hot weather or when restarting de
93. the engine Maintenance and do it yourself 8 11 9 After the engine has been warmed up make sure there are no leaks around the engine oil filter unit and the drain plug Correct as required Turn the engine off and wait several minutes Check the oil level and add engine oil if neces sary Install the engine compartment under cover 10 Lower the vehicle carefully to the ground 11 Close the bonnet 8 12 Maintenance and do it yourself M R or ROM engine NDI981Z NDI1267 ROM Removal 1 Drain the engine oil For details see Changing engine oil earlier in this section 2 Loosen the engine oil filter cover with a wrench Remove the engine oil filter cover then the oil fil ter element Remove the rubber O ring from the filter cover 5 Wipe the oil filter cover entirely with a clean rag Installation il Clean and re install the drain plug along with a new washer For tightening torque details see Changing engine oil earlier in this section Install the rubber O ring in its housing on the outside of the engine oil filter cover Insert the new oil filter element into the engine oil filter cover 4 Coat the rubber O ring with clean engine oil 5 Install the engine oil filter cover until a slight re sistance is felt then tighten additionally 2 3 of a turn Tightening torque 25 Nem 2 6 kg m 18 ft lb Add engine oil and c
94. the fan speed Press the AUTO button to change the fan speed to automatic mode Air recirculation Use this mode to recirculate interior air inside the passenger compartment in situations such as driv ing on a dust raised road avoiding traffic fumes or having maximum cooling from the air conditioner Press the lt lt gt gt button to recirculate interior air The indicator light illuminates and the air conditioner will automatically come on When the air recirculation mode is switched off out side air is drawn into the passenger compartment Outside air circulation Use this mode to draw outside air into the passen ger compartment for normal heating ventilation or air conditioner operation Press the lt lt gt gt button to change the air intake from the air recirculation to the outside air mode The indicator light gt turns off 4 20 Display screen heater and air conditioner and audio system To turn the system on off Press the ON OFF 9 button to turn the system on or off TN Tc The sensor A next to the tweeter speaker helps the air conditioning system to maintain a constant cabin temperature Do not put anything on or around this sensor and ensure that items nearby on the windscreen do not shade it Operating tips In order to improve the heater operation clear the snow and ice from the wiper blade and air inlet in front of the windscreen When the engine coo
95. the footbrake pedal 3 Move the selector lever to the P Park position 4 Models with Intelligent Key system Place the ignition switch in the OFF position Models without Intelligent Key system Place the ignition switch in the LOCK position P Park Use this position when the vehicle is parked or when starting the engine Make sure that the vehicle is completely stopped and move the selector lever into the P Park position Apply the handbrake When parking on a hill first depress the footbrake pedal apply the handbrake and then move the se lector lever into the P Park position R Reverse Use this position to reverse Make sure that the vehicle is completely stopped before selecting the R Reverse position When the selector lever is in the R Reverse posi tion either the NISSAN Connect monitor where fit ted or the ultra sonic parking sensor where fitted will be activated For details see Rear view moni tor where fitted or Around view monitor where fitted earlier in this section or Ultrasonic Parking Sensor where fitted later in this section N Neutral Neither the forward nor reverse gear is engaged The engine can be started in this position You may shift to the N Neutral position and restart a stalled engine while the vehicle is moving D Drive Use this position for all normal forward driving L Low Use this position when climbing steep hi
96. the hose Fill the coolant reservoir up to the MAX level See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the 9 Technical information section for cooling system capacity Install the engine coolant reservoir cap 9 Start the engine and rev the engine two or three 10 11 12 times under no load Touch the radiator hose and feel if the water flows Keep racing the engine at a speed of 3 000 rom for about 10 minutes Observe the coolant temperature gauge for signs of overheating t3 14 15 Stop the engine and check coolant level allow to cool and refill up to the MAX level Check radiator lower hose for any signs of leak age Close the bonnet NDI941Z K9K engine ile Set the heater or air conditioner temperature control to the maximum HOT position Open the bonnet For details see Bonnet release in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section Disconnect the radiator lower hose 1 and open the drain plug on the engine block Open the engine coolant reservoir cap to help to drain the coolant Flush the cooling system by running fresh water through the engine coolant reservoir 6 Install the hose and securely tighten the engine block drain plug Fill the reservoir up to the MAX level with cool ant See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the 9 Technical information section for
97. wea acne feta ing wheel i but aff a e bottom o e display flashes whilst the fault condition remains ton restarting the engine or turning the ignition OFF The following information is displayed and a buzzer sounded to remind the driver to turn the ignition OFF to avoid a flat battery 5 22 Starting and driving STOP START SYSTEM OFF SWITCH NIC1641 The system can be temporarily disengaged by pressing the Stop Start System OFF switch Press ing the button a second time will re engage the Stop Start System When the Stop Start System is disengaged whilst the engine is running the engine is pre vented from automatically stopping When the Stop Start System is disengaged af ter the engine has been automatically stopped by the Stop Start System the engine will imme diately restart if suitable conditions are present as described under NORMAL OPERATION The engine will then be prevented from automati cally stopping during the same journey Whenever the Stop Start System is disengaged the indicator light on the Stop Start System OFF switch illuminates In this condition the Stop Start System cannot prevent unnecessary fuel consumption exhaust emissions or noise dur ing your journey NOTE The following messages may be displayed for a few seconds in the vehicle information display when the Stop Start System OFF switch is pressed Stop Start System Stop Start System disengaged re engaged
98. without being pulled use the towing eye Use the towing eye only not other parts of the vehicle Otherwise the vehicle body will be dam aged Only use the towing eye to free a vehicle stuck in sand snow mud etc Never tow the vehicle for a long distance using only the towing eye The towing eye is under tremendous force when used to free a stuck vehicle Always pull the cable straight out from the front of the vehicle Never pull on the towing eye at a sideways angle CAUTION In order not to break the towing line tension it slowly In case of emergency 6 15 NOTE 6 16 Incase of emergency 7 Appearance and care Se SHO sa rsntnascapeneeronnsearuneecesusetoatesanseanet 7 2 Monitor display s maintenance where fitted 7 4 IO SNM cnc ays Ba ce arcade aan eater E 7 2 FOOL oteaee teeta ea net eee eine 7 4 Removing S O le escarole iene cic 7 2 Cleaning GAS sacecsctiecicevececeersgenstecssnessaxiexerncexeinas 7 4 NV AIAG D E E E E ae ioncixicanencgrenacen 7 2 Paste Pa eenn E rE 7 4 Cleaning gl SSsssuasrennsnorgai aiaee 7 3 SOCAL QMS E E E E T TA 7 4 Cleaning rear view camera where fitted 7 3 Corrosion protection wassvinslorneiiccdeiaccelennteninnieneeds 7 5 Hador DOY saaien enian 7 3 Most common factors contributing to vehicle Care of Wheels cceceeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeas 7 3 CONOS O hessas ee cnn eee rrr nr rrr nner Terre eet 7 5 Cleaning alloy wheels s n 7 3 Envir
99. you may find some information that does not apply to your vehicle All information specifications and illustrations in this manual are those in effect at the time of printing NISSAN reserves the right to change specifications or designs at any time without notice and without obligation MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE This vehicle should not be modified Modifications could affect its performance safety or durability and may even violate governmental regulations In addition damage or performance problems resulting from modifications may not be cov ered under NISSAN warranties READ FIRST THEN DRIVE SAFELY Before driving your vehicle read this Owner s Manual carefully This will ensure familiarity with controls and maintenance requirements assisting you in the safe operation of your vehicle Throughout this manual the following symbols and words are used A WARNING Indicates the presence of a hazard that could cause death or serious per sonal injury To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures described must be followed precisely CAUTION Indicates the presence of a hazard that could cause minor or moderate per sonal injury or damage to your vehicle To avoid or reduce the risk the pro cedures described must be followed carefully NOTE Indicates additional helpful information S NISSAN GREEN PROGRAM The NISSAN GREEN PROGRAM symbol indicates environmentally friendly information and best practices
100. your NISSAN is more affected by gusty side winds Slower speeds ensure better vehicle control Be sure to check the brakes immediately after driving in mud or water as specified in Wet brakes later in this section Whenever you drive off road through sand mud or water as deep as the wheel hub more fre quent maintenance may be required For details refer to the separately provided Warranty Infor mation and Maintenance Booklet Rinse the underside of the vehicle with fresh water after driving through mud or sand Re move any brush or sticks that are trapped Install the same size of winter tyres on all four 4 wheels such as studless tyres or install snow chains to the front wheels when driving on slip pery roads e g after a snowfall and drive care fully using 4WD Avoid parking your vehicle on steep hills If you get out of the vehicle and it rolls forwards back wards or sideways you could be injured CRUISE CONTROL where fitted The cruise control system allows driving at constant speeds without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal 4 WARNING The cruise control system ONLY maintains a constant vehicle speed it does not replace the driver Always observe the posted speed limits and do not set the speed above them Do not use the cruise control system when driving under the following conditions Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident Whe
101. 14 Incase of emergency AWD models NCE303 RECOMMENDED TOWING FOR FOUR WHEEL DRIVE 4WD MODELS CAUTION NEVER tow the vehicle with any wheels on the ground as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the transmission NISSAN recommends that towing dollies be used when towing your vehicle or that the vehicle be placed on a flat bed lorry as illustrated When towing with the front wheels on towing dol lies Turn the ignition switch to the OFF position then secure the steering wheel in a straight ahead posi tion using a rope or similar device Never place the ignition switch in the LOCK position This will re sult in damage to the steering lock mechanism TOWING EYE The towing eye is stored with the vehicle tools and located in the spare wheel recess luggage com partment area 1 Remove the cover from the bumper 2 Securely install the towing eye as illustrated Make sure that the towing eye is properly stored in its designated location after use FREEING THE VEHICLE FROM SAND SNOW OR MUD A WARNING Never allow anyone to stand near the towing line during the pulling operation Never spin the tyres at high speed This could cause them to explode and result in serious injury Parts of the vehicle could also overheat and be damaged Towing eye usage The towing eye should be used in the event that your vehicle becomes trapped in sand snow or mud and is unable to drive away
102. 21Z Type A NDI922Z A WARNING Operating the engine without the air cleaner filter can cause you or others to be burned The air cleaner filter not only cleans the intake air it also stops flame if the engine backfires If the air cleaner filter is not installed and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive without the air cleaner filter Maintenance and do it yourself 8 21 Be careful when working on the engine with out the air cleaner filter VISCOUS PAPER TYPE The filter element A should not be cleaned and reused Replace it according to the maintenance schedule shown in the separately provided Warranty Informa tion amp Maintenance Booklet When replacing the fil ter wipe the inside of the air cleaner housing and the cover with a damp cloth DRY PAPER TYPE where fitted Check the filter element A to see if it is dirty If it is dirty shake the element to remove dust Clean or replace it according to the maintenance schedule shown in the separately provided War ranty Information amp Maintenance Booklet When cleaning or replacing the filter wipe the inside of the air cleaner housing and the cover with a damp cloth 8 22 Maintenance and do it yourself WIPER BLADES CLEANING If the windscreen or back door window is not clear after using the window washer or if a wiper blade chatters when running wax or other material may be on the blade or windscreen Clean the outside o
103. 4 cylinder in line 78 0 x 83 6 3 071 x 3 291 1 598 97 51 1 3 4 2 650 50 15 5 PLZKAR6A 11 1 1 0 043 Timing chain MR20DE Petrol 4 cycle 4 cylinder in line 84 x 90 1 3 31 x 3 55 1 997 121 86 1 3 4 2 700 50 15 5 PLZKAR6A 11 1 1 0 043 Timing chain KOK Diesel 4 cycle 4 cylinder in line 76 0 x 80 5 2 992 x 3 169 1 461 89 15 1 3 4 2 800 50 Timing belt M9R Diesel 4 cycle 4 cylinder in line 84 x 90 3 31 x 3 54 1 995 121 73 1 3 4 2 750 50 Timing chain ROM Diesel 4 cycle 4 cylinder in line 80 x 79 5 3 15 x 3 13 1 598 97 51 1 3 4 2 Timing chain WHEELS AND TYRES Unit mm in Item Size Offset 16 x 6 5J Steel 16 x 4T 1 Road 17x 4T 1 40 wheel 16x6 5J 1 57 Aluminium 17 x 6 5J 18 x 6 5J 215 65R16 Conventional 215 60R17 l 215 55R18 Tire SizE Sesar Conventional Spare T145 90R16 1 7 seater T155 70R17 1 Fi where fitted Temporary use spare tyre where fitted Technical information 9 7 DIMENSIONS 5 seater Overall length 4 332 170 6 Overall width 1 780 70 1 Overall height 1 605 63 2 1 622 63 9 Front tread 1 540 60 6 Rear tread 1 545 60 8 Wheelbase 2 630 103 5 with roof rail 9 8 Technical information Unit mm in 7 seater 4 542 178 8 1 780 70 1 1 645 64 8 1 540 60 6 1 550 61 9 765 108 9 WHEN TRAVELLING OR TRANSFERRING YOUR
104. 4 Care when driving eessssesssrrrrrrrssrerssstsssttsttttttttt nnd 5 6 Changing Changing engine coolant sssssssssssessseeestrerrrterrerrerrrrerenns 8 6 Changing engine oil ssssssssssssssssesssertsettttttttrtttrrrrrrrrrrrrnns 8 9 Changing engine oil filter ssssseeesseseseeesseeser rererere 8 11 Changing tyres and wheels ssssssssssesssessseeseerrerrrr rreren 8 33 Checking Checking brake pedal ssssssssssesssessssesssrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrnrernnn 8 15 Checking engine coolant level esseeseeeeseeereerrreeereen 8 6 Checking engine oil level ssessssssseessseeseesrserrrrerrrerrreeeen 8 8 Checking handbrake i ccssecccsiassssersccssseesccstnesessececeeeoaees 8 15 Child restraints c2ccccccneeastestdesctecesunteceessanaasateeniasasadeumanseconieest 1 18 SSCAIC aree EAEE NE 1 20 WSCC cccteustetecesncnneddddedeystestetosaanperesindbeenctecbhinareddddddiens 1 20 JRMCMON POINTS pereicctecataadexeuennnnnurerencadenesadsasnennsangeqetaaaauauet 1 28 Installation on front passenger seat esee 1 23 Installation on rear seats ssescctecsasniece couyyyydeeeeaveasededecdenons 1 24 Top tether strap for child restraint cceccseeeeeeeeeeee teens 1 27 CHING SAIC ccasetecciupiucmceitiien tient seh aku 1 8 Cleaning Alloy wheels sions cs duacraneeramranameroiaedetnceensomnentain osu asteden 7 3 Chrome parts eeeceeee cece ceeeccececcceeaaaeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 7 3 EXTEMO sorene eee TE EET E
105. 6DE MR20DE KOK M9R ROM HR16DE MR20DE KOK M9R ROM Capacity approximate Litre 65 4 3 4 4 4 6 4 4 8 7 4 5 5 4 1 4 2 4 4 4 3 8 7 0 5 1 Imp measure 14 1 4 gal 3 3 4 qt 3 7 8 qt 4 qt 3 7 8 gt 8 6 1 2 qt 4 7 8 qt 3 5 8 qt 3 3 4 qt 3 7 8 qt 3 3 4 qt 8 6 1 8 qt 4 1 2 qt Recommended specifications See Fuel recommendation later in this section HR16DE amp MR20DE engine Genuine NISSAN engine oil 1 API SL or SM 1 ILSAC grade GF 3 or GF 4 1 ACEA A1 B1 A3 B3 A3 B4 A5 B5 C2 or C3 1 K9K engine without diesel particulate filter DPF Euro 4 Genuine NISSAN engine oil 1 ACEA A1 B1 1 2 SAE 5W30 K9K engine with DPF where fitted Genuine NISSAN engine oil 1 Euro 4 ACEA A1 B1 1 2 SAE 5W30 low SAPS Euro 5 ACEA C4 1 SAE 5W30 low SAPS M R engine without DPF Genuine NISSAN engine oil 1 ACEA B4 1 SAE 5W40 or OW40 MOR engine with DPF where fitted Genuine NISSAN engine oil 1 ACEA C4 1 SAE 5W30 low SAPS ROM engine Genuine NISSAN engine oil 1 ACEA C4 SAE 5W30 Low SAPS epee EA Recommended specifications Litre Imp measure Cooling system HR16DE with reservoir 6 4 5 5 8 at MT models 7 0 6 1 8 qt MR20DE with reservoir CVT models ATG i K9K with reservoir oe as i Genuine NISSAN engine coolant or equivalent in its quality 3 MT models 8 4 7 3 8 qt MOR with reservoir AT models
106. 7 Turn the ignition switch to the Acc position 8 Switch on the compressor and inflate the tyre to the pressure that is specified on the tyre placard affixed to the driver s side centre pillar CAUTION Do not operate the compressor for more than 10 minutes If the tyre pressure does not increase to the speci fied pressure within 10 minutes the tyre may be seriously damaged and the tyre cannot be repaired with this tyre repair kit Contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop 9 Remove the air compressor from the tyre valve Immediately drive the vehicle at a speed of 80 km h 50 MPH or less 10 After 10 minute or 5 km 8 mile drive check the tyre pressure The temporary repair is com pleted if the tyre pressure does not drop If the tyre pressure is lower than specified re peat the steps from step 5 If the pressure drops again or under 130 kPa 19 psi the tyre cannot be repaired with this tyre repair kit Contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop After repairing tyre See a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop for tyre repair replacement as soon as possible In case of emergency 6 9 JUMP STARTING A WARNING Incorrect jump starting can lead to a battery explosion The battery explosion may result in severe injury or death It may also result in damage to the vehicle Be sure to follow the instructions in this section 6 10 Incase of emergency NCE259 Explosive hydrogen gas is a
107. A WARNING Whilst driving using the mobile phone is ex tremely dangerous because it significantly im pairs your concentration and diminishes your re action capabilities to sudden changes on the road and it may lead to a fatal accident This applies to all phone call situations such as when receiving an incoming call during a phone con versation when calling through the phone book search etc CAUTION Certain country jurisdictions prohibit the use of the mobile phone in the car without hands free support This chapter provides information about the NISSAN hands free phone system using a Bluetooth con nection Bluetooth is a wireless radio communication stan dard This system offers a hands free facility for your mobile telephone to enhance driving comfort NOTE For models with NISSAN Connect system see the separately provided Owner s Manual In order to use your mobile phone with the Blue tooth of the audio system the mobile phone must first be setup For details see BLUETOOTH settings later in this section Once it has been setup the hands free mode is automatically acti vated on the registered mobile phone via Blue tooth when it comes into range A notification message appears on the audio display when the phone is connected when an incoming call is being received as well as when a call is initi ated When a call is active the audio system microphone located in the ceiling in fro
108. AN dealer you are requested to bring all of your NATS keys with you This is necessary because the registration process will erase and reprogram the memory of your vehicle s NATS components NOTE A key number is only required if you have lost all of your keys and do not have one to duplicate from If you still have a key this key can be dupli cated by a NISSAN dealer EMERGENCY MECHANICAL KEY Intelligent Key models NPA1050 The emergency key can be used to unlock the driv er s door and start the engine in emergency situa tions e g Intelligent Key dead battery To use the mechanical key release the lock knob located on the side of the Intelligent Key then slide and remove the cap Unfold the mechanical key from its housing until it locks in place Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock the doors See Door locks later in this section For further details on accessing and using the emer gency key see Ignition knob where fitted in the 5 Starting and driving section NOTE For the driver side door it is normal for the key not to go all the way into the key cylinder INTEGRATED KEYFOB REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM NPA1082 NPA1083 Intelligent key The remote keyless entry system can operate all door locks including the back door using the inte grated keyfob The integrated keyfob can operate at a distance of approximately 5 m 15 ft from the vehicle the effective distance
109. ARE TYRE NCE069Z Temporary use spare tyre label The temporary use spare tyre is designed for emer gency use only This spare tyre should be used ONLY for very short periods and NEVER be used for long drives or extended periods Observe the following precautions if the temporary use spare tyre must be used otherwise your vehicle could be damaged or involved in an accident A WARNING Any continuous road use of this tyre could result in tyre failure loss of vehicle control and pos sible personal injury CAUTION The temporary use spare tyre should be used only in emergencies It should be replaced by the standard tyre at the first opportunity Drive carefully and do not drive your vehicle faster than 80 km h 50 MPH 6 2 Incase of emergency Avoid driving over obstacles Also do not take the vehicle through an automatic car wash Avoid driving sharp turns and abrupt braking Do not exceed the vehicle s maximum load rating or the load carrying capacity molded on the sidewall of the temporary use spare tyre Do not use a snow chain on this tyre because it will not fit properly This could cause dam age to the vehicle and result in loss of the chain Do not use the temporary use spare tyre on any other vehicle because this tyre has been designed specifically for your vehicle The vehicle must not be driven with more than one temporary use spare tyre at the same time Do not tow a trai
110. CTED followed by Mobile 2 then DE LETED Press button repeatedly for the main screen In the above example Mobile 2 will be deleted while Mobile 1 remains connected to the system Bluetooth activation Activates or deactivates the Bluetooth function You will need to activate the Bluetooth function in order to enable your hands free phone system ex cept in the pairing mode where it will be activated automatically Brey press lt MENU gt bution Press lt ENTER gt buon O T E C OOO ooroo a CONNECT OK Delete phone book list To delete all the contacts from the phone book pro ceed as follows Briefly press lt MENU gt but ton Press lt ENTERS buron Ea ee ee ee a ee eT DELETED DEL P BOOK Press button repeatedly for the main screen Phone book When the MA phone book button is pressed the following options can be selected by turning the lt MENU VOL gt dial in either direction SEARCH Names contact names Speed dial mode 1NAME Display screen heater and air conditioner and audio system 4 47 DELETE NAME EDIT NAME ADD NAME Send name using Bluetooth technology ADD NAME The phone book can store up to 100 names with numbers and can be selected for calling To add a contact to the phone book proceed as follows Press with a long press the button Press lt ENTER gt button Turn lt MENU VOLS g
111. D After removing an ejected CD the next CD will be ejected Ejecting CD with ignition switch in OFF or LOCK When the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position it is possible to eject the currently played CD However the audio unit will not be activated CD player Press the eject 44 button and the CD will be ejected 6 CD changer Press the eject 44 button less than 1 5 sec onds and the CD will be ejected To sae all CD s in sequential order keep the eject 44 button pressed for longer than 1 5 seconds The CD changer starts to eject from the current or last used CD onwards After re moving an ejected CD the next one comes out NOTE When the CD is ejected and not removed within 15 seconds it will automatically retract into the slot to protect it from damage f an error message appears in the display press the eject 44 button to eject the faulty CD and insert another CD or check if the ejected CD is inserted upside down AUX SOCKET NAA1092 Open the lid and connect the lead with the jack of a compatible player e g MP3 player to the socket Press the lt AUX gt button for the AUX mode BLUETOOTH MOBILE PHONE FEATURE This system offers a hands free facility for your mo bile telephone with Bluetooth to enhance driving comfort For details see Mobile phone integration for LW MW FM radio with CD player or 6 CD changer Type A later in this se
112. ED PETROL ONLY specifically the recommended type For details see Ca pacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the 9 Technical information section Do not use leaded petrol Leaded petrol will seriously damage three way catalyst Deposits from leaded petrol will seriously re duce the three way catalyst s ability to help reduce exhaust pollutants Keep your engine tuned up Malfunctions in the ignition fuel injection or electrical sys tems can cause over rich fuel flow into the converter causing it to overheat Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the three way catalyst Do not keep driving if the engine misfires or if noticeable loss of performance or other un usual operating conditions are detected Have the vehicle inspected promptly by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop Do not race the engine while warming it up Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine TURBOCHARGER SYSTEM Diesel engine models The turbocharger system uses engine oil for lubrica tion and cooling of its rotating components The tur bocharger turbine turns at extremely high speeds and it can reach an extremely high temperature It is essential to maintain a flow of clean oil through the turbocharger system A sudden interruption to the oil supply may cause a malfunction in the turbo charger To ensure prolonged life and per
113. EEEa 7 2 a Glass arenae e AAEE 7 3 7 4 S NI HOF irseceiiccier tane ieaie eia EAEE 7 4 Plastic pans spasanncctecclansdaessadnenencnianeteneentamms tl lseameensedenceses 7 4 Rear view camera lens ccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaes 7 3 Removing Spots cen A a da 7 2 UpderbOdY dasasnecnscanesduanateounl ern amacnimenastansntancenmpenmnanhats 7 3 Glutei tuid ress opun a a aeeceetics alse 8 15 Cold weather driving ssssssssssrsssrrrsssrsssrsssrrtettttttttrttttrttret 5 42 Console DOK gieccecaddtlieueeentidieceorenanacauniednenennhidaswedeenneeasaatzans 2 32 Continuously variable transmission Continuously variable transmission fluid oo 8 14 Driving with continuously variable transmission Models with manual shift lt soncaucereeearseastunanpncaeapinmeenaaatesncctannae eacnamaadece 5 14 Driving with continuously variable transmission Models without manual SNI antcdatodsnesaraceehusnnehcounteausscimnaianietececebionacedesees 5 17 Coolant Changing engine coolant e ssssssssssseseseeesteertrrttrrrrrrrerrrern 8 6 Checking engine coolant level sssesssseesseessseeseerrrere een 8 6 Engine coolant icececcassnnnnnstadscnseescncoeserrenisandadanarquemedexnseanse 5 43 Engine coolant temperature gauge eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetee 2 2 Engine cooling system ceibassereorterecectanivadeccccapener cereus 8 6 Corrosion protection aygiieuiierseriecsenenenadinnsanwenrbananedtuadiees 5 43 7 5 Envi
114. ENGINE Due to the higher idle speeds when the engine is cold extra caution must be exercised when shifting the selector lever into the driving position imme diately after starting the engine 5 18 Starting and driving LER NSD397 NSD398 Right Hand Drive RHD models Push the button A while depressing the footbrake pedal Push the button A Just move the selector lever Shifting A WARNING Apply the handbrake if the selector lever is in any position while the engine is not running Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in serious personal injury or property damage f the selector lever cannot be moved from the P Park position while the engine is run ning and the footbrake pedal is depressed the stop lights may not work Malfunctioning stop lights could cause an accident injuring yourself and others After starting the engine fully depress the footbrake pedal push the selector lever button and move the selector lever out of the P Park position If the ignition switch is placed in the OFF or ACC position for any reason while the selector lever is in any positions other than the P Park position the ignition switch cannot be placed in the LOCK posi tion If the ignition switch cannot be placed in the LOCK position perform the following steps 1 Apply the handbrake 2 Place the ignition switch in the ON position while depressing
115. For details see Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the 9 Technical information section CAUTION The DPF becomes extremely hot after burning particulate matter MOR engine only When the ignition switch is turned to the ON posi tion the Diesel Particulate Filter DPF warning light illuminates for a few seconds and then goes out This indicates that the system Is operational All diesel engines S NISSAN GREEN PROGRAM Some diesel engine models are fitted with a Diesel Particulate Filter DPF which is a device that re moves carbon soot from the exhaust gas To oper ate effectively the DPF system must routinely con duct a cleaning operation called regeneration that burns off the accumulated carbon This regenera tion process is normally automatic and not visible to the driver Regeneration restrictions Driving conditions such as frequent short journeys or stop start driving can result in excessive build up of carbon in the filter When this happens the DPF warning light will illuminate and a message will ap pear in the vehicle information display see Vehicle information display later in this section to inform you that the vehicle must be driven in a particular manner to begin regeneration When the DPF warning light is illuminated provided that legal and safety conditions allow the vehicle should be driven at a speed of over 60 km h 87 5 MPH until the DPF warning light t
116. Foreword Welcome to the growing family of new NISSAN owners This vehicle has been delivered to you with confidence It has been produced using the latest techniques and strict quality control This manual was prepared to help you understand the operation and maintenance of your vehicle so that you may enjoy many kilometres miles of driving pleasure Please read through this manual before operating your vehicle A separate Warranty Information amp Maintenance Booklet explains in detail the warranty coverage that applies to your vehicle Your NISSAN dealer knows your vehicle best When you require any service or have any questions your NISSAN dealer will be glad to assist you with the extensive resources available for you IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION REMINDERS FOR SAFETY Follow these important driving rules to help ensure a safe and complete trip for you and your passengers NEVER drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs ALWAYS observe posted speed limits and never drive too fast for condi tions ALWAYS use your seat belts and appropriate child restraint systems Preteen children should be seated in the rear seat ALWAYS provide information about the proper use of vehicle safety fea tures to all occupants of the vehicle ALWAYS review this Owner s Manual for important safety information WHEN READING THE MANUAL This manual includes information for all options available on this model There fore
117. ICK heating cooling or defrosting NOTE The air recirculation mode should not be selected for either heating or defrosting Display screen heater and air conditioner and audio system 4 15 NAA1127 NAA1128 NAA1129 DEFROSTING DEFOGGING COOLING OFF Normal Air flow control dial Air flow control dial Em Air conditioner button OFF Air conditioner button ON Air flow control dial where fitted where fitted O Air conditioner button ON where fitted Air recirculation button 4 16 Display screen heater and air conditioner and audio system Air conditioner filter where fitted The air conditioning system is equipped with a filter which collects dirt pollen dust etc To make sure the air conditioner heats defogs and ventilates effi ciently replace the filter regularly For filter replace ment contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified work shop The filter should be replaced if the airflow is ex tremely reduced or when the windows fog up easily during air conditioning system operation Servicing air conditioner The air conditioning system where fitted in your NISSAN vehicle is charged with an environmentally friendly refrigerant NISSAN GREEN PROGRAM This refrigerant will not harm the earth s ozone layer Special charging equipment and lubricant are re quired when servicing your vehicle s air conditioner Using improper refrigerants or lubricants will cause severe damage to the ai
118. ON position and make sure the front passenger air bag indicator light iA illuminates for a few seconds and then turns off A WARNING If any of the following conditions occur after the ignition switch has been turned to the ON posi tion the front passenger air bag system needs servicing and your vehicle must be taken to the nearest NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop The front passenger air bag indicator light comes on and remains illuminated after ap proximately 7 seconds while the front pas senger air bag switch is ON The front passenger air bag indicator light does not come on at all while the front pas senger air bag switch is ON Unless checked and repaired the front passenger air bag system may not function properly 1 18 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system CHILD RESTRAINTS PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RESTRAINT USAGE SSS0099Z Infants and small children should always be placed in an infant or child restraint while riding in the ve hicle A WARNING Infants and small children should never be carried on your lap It is not possible for even the strongest adult to resist the forces of an accident The child could be crushed between the adult and parts of the vehicle Also do not put the same seat belt around a child and yourself In general child restraints are de signed to be installed with the lap portion of a three point type seat belt NISSAN recommends installing the
119. ONTROL LAYOUT bf 5 J OU O W A Illustrated table of contents 0 4 LEFT LHD AND RIGHT HAND DRIVE RHD MODELS l a o e p 10 11 12 Driver s main power window switch P 2 35 Vents P 4 12 Headlight and turn signal switch P 2 24 Horn P 2 29 Meters gauges and warning indicator lights P 2 2 2 3 Wiper washer switch P 2 21 Headlight cleaner P 2 28 Hazard warning flasher switch P 2 28 Passenger power window switch P 2 36 ESP OFF switch P 5 40 Headlight aiming control P 2 27 Outside mirror folding switch P 3 18 Outside mirror remote control P 3 18 Stop Start System OFF switch P 5 21 Fuse box P 8 23 Steering wheel switches Audio control P 4 43 Cruise control P 5 29 Speed limiter P 5 31 Trip computer display control P 2 16 Bonnet lock release lever P 3 14 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 x1 Fuel filler lid opener lever P 3 15 Steering wheel lock lever P 4 16 Ignition switch or Ignition knob Intelligent Key models P 5 6 5 8 Climate controls P 4 12 High level vent control P 4 12 Storage P 4 31 Gear selector lever P 5 12 Handbrake P 3 16 AWD mode control P 5 24 Power door lock switch P 3 10 Seat heater switches P 2 29 Power outlet P 2 30 Audio system P 4 21 4 23 NISSAN Connect Rear view monitor P
120. PA978 To fold the centre seat 1 Push the release button of the head restraint and push the head restraint down See Head restraints later in this section 2 Make sure the seat belt tongue of the centre seat is in the store position see Fastening the seat belts later in this section 3 Release the seatback lock by pulling the strap Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 3 4 Fold the seatback forward To return the 2nd row centre seat to its seating posi tion pull the strap to push the seatback up until it latches into position Pull the strap again to set the angle of the seatback as desired Pull the head re straint into the correct position for the occupant us ing the seat NPA981 Easy entry to the 3rd row 7 seater 1 The seating positions on the 2nd row can be slid forward for easy entry or exit from the 3rd row seat To slide the 2nd row bench seat lift up the latch 1 located on the upper corner of the seatback and pull the seatback forward When pulling the seatback the seat bench then slides forward 2 To return the seat to its seating position push the seat bench rearward then lift the seatback The seat will lock into position Rock the seat to confirm it is locked in position Adjust the seat if necessary see Adjustment 2nd row 7 seater earlier in this section NOTE Instead of using the latch it is also possible to pull the lever 2
121. R and you can answer the call by pressing briefly on the phone button end the call after the conversation by pressing the button reject the call by pressing the button Steering wheel switch where fitted NAA998Z A Telephone button Volume control buttons The hands free mode can be operated using the controls on the steering wheel Volume control buttons The volume control buttons allows you to adjust the volume of the speakers by pressing the or but ton Telephone button The phone button allows you to accept an incoming call by pressing the phone E button once reject an incoming call when the phone but ton is pressed for more than 2 seconds during the incoming call end an active call by pressing the phone but ton once redial the last outgoing call by pressing the phone E button twice make a speed dial call by pressing the phone button then push the scrolling up down switch to scroll through the preset buttons for the stored phone numbers To confirm the selec tion press the phone button to make the call make a call via voice dialling by pressing the phone button for more than 2 seconds then say the voice tag clearly Display screen heater and air conditioner and audio system 4 51 MOBILE PHONE INTEGRATION FOR FM AM RADIO WITH CD PLAYER BLUETOOTH MOBILE PHONE FEATURE NAA1209
122. SD300Z Ultrasonic sensors A fitted in the vehicle s rear bumper measure the distance between the vehicle and an obstacle when reversing When reverse gear is engaged a beeping sound is heard The frequency of the beeps will increase the closer you come to the obstacle until the sound becomes a constant beep when the vehicle is approximately 30 cm 12 in from the obstacle NOTE This system is intended as an aid to reversing to be used in conjunction with your rear view mirror Make sure that the ultrasonic sensors are not obscured by dirt mud snow etc FOUR WHEEL DRIVE 4WD where fitted NSD297Z The Four Wheel Drive 4WD system is used to select 2WD AUTO or LOCK depending on the driving conditions The Four Wheel Drive 4WD system controls the coupling operation Turn the control located on the centre console to select each mode 2WD AUTO or LOCK depending on the driving conditions AUTO Turn the 4WD mode control to the neutral AUTO position and the Four Wheel Drive 4WD AUTO indicator light ae on the combination meter illuminates 2WD Turn the control clockwise to the 2WD posi tion LOCK When the control is turned anticlockwise to the LOCK position it springs back to the AUTO position when released The 4WD LOCK mode in dicator light illuminates on the combination meter to show LOCK mode is engaged To disen gage LOCK mode turn the control anticlockwise again to the LOCK po
123. SET Set switch CANCEL switch Speed limiter main ON OFF switch Cruise control main ON OFF switch For details see Cruise control where fitted earlier in this section 1S 2 NS The speed limiter operation switches are located on the steering wheel right hand side Starting and driving 5 31 LIMIT SET O ie km h NSD372 The speed limiter operating condition is shown in the vehicle information display For details see Vehicle information display in the 2 Instruments and controls section 6 LIMIT indicator 7 Speed limiter symbol 8 SET indicator 9 Set speed value 5 32 Starting and driving SPEED LIMITER OPERATIONS The speed limiter can be set at the following speeds Minimum Engine type Maximum speed 1 6 petrol HR16DE 170 km h 105 MPH 2 0 petrol MT 190 km h 118 MPH MR20DE CVT 170 km h 105 MPH 1 5 diesel KOK 184 km h 114 MPH 2 0 diesel MOR 200 km h 125 MPH 1 6 diesel ROM 190 km h 118 MPH Turning the speed limiter on The speed limiter can be switched on after engine start or when driving Push the speed limiter main ON OFF switch 4 The speed limiter symbol 7 and the LIMIT indica tor 6 will illuminate in the combination meter dis play Setting speed limit Push the SET switch 2 downwards For 1 6 petrol HR16DE 2 0 petrol MR20DE 2 0 diesel M9R or 1 6 d
124. Slide the front passenger seat as far backwards as possible To prevent slack in the lap belt it will be neces To prevent slack in the lap belt it will be neces Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 25 sary to secure the shoulder belt in place with a locking clip A Use a locking clip attached to the child restraint system or one which is equiva lent in dimensions and strength Be sure to follow the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions for belt routing 4 Test the child restraint system before you place the child in it Check that it does not tilt too far from side to side Try to tug it forwards and check if it is held securely in place 5 Check to make sure that the child restraint sys tem is properly secured prior to each use ISOFIX SYSTEM where fitted NPA983 4 WARNING Attach ISOFIX compatible child restraint sys tems only at the locations shown If a child restraint is not secured properly your child could be seriously injured or killed in an acci dent The rear seat is equipped with 2 ISOFIX com patible child restraint systems on both outer seats ONLY Do not secure a child restraint in the rear centre seating position using the child restraint lower anchors The child restraint will not be secured properly The ISOFIX system anchors are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by cor rectly fitted child restraints Under no circum sta
125. TI056Z The cold tyre pressure is shown on the tyre placard fixed to the side of the driver s side centre pillar Note that this illustration is for LHD models Technical information 9 9 AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION LABEL where fitted and AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID LABEL where fitted NTI180Z A Automatic transmission label Air conditioner specification label The label is affixed as shown 9 10 Technical information NATS IMMOBILIZER RADIO APPROVAL NUMBER CEO Your vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN step 8 immobilizer system and the approval number is e24 74 61 95 56 0103 00 NTI157Z APPROVAL NUMBERS All radio frequency or audio frequency products fit ted to the NISSAN range during production con form to the requirements of the R amp TTE Directive Integrated keyfob SWK4 8763 Intelligent Key where fitted e11 74 61 95 56 2014 2 Manufacturer name ALPS ELECTRIC CO LTD Model name TFWD1G63 TFWB1G614 Made in U K Alarm Siren system where fitted e24 116RA 000002 and e24 72 245 2006 28 1212 00 NOTE Technical information 9 11 NOTE 9 12 Technical information NOTE Technical information 9 13 NOTE 9 14 Technical information NOTE Technical information 9 15 NOTE 9 16 Technical information 10 Index ee fR Air bag system Supplemental Restraint System 1 14 Air bag warning labels nidewdteittocavecsia
126. TOS sssssssssesesssssssssssnnnnnrrrnrrrrrreeens 3 17 Vanity NOL Saiateetredetessasenuntandadaanspsced mcm ceenienananedtia renee 3 19 Mobile phone integration for FM AM radio with CD player 4 52 Mobile phone integration for LW MW FM radio with CD player or 6 CD changer Type A cectccssstnccecepnicncteeateoocti eee 4 44 Monitor display Monitor display s maintenance esssccsccccccerern 7 4 Rear view MOnItOr seresiiicccedettercentnnsysssdenddidanadvemeensiiesteeeeeds 4 2 OoOo A O NISSAN Anti Theft System NATS aee 3 2 5 10 5 7 NATS immobilizer radio approval number sses 9 10 ESA G cee excess dea ceasenanctennecopeneaneeoaeaceneseaae 3 2 NATS security indicator light cceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeees 3 13 PO Oil Changing engine oil cece eeeeeceneeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 9 Changing engine oil filter ccsiientidusteneninsdiveticonataniinns 8 11 Checking engine oil level cece eeeeessceesteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 8 GIGS OL esccittettorss tcc atsssscuretenegeeen tas cuadiet lo nann de tote aaa 8 8 Recommended lubricants eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 9 2 Recommended SAE viscosity number ssec 9 5 On pavement and off road driving precautions essee 5 4 Overheat Engine overheat icseitivivaasiatisscedsscdeanctccccetiacnceuestrsiocedsia 6 12 Parking Giese eased i aeee EEA 5 33 Ultrasonic parking sensor ssssssseseeseeesssssssrrrnnrrrrrerererees 5 24
127. The DPF becomes extremely hot after burning particulate matter NISSAN GREEN PROGRAM Some diesel engine models are fitted with a Diesel Particulate Filter DPF which is a device that re moves carbon soot from the exhaust gas To oper ate effectively the DPF system must routinely con duct a cleaning operation called regeneration that burns off the accumulated carbon This regenera tion process is normally automatic and not visible to the driver REGENERATION RESTRICTIONS Driving conditions such as frequent short journeys or stop start driving can result in excessive build up of carbon in the filter When this happens the DPF warning light will illuminate and a message will appear in the vehicle information display see Vehicle information display later in this section to inform you that the vehicle must be driven in a par ticular manner to begin regeneration When the DPF warning light is illuminated provided that legal and safety conditions allow the vehicle should be driven at a speed of over 60 km h 87 5 MPH until the DPF warning light turns off This pro cess can take up to 30 minutes to complete IF REGENERATION FAILS Failure to react to the DPF warning light may lead to saturation of the DPF system If this hap pens the Malfunction Indicator MI will also illuminate to indicate that a Service Regeneration by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop is required The engine speed may also be
128. The TA mode returns to the standby mode and the audio unit returns to the pre vious Source 4 26 Display screen heater and air conditioner and audio system NOTE TA mode operates regardless of whether the AF mode is on or off NEWS mode When the NEWS mode is activated and the radio receives a NEWS code from a FM broadcasting station the playing mode will be interrupted Once the news broadcast has finished the audio unit will return to the previous source During the interrup tion NEWS and the broadcasting station name will be displayed To enable or disable the NEWS mode press the lt TA NEWS gt button for more than 2 seconds When the NEWS mode is enabled the NEWS icon will be displayed 1 NEWS standby mode The NEWS standby mode can be activated while in FM or CD mode Pressing the TA NEWS button for more than 2 seconds the NEWS standby mode will switch off and the NEWS icon will disappear from the display 2 NEWS interruption mode Pressing the lt TA NEWS gt button for more than 2 seconds the NEWS standby mode will switch off and the NEWS icon will disappear from the display When the lt CD gt or lt AUX gt button is pressed during a NEWS interruption the NEWS standby mode remains active However if the lt FM AM gt button is pressed and the radio wave band changes to the MW or LW then the NEWS standby mode will be switched off MENU BUTTON To configure Alternative Frequenc
129. Try to maintain speed when driving uphill to reduce fuel consumption and pollution Maintain speed or allow the vehicle to go slower where traffic allows Close windows when driving Driving with a window open at 100 km h 62 MPH increases fuel consumption by up to 4 Driving with the windows closed allows for better fuel economy Use the roof rack only when necessary Only install the roof luggage system when you really need it otherwise put it inside the vehicle or store it in your garage Do not drive around with an empty roof rack kayak holder or ski rack this will reduce your aerodynamic drag significantly Optimise the use of air conditioning The air conditioning system has a positive effect on driving and vehicle safety through comfort cooling and dehumidifying drivers are more alert and have better visibility when window demisting defogging becomes necessary However use of the air condi tioning system will increase fuel consumption sub stantially in an urban environment Optimise the use of air conditioning by using the vents as much as possible Use the parking brake on slopes Use the parking brake when holding your vehicle on a slope Avoid using the clutch manual transmis sion or the accelerator automatic transmission or continuously variable transmission to hold your ve hicle as this leads to unnecessary fuel consumption and wear Maintain a safe distance Anticipate traffic conditions for a smo
130. Vertical lines may be seen in objects on the screen This is due to strong reflected light from the bumper This is not a malfunction The screen may flicker under fluorescent light This is not a malfunction The colours of objects on the rear view monitor may differ somewhat from those of the actual object Objects on the monitor may not be clear in a dark place or at night If dirt rain or snow attaches to the transparent camera cover the rear view monitor may not clearly display objects Clean the transparent camera cover Do not use alcohol benzine or thinner to clean the transparent camera cover This will cause discoloration To clean the transparent camera cover wipe with a cloth dampened with diluted mild cleaning agent and then wipe with a dry cloth Do not damage the transparent camera cover as the NISSAN Connect display may be adversely affected Do not use body wax on the transparent camera cover Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth damp ened with mild detergent diluted with water Display screen heater and air conditioner and audio system 4 3 AROUND VIEW MONITOR where fitted i Iie lll haad i Breen e C Te Telele ToO c gt 1 Front or rear view 2 Warning message 3 Front or rear view indicator 4 Bird s eye view or front side view 5 Bird s eye view corner indication 6 Bird s eye view corner lines CAMERA 7 NAA1 241 7 lt CAMERA gt button When y
131. Visually check if the cooling fan is running Visually check the radiator and radiator hoses for leakage A WARNING If coolant is leaking the cooling fan belt is missing or loose or the cooling fan is not run ning stop the engine After the engine cools down check the coolant level in the engine coolant reservoir with the engine running 14 If the level is low remove the engine coolant reservoir cap and add coolant slowly into the reservoir After refilling the reservoir to the MAX level install the reservoir cap A WARNING Before removing the engine coolant reservoir cap and to avoid the danger of being scalded cover the reservoir cap with a rag and loosen the reservoir cap to the first notch to allow the steam to escape 15 Close the bonnet Have your vehicle inspected or repaired by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop TOW TRUCK TOWING When towing your vehicle local regulations for tow ing must be followed Incorrect towing equipment could damage your vehicle To assure proper tow ing and to prevent accidental damage to your ve hicle NISSAN recommends that you have a service operator tow your vehicle It is advisable to have the service operator carefully read the following precau tions A WARNING Do not allow any occupants in the vehicle that is being towed Never get under your vehicle after it has been lifted by a tow truck TOWING PRECAUTIONS When towing Make su
132. WOO IS Corp declares that this sys tem is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999 5 EC NOTE The audio system only supports Bluetooth de vices with AVRCP Audio Video Remote Control Profile version 1 3 or 1 0 or earlier BLUETOOTH settings To set up the Bluetooth system with your preferred device push the lt SETUP gt button and select Blue tooth then push the lt ENTER gt button or alterna tively press the button The following items are available Pair Device Bluetooth devices can be paired with the sys tem A maximum of 5 Bluetooth devices can be registered Select Device Paired Bluetooth devices are listed and can be selected for connection Delete Device A registered Bluetooth device can be deleted On Off If this setting is turned off the connection be tween the Bluetooth devices and the in vehicle Bluetooth module will be cancelled Pair Device Select Device Delete Device Ready to Pair Pin 1234 NAA1202 Pair Device 1 Press the lt SETUP gt button Select the Blue tooth key using the lt TUNE MENU gt dial Then press the lt ENTER gt button You can register up to 5 different Bluetooth mo bile phones However you can only use one de vice at a time If you have 5 different Bluetooth registered devices a new device can only re place one of the 5 existing paired devices Use Delet
133. acing up when the display shows LOAD CD The CD will be guided automatically into the slot and will start playing After loading the disc the track number and the occupied slot number will appear in the display If the CD is not loaded within 10 seconds the CD changer will start to play the last CD or return to the last received radio station To insert 6 CDs into the CD changer in succession press and hold the button for more than 1 5 seconds CD select buttons DABAGOE 6 CD Changer To change to another CD stored in the CD changer press the corresponding CD select button When a CD is selected it will start to play from the first track Fast reverse Review buttons When the gt Cue or lt lt Review button is pressed continuously the track will be played at high speed When the button is released the CD will return to normal playing speed ld Track up down buttons Pressing the gt gt or J44 button once will cause the CD to skip forward or backward to the beginning of the next track Press the Pi or I lt button to skip through the CD tracks The CD will skip the number of times the button is pressed Fast Forward Cue 4 28 Display screen heater and air conditioner and audio system Repeat MIX button MIX Pressing the mix button repeatedly will change the play mode as follows CD player RPT TRACK gt MIX DISC gt RPT ALL gt RPT TRACK RPT TRACK The current trac
134. age capacity Be careful not to touch a circuit board or a battery terminal NISSAN GREEN PROGRAM An improperly disposed battery can harm the environment Always conform to local regula tions for battery disposal to be replaced Contact a NISSAN dealer or quali fied workshop The Integrated keyfob Intelligent Key is wa ter resistant however if it does get wet im mediately wipe it until it gets completely dry To replace the battery open the Integrated keyfob Intelligent Key carefully in the sequence shown in the illustration When changing the battery do not let dust or oil get on the Integrated keyfob Intelligent Key SPA0784Z Maintenance and do it yourself 8 19 Replacement 1 Integrated keyfob Use a cross shaped screwdriver to remove the screw before opening the lid Intelligent Key a Slide the locking pin to the unlock position b Remove the Intelligent Key cap as illustrated NDI779Z 2 Insert a flat blade screwdriver or a suitable tool into the slit of the corner and twist it to open the lid 3 Replace the battery with a new one Integrated keyfob For models equipped with Integrated keyfob use the following battery type CR2016 For models equipped with Intelligent Key use the following battery type CR2032 Intelligent Key Do not touch the internal circuit and electric terminals as doing so could cause a malfunc tion NDI780Z Make sure that t
135. al Clock setting For details see Vehicle informa tion display in the 2 Instruments and controls section or the separately provided NISSAN Con nect where fitted Owner s Manual The C View sunshade or power window sys tem may need to be reinitialised For details see C View glass roof where fitted in the 2 In struments and controls section or Windows in the 2 Instruments and controls section Models with Stop Start System Ensure that the battery fitted is the special bat tery that is enhanced with regard to the charge discharge capacity and life performance Avoid using any other battery for the Stop Start Sys tem as this may cause early deterioration of the battery or a malfunction of the Stop Start Sys tem It is recommended that a Genuine NISSAN battery is fitted For more information contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop f the battery terminal is disconnected for bat tery replacement etc and then reconnected there may be some delay before the Stop Start System reactivates JUMP STARTING INTEGRATED KEYFOB INTELLIGENT CAUTION If jump starting is necessary see Jump starting in KEY BATTERY REPLACEMENT Always hold the battery by the edges as shown the 6 In case of emergency section If the engine CAUTION Holding the battery across the contact points will does not start by jump starting the battery may have seriously deplete the stor
136. an 2 seconds will cause the station currently being received to be stored against that preset button Eighteen stations can be stored in the FM band Six each for FM1 FM2 and FMT Six stations can be set for the AM band If the battery is disconnected or if the fuse blows the radio memory will be erased In that case reset the desired stations after battery connection or fuse replacement Radio data system RDS operation The RDS is a system through which encoded digital information is transmitted by FM radio stations in addition to the normal FM radio broadcasting The RDS provides information services such as station name traffic information or news NOTE In some countries or regions some of these ser vices may not be available Alternative Frequency AF mode The AF mode operates in the FM radio mode The AF mode operates in the FM radio AUX or CD mode if FM was previously selected in the radio mode The AF function compares signal strengths and selects the station with the optimum reception conditions for the currently tuned in station RDS functions Programme Service PS function station name display function When an RDS station is tuned in with seek or manual tuning the RDS data is received and the PS name is displayed TA Traffic announcement This function operates in FM Radio CD or AUX mode Pressing the lt TA gt button selects the TA mode The TA indicator
137. ansparent camera cover This will cause discoloration To clean the cover first use a cloth dampened with diluted mild cleaning agent and then wipe with a dry cloth Do not use body wax on the transparent cam era cover When washing the vehicle with a high pres sure water spray make sure not to spray it around the transparent camera cover Other wise water may enter the camera unit caus ing water condensation on the lens and it may result in a malfunction or an electric shock UNDERBODY In areas where road salt is used in the winter the vehicle s underbody must be cleaned regularly This will prevent dirt and salt from building up and caus ing underbody and suspension corrosion Before the winter period and again in the spring the underseal must be checked and if necessary re treated CARE OF WHEELS Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle to maintain their appearance Clean the inner side of the wheels when the wheel is changed or the underside of the vehicle is washed Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing the wheels Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or corro sion This may cause loss of pressure or damage the tyre bead NISSAN recommends that the road wheels be waxed to protect against road salt in areas where it is used during winter CLEANING ALLOY WHEELS Wash the wheels regularly with a sponge damp ened in a mild soap solution especially during win ter in areas
138. ants since the Super Lock system prevents the doors from being opened from the inside of the vehicle Only operate the integrated keyfob LOCK button when there is a clear view of the ve hicle This is to prevent anybody from being trapped inside the vehicle through the Super Lock system activation Pressing the LOCK button T on the integrated keyfob or locking the doors using one of the outside door lock switches Intelligent Key models will acti vate the Super Lock system When the Super Lock system is active none of the doors can be opened from inside the vehicle This provides additional security in case of theft or break in The Super Lock system will be released when all the doors are unlocked using the integrated keyfob or an outside door lock switch Intelligent Key mod els Emergency situations If the Super Lock system is activated while you are inside the vehicle for example by a traffic accident or other unexpected circumstances follow the in structions below To release the Super Lock system Insert the key into the ignition switch and turn it to the ON position All doors can now be unlocked and opened from inside the vehicle Remove the key from the ignition switch and un lock the doors using the integrated keyfob UN LOCK button gt All doors can now be opened from inside the vehicle To unlock and open the driver s door from inside the vehicle while the Supe
139. aptor CDs with a paper label 4 22 Display screen heater and air conditioner and audio system LW MW FM RADIO WITH CD PLAYER OR 6 CD CHANGER 2 i TA poll NEWS vue SEEK 20 TRACK D vue GRE e Type A CD player Type B 6 CD changer 1 Power ON OFF button 2 CD player MUTE button 3 6 CD changer CD Load button 3 CD play mode button gt Ak 6CD CHANGER TUNE SEARCH NAA1215 4 CD slot 5 FMeAM button 6 AUX button 7 Display CD EJECT button 9 MENU button Display screen heater and air conditioner and audio system 4 23 Telephone button 11 Radio mode Manual tune buttons CD mode Fast forward Cue Fast reverse Review buttons Phone disconnect BACK button Phone book button CD player Preset station buttons 6 CD changer Radio mode Preset station buttons CD mode CD select buttons ENTER Confirmation button Volume control Menu adjustment dial CD player Preset station buttons 6 CD changer Radio mode Preset station buttons CD mode CD select buttons Sound preference button RPT Repeat MIX Random button Radio mode Seek tuning buttons CD mode Track Up Down buttons 1 TA Traffic Announcement NEWS button ANTI THEFT SYSTEM The audio unit is uniquely matched to the vehicle s NISSAN Anti Theft System NATS and therefore cannot be transferred to any other vehicle This unit can only be activated wh
140. ased the track will be played at normal playing speed el Track up down buttons Pressing the gt i or I lt button once the track will be skipped forward to the next track or backward to the beginning of the current played track Press the Pi or ld button more than once to skip through the tracks Folder browsing If the recorded media contains folders with music files pressing the gt gt I or I lt button will play in sequence the tracks of each folder To select a preferred folder 1 Press the lt ENTER gt or button and a list of tracks in the current folder is displayed 2 Press the button Display screen heater and air conditioner and audio system 4 35 3 Turn the lt TUNE MENU gt dial for the preferred folder 4 Press lt ENTER gt to access the folder Press lt ENTER gt again to start playing the first track or turn the lt TUNE MENU gt dial and press lt ENTER gt to select another track If the current selected folder contains sub folders press lt ENTER gt a new screen with a list of sub folders will be displayed Turn the lt TUNE MENU gt dial for the sub folder then press lt ENTER gt to se lect Select the Root folder item when songs are recorded additionally in the root folder To return to the previous folder screen press 5 Repeat button Push the RPT 1 button and the current track will be played continuously button Push the MIX 2 button and all the tra
141. ation see Cor rosion protection in the 7 Appearance and care section For additional protection against rust and corrosion which may be required in some areas consult a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop Starting and driving 5 43 NOTE 5 44 Starting and driving 6 In case of emergency Be E pa cotesecrnsns esate ciao anny eens renee cusetoetesanseans 6 2 GIS OVO MGA ste tebeareetetesienie seems saveaetenebeauektedetenseans 6 12 Temporary uSe Spare tyre ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 2 Tow truck tOWiIng pear perrn errr ence er trcr enreE Cy error arent ert re 6 13 BAC Ty he aioe scat ceaid ia tuvee sania dian eninge inane cian tneees 6 2 TOWING precautions sananwcciencsinantneriemerciantecian 6 13 Stopping the vehicle ccsseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 2 Recommended towing for two wheel drive Changing flat tyre Models with spare wheel 2WD Models cnisancsataceteinsiaradaapsdeeatnonanaseaesesextsas 6 14 where fitted esssssseesssseerrseeessrrrrrrssrrrrrrressrrrens 6 3 Recommended towing for four wheel drive Repairing flat tyre Models with emergency AWD modelS s cccsccceniisciesesnnseudncanccnecscadeiensancivens 6 14 tyre puncture repair kit where fitted 0 6 7 TOWING CVG asasan SEENA 6 15 eE ES EE A AAA A T A 6 10 Freeing the vehicle from sand snow or mud 6 15 Push starting cases clecag coe Sete aelcaa eden toca saeeeexiiats 6 12 SPARE TYRE TEMPORARY USE SP
142. att canteecenaabuerecnivacatcaansanseeeesanada 7 4 Fluid Automatic transmission fluid ATF ccccccsseeeeeeeseeeeeees 8 14 Brake and clutch fluid 20 cceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaes 8 15 Continuously variable transmission fluid o s 8 14 Window washer headlight cleaner fluid cceeeeeeee 8 16 Fog light Front TOG ight siise 2 26 Rearfog light siiicar oiii ian 2 27 Index 10 3 10 4 Index Four wheel drive 4WD cccccsseeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeaeeeeeteneeeteees 5 24 Driving four wheel drive 4WD safely sses 5 27 Four wheel drive 4WD model Tyres secsec 8 33 Four wheel drive mode indicator light eee 5 27 Four wheel drive warning light eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 5 26 Front passenger air bag deactivation system nsere 1 17 Front passenger air bag indicator light sesers 1 17 Fuel Bleeding the fuel system sssessiscssisseracccsdboreteeceeiineesetecareren 8 14 Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 000088 9 2 Draining water Fuel filter sssssessesssssssnnnnnrrrrrrrrereesss 8 13 Fuel filter Diesel engine models n se 8 13 Fuel gauge irsaasd Cerenesanarpansndtaaauaianadcaneneesnonenecesnenntcsanaaute 2 2 Fuel recommendation cccceceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeesseeeeeeeeeeeaneeees 9 5 Fuel filler lid ee Os a errr re er rerrrerrrr Tre 3 15 Opener lever cccececcceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeaeaeeeeeeseeeee
143. ature Adjust the temperature to about 22 C 72 F for normal operation 3 Driver s side and passenger side temperatures can be set independently using the individual temperature control dial When the passenger side temperature control dial is turned the DUAL indicator light will come on To turn off the pas senger side temperature control press the DUAL button NOTE A visible mist may be seen coming from the vents in hot humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly this is not a malfunction It is not possible to use DUAL mode when windscreen defogger is selected Heating AUTO mode Use this mode for heating purposes only 1 Press the A C button to turn off the air condi tioner cooling function A C indicator light goes off 2 Select the desired temperature with the tempera ture control dial Do not set the temperature at a lower level than the one of the outside air temperature Other wise the system may not work properly This mode is not recommended if the windscreen fogs up Airflow direction control buttons z4 Air flows from centre and side vents spd Air flows from centre and side vents and floor outlets tp Air flows mainly from floor outlets 3 Air flows from defogger and floor outlets iy Air flows mainly from defogger outlets AOH To aw uy NAA1179 Windscreen defogger lt p Manual mode Use this mode for defogging the wind
144. audio system AUX SOCKET NAA1214 AUX USB where fitted Audio main operation Open the lid and connect the lead with the jack of a compatible player e g MP3 player to the socket Press the lt AUX gt button for the AUX mode USB MEMORY OPERATION where fitted NAA1213 Connecting USB memory Open the console lid and connect a USB memory stick as illustrated The display will show a notifica tion message for a few seconds that it is reading the data If the audio system has been turned off while the USB memory was playing pressing tb will start the USB memory operation lt AUX gt button To operate the USB memory use one of the follow ing methods Press the lt AUX gt button then turn the lt TUNE MENU gt dial to the USB item Once highlighted press lt ENTER gt Press lt AUX gt repeatedly until USB is high lighted then press lt ENTER gt Audio main operation The following operations are identical to the audio main operation of the Compact Disc CD opera tion For details see Compact Disc CD operation earlier in this section List view Quick search PPl in lt MIX Random play RPT Repeat track Folder browsing DISP button While a track with recorded music information tags ID3 tags is being played the title of the played track is displayed If the tags are not provided then a notification message is displayed When the pise 5 but
145. between the vehicle and trailer The chain should be attached to the hitch and not to the vehicle bumper or axle Be sure to leave enough slack in the chain to permit turning corners The chain should not drag on the ground passing the chain across the trailer hitch may be the best practice depending on your trailer TRAILER BRAKES Ensure that trailer brakes are installed as required by local regulations Also check that all other trailer equipment conforms to local regulations TRAILER DETECTION where fitted When towing a trailer and the turn signal switch is used the electrical system of the vehicle will detect an additional electrical load of the trailer lighting As a result the trailer direction indicator light comes on INSTALLATION OF COUPLING DEVICE NISSAN recommends that the coupling device for trailer towing be installed under the following condi tions Maximum permissible vertical load on the cou pling device 736 N 75 kg 165 Ib The coupling device mounting points and instal lation parts on your vehicle as shown as an ex ample in the illustration Follow all of the coupling device manufacturer s in structions for installation and use AMAA LLL LLL 1 5 seater Rear overhang of coupling device AD 7 seater 5 seater 925 mm 36 4 in 7 seater 977 mm 88 5 in Starting and driving 5 37 VEHICLE SECURITY When leaving your vehicle unoccupied Always remove the igni
146. bulb in the reverse order of re moval and make sure that the cap is securely sealed with the headlight body 7 Where removed step 3 re install the air duct and clips in the order of removal 8 Reconnect the negative battery cable and close the bonnet NOTE Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of the exterior lights in the rain or in a car wash The fog is caused by a temperature difference between the inside and the outside of the lens This is not a malfunction If large droplets can be seen then contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop EXTERIOR LIGHTS Wattage W Headlight Low or high beam type H7 Front turn signal light Front side light Front fog light H11 type where fitted 1 Side turn signal light Rear combination light Turn signal light Stop Tail light 1 Reverse light 1 High mounted stop light 1 Number plate light Rear fog light 1 If replacement is required contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop INTERIOR LIGHTS Item Wattage W Room light Map lights where fitted Foot well light where fitted Room light rear where fitted Reading lights rear where fitted Luggage compartment light where fitted LIGHT LOCATIONS 4 Front side light 2 Front turn signal light 3 Room light Map lights where fitted 4 Reading light type A where fitted Side turn signal light Headlights Front fog light where fi
147. ce speedometer calibration headlight aim and bumper height A WARNING Some of these effects may lead to accidents and could result in serious personal injury If the wheels are changed for any reason always replace with wheels which have the same offset dimension Wheels of a different offset could cause early tyre wear possibly degraded vehicle handling characteristics and or interference with the brake discs Such interference can lead to decreased braking efficiency and or early brake pad wear FOUR WHEEL DRIVE 4WD MODELS CAUTION Always use tyres of the same size brand con struction bias bias belted or radial and tread pattern on all four wheels Failure to do so may result in a circumference difference between tyres on the front and rear axles which will cause excessive tyre wear and may damage the transmission transfer case and differential gears ONLY use spare tyres specified for the four wheel drive 4WD models WHEEL BALANCE Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling and tyre life Even with regular use wheels can get out of balance Therefore they should be balanced as required Wheel balance service should be performed with the wheels off the vehicle Spin balancing the front wheels on the vehicle could lead to transmission damage SPARE TYRE The temporary use spare wheel tyre can be identi fied by the temporary use spare tyre label which contrasts to the standard road wheels If i
148. ceed as in structed Blinks rapidly about twice a second Pull off the road at a safe place and idle the engine The driving mode will change to 2WD to prevent the 4WD system from malfunction ing The vehicle can be driven again as soon as the warning light turns off Blinks slowly about once every 2 seconds Change the driving mode to 2WD and reduce the vehicle speed as soon as safely possible If the warning light is still on after performing the above operation have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop as soon as possible 4WD MODE INDICATOR LIGHTS LOCK 4WD mode indicator light LOCK This light comes on when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position and turns off within 1 second When selecting LOCK mode while the engine is running this light will illuminate simul taneously along with the 4WD mode indicator light AUTO 5 4WD mode indicator light AUTO This light comes on when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position and turns off within 1 second If the engine is running this light will illu minate when selecting AUTO mode The 4WD mode indicator light is located in the tachometer The light should turn off within 1 second of the ignition switch being turned to the ON position While the engine is running the 4WD mode indi cator light will display the position selected by the 4WD mode control NOTE The 4WD mode indicator light may blink
149. ch is turned to the ON position and turns off soon after the engine is started If the 4WD warning light comes on the 4WD mode indicator light will go out If the 4WD system malfunctions or the revolution or radius of the front and the rear wheels differ the warning light will either remain illuminated or blink as follows High temperature transfer case oil makes the warning light blink rapidly approximately twice per second Stop the vehicle in a safe place with the engine idling If after a while the light goes out you can continue driving Where the difference in rotation between the front and rear wheels is large wheel slip such as when driving on rough roads through sand mud or freeing a stuck vehicle the warning light will blink slowly approximately once per two seconds Set the 4WD mode to 2WD and do not drive fast A large difference in diameters between the front and rear wheels will also cause the 4WD warning light to blink slowly Check that all the tyre sizes are the same the tyre pres sures are correct and that the tyres are not worn CAUTION If the warning light comes on or blinks while driving 4WD mode will change to 2WD mode Reduce the vehicle speed and have your ve hicle checked by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop as soon as possible Do not drive on dry hard surfaced roads in the LOCK position If the 4WD warning light blinks in the follow ing sequence while driving pro
150. cks will be played in a random order DISP button While a CD with recorded music information tags CD text ID3 text tags is being played the title of the played track is displayed If the title information is not provided then Track is displayed When the pise button is pressed repeatedly further information about the track can be displayed along with the track title as follows CD Track time Artist name Track title Album title Track time CD with MP3 WMA Track time Artist name gt Album title Folder name Track time Track details A long press on the pise 5 button will turn the dis play into a detailed overview and after a few sec onds it returns to the main display or press DISP 5 briefly CD eject button CD player Press the eject button and the CD will be ejected Ejecting CD with ignition switch in OFF or LOCK When the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position it is possible to eject the currently played CD However the audio unit will not be activated Press the 4 button and the CD will be ejected NOTE When the CD is ejected and not removed within 8 seconds it will automatically retract into the slot to protect it from damage f an error message appears in the display press to eject the faulty CD and insert an other CD or check if the ejected CD is in serted upside down 4 36 Display screen heater and air conditioner and
151. cle dead battery Back door lock release lever where fitted NPA990 The vehicle s back door can be unlocked from the inside when the battery is dead Tilt the seatback down Remove the cover from the lock and slide the release lever 4 as illustrated See Rear seat s in the 1 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section for more information re garding the seat operation SECURITY SYSTEM ALARM SYSTEM where fitted The alarm system provides visual and audible alarm signals if parts of the vehicle are disturbed How to arm the alarm system 1 Close all doors windows back door and bon net 2 Lock the vehicle using the keyfob lock button for additional information see Integrated key fob remote control system in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section NOTE If the vehicle is not fully locked a door bonnet back door is open or the ignition switch is in the ON position after arming the system the buzzer will sound After correctly closing the buzzer will stop Alarm system operation The system will give the following alarm The siren sounds intermittently and all direction indicators will flash The alarm automatically turns off after 28 sec onds The alarm is activated when The volumetric sensing system ultrasonic sen sors is triggered Any door the back door is opened The bonnet is opened The ign
152. cle seat belt If the locking clip is not used injuries could result from the child restraint tipping over during normal vehicle braking or cornering Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 19 Approved child restraint positions Seating position 5 seater Front passenger seat with deactivated front passenger Rear centre seat Rear outer seat air og ONLY Age group e 0 lt 13 Group II III w to 36 L U U kg U Suitable for Universal category approved in this age group NOTE Make sure the front passenger seat is adequately positioned See Installation of a child restraint system on the front passenger seat later in this section l Suitable for ISOFIX with top tether category given in the following table L Suitable for particular child restraints given in the following table The restraints may be of the specific vehicle restricted semi universal or universal categories Rearward facing ONLY 1 20 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Seating position 7 seater Front passenger seat Age group with deactivated front passenger air bag ONLY 2nd row centre seat 2nd row outer seat 3rd row seat Seip Group II Ill 15 to 36 kg l Suitable for ISOFIX with top tether category given in the following table L Suitable for particular child restraints given in the following table The restraints may be of the sp
153. cle to rollover Accelerating quickly sharp steering manoeuvres or sudden braking may cause loss of control Do not drive beyond the performance of the tyres even with 4WD Sudden acceleration steering or braking may result in loss of control and could cause the vehicle to become stuck If at all possible avoid sharp turning manoeuvres particularly at high speeds Your 4WD vehicle has a higher centre of gravity than a 2WD ve hicle and can tip over more easily The vehicle is not designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional 2WD models any more than low sports cars are designed to perform satisfacto rily under off road conditions Failure to operate this vehicle correctly could result in loss of con trol and or a rollover accident Do not grip the inside or spokes of the steering wheel when driving off road The steering wheel could jerk and injure your hands Instead drive with your fingers and thumbs on the outside of the rim 5 28 Starting and driving Before operating the vehicle ensure that the driver and all passengers have their seat belts fastened Avoid raising the centre of gravity by loading things on the roof or equipping the vehicle with tyres larger than specified in this manual Always drive with the floor mats in place as the floor may become very hot Particular care should be taken if you are barefoot Lower your speed when encountering strong crosswinds With its higher centre of gravity
154. ction 4WD mode indicator light AUTO 4WD models This light comes on briefly when the ignition is turned to the ON position If the engine is running this light will illuminate when the 4WD AUTO mode is se lected See Four wheel Drive 4WD where fitted in the 5 Starting and driving section 4WD mode indicator light LOCK 4WD models This light comes on briefly when the ignition is turned to the ON position If the engine is running this light and the 4W D mode indicator light AUTO will be lit when the 4WD LOCK mode is selected See Four wheel Drive 4WD where fitted in the 5 Starting and driving section 2 8 Instruments and controls Glow plug indicator light Diesel engines This light comes on when the ignition switch is in the ON position and goes out when the glow plugs have been pre heated When the engine is cold the glow plug warm up time will be longer a Low fuel indicator light When the fuel level is getting low the low fuel warn ing light will switch on to alert the driver Refuel as soon as it is convenient There should be a small reserve of fuel in the tank when the fuel gauge reaches the empty level See also Vehicle informa tion display later in this section fen Malfunction Indicator light When the ignition switch is turned to the ON posi tion the orange Malfunction Indicator light illumi nates This means that the system is operational I
155. ction Display screen heater and air conditioner and audio system 4 29 FM AM RADIO WITH CD PLAYER TUNE MENU NAA1216 1 Power ON OFF button Volume control VOL CD mode Repeat RPT button knob CD play mode button FMeAM button Mute button where fitted or 6 Day Night button where fitted 6 Radio mode Preset button CD mode MIX button 7 Display Radio mode Preset buttons ad 5 Radio mode Preset button Radio mode Preset button 4 30 Display screen heater and air conditioner and audio system 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Audio unit mode Display DISP button Radio mode Preset button CD AUX or Phone mode Quick search but ton CD slot CD eject button Auxiliary AUX source button Telephone button Radio mode TUNE dial Audio unit mode MENU dial Confirmation ENTER button Back button SETUP button Fast Forward Cue play Forward Track but ton Fast Reverse Review play Reverse Track button Traffic announcement TA button ANTI THEFT SYSTEM Use of a 4 digit radio PIN Personal Identification Number code known only to the vehicle owner effectively reduces the possibility of the audio unit being stolen Without the PIN code the audio unit cannot be activated If force is used to try and remove the audio unit the Anti theft system activates and the audio unit is locked The only way to unlock the audio unit is to enter the
156. ction has been made between the registered mobile phone and the audio system phone book data will be transferred auto matically to the audio system The transfer may take a while before completion NOTE Phone book data will be erased when Switching to another registered mobile phone Mobile phone is disconnected The registered mobile phone is deleted from the audio system 1 Press lt gt Display screen heater and air conditioner and audio system 4 53 2 Turn the lt TUNE MENUS gt dial and scroll down to Phone Book then press lt ENTER gt 3 Scroll down through the list select the appropri ate contact name highlighted and press lt ENTER gt 4 A following screen will show the number to be dialled If correct press lt ENTER gt again to dial the number If the contact has more numbers assigned for home g mobile or E office scroll and select the appropriate number to dial Alternatively the quick search mode can be used as follows 1 Press lt A Z gt 2 Turn the lt TUNE MENU gt dial for the first alpha betic or numerical letter of the contact name Once highlighted press lt ENTER gt to select the letter 3 The display will show the corresponding contact name s Where necessary use the lt TUNE MENU gt dial again to scroll further for the appro priate contact name to call 4 A following screen will show the number to be dialled If correct pres
157. d cause the vehicle to move un expectedly or roll away and result in an accident Never leave the engine running while the ve hicle is unattended Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others alone in your vehicle Pets should also not be left alone either On hot sunny days tempera tures in a closed vehicle could quickly be come high enough to cause severe or possi bly fatal injuries to people or animals Manual transmission models Depress the clutch pedal and place the gear lever in the R Reverse position When parking on an uphill gradient place the gear lever in the 1st Low gear position Starting and driving 5 33 Automatic transmission or Continuously vari able transmission models Fully depress the brake pedal and move the se lector lever to the P Park position A WARNING Make sure that the selector lever has been pushed as far forward as it can go and cannot be moved without depressing the button on the se lector lever handle 5 34 Starting and driving INE LNE LNE NENE NENEN KOSS 39o LHD models NSD338 OK QQ SSS NNN RHD models N NSD339 When parked on a sloping driveway turn the wheels so the vehicle will not roll into the street in case it moves FACING DOWNHILL 1 Turn the wheels into the kerb allow the vehicle to move forward until the kerb side wheel gently touches the kerb Then set the handbrake
158. d immediately with a dry cloth When cleaning the seat never use benzine thinner or any similar materials If any abnormalities are found or the heating does not operate turn off the switch and have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop Instruments and controls 2 29 POWER OUTLET NIC1372Z NIC1451 2nd row 7 seater A WARNING Take care as the power outlet and plug may be hot during or immediately after use CAUTION This power outlet is not designed for use with a cigarette lighter unit 2 30 Instruments and controls Do not use with accessories that exceed a 12 volt 120 W 10 A power draw Do not use double adaptors or more than one electrical accessory Use this power outlet with the engine running do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped or idling Avoid using when the air conditioner head lights or rear window defogger are on When not in use be sure that the cap is closed Do not allow water to come into con tact with the outlet Before inserting or disconnecting a plug be sure to turn off the power switch of the elec trical accessory being used or the Acc power of the vehicle Fully push the plug in sufficiently If sufficient contact is not made the plug may overheat or the internal temperature fuse may blow STORAGE STORAGE TRAYS 1 Rear cup holders 5 seater 2 Bottle holder 3 Console box 4 Map pocket 5
159. d other external influ ences Intermittent changes in reception quality are normally caused by these external influences Using a mobile phone in or near the vehicle may influence radio reception quality Use the antenna for the best reception Compact Disc CD player During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to the humidity If this occurs remove the CD and dehumidify or ventilate the player completely Display screen heater and air conditioner and audio system 4 21 The player may skip while driving on rough ANTENNA roads Occasionally the CD player may not function when the compartment temperature is ex tremely high Decrease the temperature be fore use Do not expose the CD to direct sunlight CDs that are of poor quality dirty scratched covered with finger prints or that have pin holes may not work properly sengeez The following CDs may not work properly Copy control compact discs CCCD Removing the antenna Recordable compact discs CD R To remove the antenna hold the lower part of the Rewritable compact discs CD RW antenna and turn it anticlockwise CAUTION Do not use the following CDs as they may cause the CD player to malfunction Make sure to remove the antenna before the ve hicle enters a garage with a low ceiling or an automatic car wash otherwise the antenna can CDs that are not round be damaged 8 cm 3 1 in discs with an ad
160. d rear view Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle width and distances to objects with reference to the vehicle body line A are displayed on the monitor Distance guide lines Indicate distances from the vehicle body Red line 1 approx 0 5 m 1 5 ft Display screen heater and air conditioner and audio system 4 7 Yellow line 2 approx 1 m 3 ft Green line 8 approx 2 m 7 ft Green line 4 approx 3 m 10 ft Vehicle width guide lines 5 Indicate the vehicle width when reversing Predictive course lines Indicate the predictive course when operating the vehicle The predictive course lines will be displayed on the monitor when the steering wheel is turned The predictive course lines will move depending on how much the steering wheel is turned and will not be displayed while the steering wheel is in the neu tral position The front view will not be displayed when the vehicle speed is above 10 km h 6 MPH A WARNING The distance between objects viewed in the rear view differs from actual distance because a wide angle lens is used Objects in the rear view will appear visually opposite than when viewed in the rear view and outside mirrors On a snow covered or slippery road there may be a difference between the predictive course line and the actual course line lf the battery is disconnected or becomes dis charged the predictive course lines may be displayed incorrectly If
161. d with the speed limiter information For details see Speed limiter later in this section When the vehicle is stopped and the ignition is turned to the off position Turning off the cruise control system will erase the cruise control system memory SPEED LIMITER The speed limiter allows you to set the desired ve hicle speed limit While the speed limiter is acti vated you can perform normal braking and accel eration but the vehicle will not exceed the set speed When the vehicle reaches the set speed limit or if the set speed limit is lower than the actual vehicle speed the accelerator pedal will not work until the vehicle speed drops below the set speed limit A WARNING The speed limiter will not automatically brake the vehicle to the set speed limit Always observe posted speed limits Do not set the speed above them Always confirm the setting status of the speed limiter in the combination meter display When the speed limiter is set avoid hard ac celeration to reach the set limit to ensure that the system can limit the speed of the vehicle correctly When additional floor mats are used be sure that they are correctly secured and that they cannot interfere with the accelerator pedal Mats not adapted to the vehicle may prevent proper operation of the speed limiter When the speed limiter is on the cruise control sys tem cannot be operated NSD373 ss RES Resume switch
162. der to prevent injury in the event of a sudden stop PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING A WARNING Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others alone in your vehicle Pets should also not be left alone They could accidentally injure them selves or others through inadvertent opera tion of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or pos sibly fatal injuries to people or animals To prevent luggage or packages from sliding forward during braking do not stack anything in the cargo area higher than the seatbacks Secure all cargo with ropes or straps to pre vent it from sliding or shifting Failure to follow proper seating instructions see Seats in the 1 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system sec tion could result in serious personal injury in an accident or sudden stop EXHAUST GAS Carbon Monoxide A WARNING Do not breathe exhaust gases they contain colourless and odourless carbon monoxide Carbon monoxide is a dangerous gas and can cause unconsciousness or death If you suspect that exhaust fumes are enter ing the vehicle drive with all windows fully open and have the vehicle inspected immedi ately Do not run the engine in closed spaces such as a garage for any longer than is absolutely necessary Do not park the vehicle with the engine run ni
163. ders or undercar riage In addition drive at a reduced speed Otherwise your vehicle can be damaged and or vehicle han dling and performance may be adversely affected Snow chains must be installed only on the front wheels and not on the rear wheels CAUTION Never install snow chains on a temporary use or small size spare tyre Do not drive with snow chains on paved roads which are clear of snow Driving with chains in such conditions can cause damage to the various mechanisms of the vehicle due to some overstress When driving on clear paved roads be sure to change to 2WD mode see Four wheel Drive 4WD where fitted in the 5 Starting and driving section a H NDI762Z NISSAN recommends that tyres be rotated every 10 000 km 6 000 miles for Two Wheel Drive 2WD vehicles and 5 000 km 8 000 miles for Four Wheel Drive 4WD vehicles m See Flat tyre in the 6 In case of emergency sec tion for tyre replacing procedures A WARNING After rotating the tyres adjust the tyre pres sure Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for the first 1 000 km 600 miles also in cases of a flat tyre etc Do not include the temporary use spare tyre in the tyre rotation Incorrect tyre selection fitting care or main tenance can affect vehicle safety with risk of accident and injury If in doubt consult a NISSAN dealer or the tyre manufacturer
164. di tions no harm will come to the rain sensor sys tem if left active wiper switch set to AUTO al though occasional unexpected activation of the wipers may occur REAR WINDOW NIC1472 A WARNING In freezing temperatures the washer solution may freeze on the rear window and obscure your vision Warm the rear window with the rear win dow defogger before you wash the rear window CAUTION Do not operate the washer continuously for more than 15 seconds Do not operate the washer if the reservoir tank is empty or frozen The rear window wiper and washer can be oper ated when the ignition switch is in the ON position Turn the switch clockwise to the intermittent em D position or continuous eam 2 position to operate the wiper To operate the rear window washer push the switch towards the front of the vehicle 8 The rear win dow wiper will also operate NOTE When the windscreen wiper switch is in either the intermittent or AUTO where fitted low or high speed position and the vehicle s gear lever is set in Reverse the rear window wiper comes on where fitted Wiper drip wipe system where fitted The wiper will also operate once about 3 seconds after the washer and wiper are operated This op eration is to wipe washer fluid that has dripped on the windscreen DEFOGGER SWITCH REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER To defog defrost the rear window glass start the engine and push the T
165. dicate a system malfunction We rec ommend that you contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop for repair Instruments and controls 2 13 For more information see Integrated keyfob re mote control system in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section A Intelligent Key convenience mode alert The Intelligent Key convenience mode alert shows to confirm that convenience mode has been acti vated See Switching from Convenience mode to Anti hijack mode in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section 9 Intelligent Key anti hijack alert The Intelligent Key anti hijack alert shows to con firm that anti hijack mode has been activated See Switching from Convenience mode to Anti hijack mode in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section 3 Engine oil level information When turning the ignition to the ON position the oil message indicates the oil level The Oil level OK message indicates the oil level is sufficient for driving Push the switch or the steering wheel switch i where fitted when the Oil level OK message shows to see a more de tailed oil level See Oil level 4 NOTE The Oil level OK message indication is dis played after the ignition switch has been turned to the ON position and other warnings have been shown 2 14 Instruments and controls CAUTION The engine oil level check is not designed to indi cate a low oil level Use the
166. door lock switch will remain illuminated Locking the doors when leaving the vehicle It is possible to lock all doors using the power door lock switch when leaving the vehicle 1 Open the driver s door remove the key from the ignition or the Intelligent Key where fitted from the passenger compartment 2 Press the LOCK side of the power door lock switch 1 All doors except the driver s door lock 3 Close the driver s door The driver s door locks The power door lock switch illuminates Super Lock system models The Super Lock system Is not activated Intelligent Key models If the Intelligent Key has been left inside the vehicle all doors will unlock and an alarm will sound Super Lock equipped models RHD models If the doors are locked using the integrated keyfob LOCK button or an outside door lock switch In telligent Key models the Super Lock system will be activated The power door lock switch will illuminate to indicate that all doors are locked but it will not be possible to use the power door lock switch to un lock the doors Locking the doors with the power door lock switch will not activate the Super Lock system Drive away door locking When active the drive away door locking function will automatically lock all doors when the vehicle speed exceeds 12 km h 7 MPH All doors will be automatically unlocked when a front door is opened except in anti hijac
167. e ON position again If the light remains illumi nated we recommend that you contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop See Power steering system in the 5 Starting and driving section for further details on the EPAS sys tem Gara Engine oil pressure warning light This light warns of low engine oil pressure If the light flickers or comes on during normal driving or stays on once the engine is started pull off the road at a safe area stop the engine immediately and call a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop CAUTION Running the engine with the engine oil pressure warning light on could cause serious damage to the engine NOTE The Oil level low message indication is dis played for 5 seconds after the ignition switch has been turned to the ON position See Vehicle in formation display later in this section Front passenger air bag deactivated OFF warning light When the ignition switch is turned to the ON posi tion the front pa enger air bag deactivated OFF warning light 34 located in the combination meter illuminates for approximately 7 seconds and then goes off This means the system is operational The light warns of front passenger air bag status If the front passenger air bag has been deactivated the light comes on and stays on as long as the front passenger air bag switch remains in the OFF posi tion Instruments and controls 2 5 Malfunction warning light red where
168. e Device key to delete one of the existing paired devices For details see Delete Device later in this section 2 Select the Pair Device key The pairing procedure depends on the connected device Mobile phone The message Ready to Pair Pin 1234 will be displayed Display screen heater and air conditioner and audio system 4 39 Audio device without PIN code The Bluetooth connection will be automati cally connected without any further input Audio device with PIN code A new screen will appear Assign the 4 digit PIN code by turning the lt TUNE MENU gt dial to each code and press the lt ENTER gt button to confirm Then select Validate and press lt ENTER gt The Bluetooth connection will be made The 4 digit PIN code is provided with the audio device see the owner s manual of the audio device 3 On Bluetooth audio mobile phone devices 1 Switch on the Bluetooth connection if not already switched on Switch on the search mode for Bluetooth devices If the search mode finds a device it will be shown on the device display 3 When a device is found use the lt TUNE MENU gt dial to scroll to and press lt ENTER gt to select My Car Ta Enter the number code shown on the relevant device with the device s own keypad and press the confirmation key on the device it self Refer to the relevant Bluetooth device owner s manual for further details When
169. e SET indicator is displayed For more details see Speed limiter in the 5 Starting and driving section When the trip computer was set before using the cruise control or speed limiter function the trip com puter menu item A is shown together with the cruise control or speed limiter See Trip computer earlier in this section WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH A WARNING In freezing temperatures the washer fluid may freeze on the windscreen and obscure your vi sion Warm the windscreen with the defroster before you wash it CAUTION Do not open release the bonnet when the front wiper arms are raised from their original position Do not operate the washer continuously for more than 15 seconds Do not operate the washer if the reservoir tank is empty or frozen Instruments and controls 2 21 WINDSCREEN NIC1471 4 C AUTO with rain sensor The windscreen wiper and washer can be operated when the ignition switch is in the ON position Wiper operation Move the lever up or down to operate the wiper at the following speeds Lever position Up 4 for a single sweep opera tion of the wiper 2 22 Instruments and controls Lever position 1 Intermittent e or AUTO AUTO where fitted operates the rain sensing auto wiper system See Rain sensor where fitted later in this section The intermittent operation speed can be adjusted by rotating the ring forward A
170. e compartment see Instrument and control layout in the 0 Illus trated table of contents section Maintenance and do it yourself 8 5 ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM 4 WARNING Never remove the engine coolant reservoir cap when the engine is hot Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid es caping from the engine coolant reservoir Wait until the engine and radiator have cooled down Engine coolant is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of the reach of children The engine cooling system is filled at the factory with a high quality year round and extended life en gine coolant The high quality engine coolant con tains the specific solutions effective for the anti cor rosion and the anti freeze function Therefore addi tional cooling system additives are not necessary CAUTION When adding or replacing engine coolant be sure to use Genuine NISSAN engine coolant or equivalent The use of other types of engine coolant may damage the engine cooling system The engine coolant reservoir tank is equipped with a pressure cap use a Genuine NISSAN cap or its equivalent when replacement is re quired 8 6 Maintenance and do it yourself CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL NDI909Z Check the coolant level in the reservoir when the engine is cold If the coolant level is below MIN Q add coolant up to the MAX 1 level CAUTION If the cooling system frequently
171. e control The hands free mode can be operated using the telephone button controls on the audio unit or on the steering wheel where fitted Initiating a call A call can be initiated using one of the following methods redial phone book voice tag speed dial preset buttons NOTE During the active call you can adjust the micro phone volume by pressing briefly on the lt MENU gt button then adjust the volume by turning the lt MENU VOL gt dial within the value range of 2 4 50 Display screen heater and air conditioner and audio system to 2 To confirm the entry press briefly on the lt ENTER gt or Back button or wait for 10 sec onds to return to the active call main screen Redial Use the redial mode to call the last number that was dialled 1 Press the phone button briefly 2 Select REDIAL 3 Press the lt ENTER gt or the phone button to redial the last number Make a call from the phone book In order to dial a contact from the phone book pro ceed as follows 1 Press the phone book M button 2 Turn the lt MENU VOL gt dial and select the cor respondent name 3 Press the lt ENTER gt or phone button in or der to dial the number Alternatively you can use the search mode as fol lows 1 2 Briefly press the phone book M button x S SEARCH appears on the display then press the lt ENTER gt button Select the fi
172. e light switch is turned to the paz position the headlight low beam will turn off Autolight system AUTO where fitted NIC1303Z The autolight system allows the headlights to be set so they turn on and off automatically When active the autolight system will Turn on the headlights front side tail number plate and instrument panel lights automatically when it gets dark Turn off all the lights when it gets light To activate the autolight system 1 Turn the headlight switch to the AUTO position 2 Turn the ignition switch to ON To disable the autolight system Turn the switch to the OFF pa or 40 position Headlight beam select NIC1304Z 1 To select the high beam when in the zD posi tion push the lever forward The high beam lights come on and the Indicator light illuminates 2 Pull the lever back to select the low beam ZD position 3 Pulling the lever towards you will flash the headlight high beam even when the headlight switch is off Friendly Lighting The Friendly Lighting function is a convenience facility It allows you to provide lighting from the vehicle after the ignition switch has been turned to the LOCK position and the headlight switch is in the OFF or AUTO where fitted position Pulling the headlight switch toward you once will activate the headlight for approximately 30 seconds After that period of time it will automatically switch off It is p
173. e operations and in the disposal of end of life vehicles ELV Design phase To reduce environmental impact we have developed your NISSAN vehicle to be 95 recyclable We mark the components to facilitate dismantling recy cling and to reduce hazardous substances We carefully verify and control substances of concern We have already reduced to a minimum the cad mium mercury and lead in your NISSAN vehicle NISSAN includes recycled material in your vehicle and looks for opportunities to increase the percent age of recycled materials used Manufacturing phase NISSAN plants based in the UK and Spain already achieve a recycling rate of over 90 and are look ing for further improvements The UK plant installed 8 windmills to cut carbon dioxide emissions at power plants by more than 3 000 tonnes per year Since the end of March 2007 NMISA Spain uses a solar panel water heating system to save energy This will generate 33 of the energy consumed in the baths during the painting of your vehicle Production and distribution phase Using resources efficiently to reduce the amount of waste generated during the production and distribu tion stage NISSAN promotes activities based on Reducing Reusing and Recycling materials when ever possible The NISSAN GREEN PROGRAM 2010 NGP2010 is our midterm environmental ac tion plan defining our goals for achieving a 100 recycling rate for operations in Japan and globally Use and service
174. e reminders in the 2 Instruments and controls section NOTE A buzzer will sound if the vehicle is driven with out releasing the handbrake See Audible reminders in the 2 Instruments and controls section STEERING WHEEL NPA840Z A WARNING Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident Release the lock lever as illustrated and adjust the steering wheel to the desired position up or down forwards or backwards Firmly push the lock lever back into position to lock the steering wheel in place SUN VISORS NPA839Z CAUTION Do not store the sun visor before returning it to its original position 1 To block out glare from the front move the main sun visor downwards 2 To block glare from the side remove the main sun visor from the centre mount and move it to the side MIRRORS INSIDE REAR VIEW MIRROR NPA862Z 1 Night position 2 Day position A Front of the vehicle The night position 4 will reduce glare from the headlights of vehicles behind you at night A WARNING Only use the night position 1 when necessary as it reduces rear view clarity AUTOMATIC ANTI DAZZLING INSIDE MIRROR where fitted NPA829Z The inside mirror is designed so that it automatically adjusts the reflection according to the intensity of the following vehicle s headlights CAUTION Do not hang any object on the
175. e that the battery fitted is the special battery that is enhanced with regard to the charge discharge capacity and life perfor mance Avoid using any other battery for the Stop Start System as this may cause early deterioration of the battery or a malfunction of the Stop Start System It is recommended that a Genuine NISSAN battery is fitted For more information contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop If the battery terminal is disconnected for bat tery replacement etc and then reconnected there may be some delay before the Stop Start System reactivates In case of emergency 6 11 PUSH STARTING CAUTION 6 12 Three way catalyst equipped models should not be started by pushing the vehicle as the three way catalyst may be damaged Automatic transmission AT or continuously variable transmission CVT models cannot be started by pushing the vehicle This may cause transmission damage Never try to start the vehicle by towing it when the engine starts the forward surge could cause the vehicle to collide with the tow ve hicle In case of emergency ENGINE OVERHEAT A WARNING Never continue driving if the engine of your vehicle overheats Doing so could cause a ve hicle fire Never open the bonnet if steam is coming out Never remove engine coolant reservoir cap when the engine is hot If the engine coolant reservoir cap is removed while the engine is hot pressurised hot water will spurt ou
176. e the dis 7 play as follows Trip A gt Trip B gt Trip A Resetting the trip odometer TRIP Press and hold the switch for approximately 1 second to reset the selected trip Trip A or Trip B 2 16 Instruments and controls BRIGHTNESS CONTROL Rotate the switch anticlockwise to brighten or clockwise to dim the instrument lighting level NOTE Brightness cannot be set when the headlight switch is in the OFF position TRIP COMPUTER Fuel Economy 1 1N00km 66 2 5 0 5 5 Settings 2 Average Speed 6 60 km h CO gt Saved Driving Distance 7 87 5 km z T 000 00ks Elapsed Time o 4 35 NIC1650 The trip computer is controlled using the switch or the steering wheel switch i where fitted The trip computer contains the following items Fuel Economy Average speed Driving dis tance Elapsed time Range km or MILES Settings CO2 Saved where fitted Fuel Economy Short press to change the information that is being displayed Push and hold up until 3 seconds resets the current item that is displayed except Settings and Range Push and hold over 3 seconds performs a global reset This resets all functions of the display ex cept Range and Trip A Fuel Economy I litre 100 km or MPG The Fuel Economy mode shows the current fuel consumption in a moving bar graph The average fuel cons
177. e to any components or wiring of the air bag sys tem This is to prevent accidental inflation of the air bag or damage to the air bag system Tampering with the air bag system may result in serious personal injury Tampering includes making changes to the steering wheel and the instrument panel assembly by placing ma terial over the steering pad and above the dashboard or by installing additional trim ma terial around the air bag system Do not attach any objects to the steering wheel pad or to the instrument panel Objects attached to the steering wheel pad and in strument panel may become dangerous pro jectiles and cause injury if the air bag inflates Work on and around the air bag system should be done by a NISSAN dealer or qualified work shop Installation of electrical equipment should be done by a NISSAN dealer or quali fied workshop The yellow SRS wiring har nesses should not be modified or discon Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system nected Unauthorised electrical test equip ment and probing devices should not be used on the air bag system SRS wiring harnesses are covered with yellow insulation either just before the harness con nectors or on the complete harness for easy identification NPA1032 SRS air bag warning labels The warning labels are located on the surface of the sun visor 2 SRS front passenger air bag warning label The warning label is located
178. ecific vehicle restricted semi universal or universal categories Rearward facing ONLY X Not suitable for child restraint for this age group Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 21 List of approved ISOFIX and specific Universal child restraints A WARNING Never install a rear facing child restraint sys Age group Front passenger seat with tem in the front seat without first deactivating deactivated front passenger Rear centre seat Rear outer seat the front passenger air bag Supplemental air bag ONLY front impact air bags inflate with great force Goustad Britax Cosy Tot Britax Cosy Tot Fair G 0 1 1 9 A child restraint system could be struck by p 3 Romer Baby Safe 1 3 Romer Baby Safe 1 3 the supplemental front impact air bag in an Fair G 0 1 3 Fair G 0 1 3 accident and could seriously injure or kill your Group I 9 to 18 kg Britax Romer Duo Plus 3 Britax Romer Duo Plus 3 Pair GO 2 child Group Il and III 15 to 36 Britax Hi Liner Britax Hi Liner Britax Hi Liner Your vehicle is equipped with a side air bag kg Romer Kid 3 Romer Kid 3 Romer Kid 3 f system Do not let infants or small children sit Rearward facing only in the front passenger seat as the air bag may 2 This is an ISOFIX child restraint It requires an additional platform to be fitted to your vehicle cause Serious injury in case of deployment Rearward facing use Platform RWFA during a collision Forward facing use
179. econds without pressing any buttons to exit the menu screen To configure the SPEED VOL Volume and BEEP settings perform the following procedure 1 Briefly press the lt MENU gt button 2 Turn the MENU VOL dial clockwise or anticlock wise the display message will appear in the fol lowing order PHONE SETUP lt SPEED VOL lt BEEP lt PHONE SETUP When SPEED VOL is displayed briefly press the lt ENTER gt button then turn the MENU VOL dial clockwise or anticlockwise to adjust the level of the volume Adjusting the setting to O zero turns off the speed volume feature Increasing the speed vol ume setting results in the audio volume increas ing more rapidly with vehicle speed Press the lt ENTER gt button again to save the setting When BEEP appears in the display briefly press the lt ENTER gt button and then turn the MENU VOL dial clockwise or anticlockwise to switch the beep sound on or off When this item is turned on you will hear a beep sound when you use a button Press the lt ENTER gt button again to save the setting After the desired levels have been set press either the lt MENU gt button the lt BACK gt button or wait for 10 seconds without pressing any buttons to exit the menu screen COMPACT DISC CD OPERATION Turn the ignition switch to the Acc or ON position press the lt CD gt button and the CD mode will start to play the CD When the lt CD gt button
180. edure cannot be performed successfully take your vehicle to a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop INTERIOR LIGHTS CAUTION Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could discharge the bat tery NOTE The interior lights will go off after approximately 15 minutes unless the ignition switch is in the Acc or ON position FRONT ROOM LIGHT NIC1573 The room light has a three position switch 1 Position Lighting p Light is always on Light comes on when a door is opened 0 Light remains off Middle Instruments and controls 2 37 Room light timer where fitted The room light will stay on for approximately 30 sec onds when The ignition is switched off The doors are unlocked Any door is opened and then closed The timer is cancelled and the interior light will turn off when The doors are locked The ignition switch is turned to the ON position MAP LIGHTS where fitted To switch on the map light press either 3 or lt of the switches To turn the map light off press O 2 38 Instruments and controls REAR ROOM READING LIGHT NIC1258Z Room light where fitted NIC1256Z Reading light where fitted The light can be switched on or off by pressing the switch LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT The light comes on automatically when the back door is opened VANITY MIRROR LIGHT where fitted NIC1257Z The light on the vani
181. eeeeeeeeeeaaaas 3 15 FUSES a en eared demectea acento aaaata eae 8 23 Engine compartment ndiacctsicindivnaacniocasuinmusbiGtevinrueiiceneratins 8 24 Passenger compartment cccccccssseeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeseaeeeees 8 23 Gauges Engine coolant temperature gauge eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeees 2 2 PUG GAUGE xecctiictscesssateavtcbiacesetntuntdeedaavtiemianid dccetaenainttiiey 2 2 Meters and gauges sicccidcieticieixiuivssanbrraremereasttiesiivedddddestitans 2 2 Glove DOX sereen ae EEE A E E E 2 31 Guide lines oo eeceeecceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaeaaaneseeeeeees 4 7 Handbrake lever ja cinvrssoneataiiaiinteriddscnasmensevanneeaeenannanenentticnon 3 16 Hazard warning flasher switch ssssssessssssessrrrrrrrrrrrerrreernen 2 28 Head restraint Active head restraints dievseieiesssniveniverssseeeersiiideecetrrrevusseys 1 6 PVOMUSIMEME soins enis 1 5 Headlight Headlight aiming control switch esssssssssssrrsrrereeerereeesse 2 27 Headlight and turn signal switch esssssssssssrsserereereereees 2 24 Headlight cleaner essssssssssssnsrrrreseersssssrrrnnnrrrrrrrereees 2 28 Headlight switch ssssssssssssssnnnnrrrrrrresersssssnnnnnnnnnnnrereeeess 2 24 Headlights bulb replacement sssssssssssssseesseerrerrrrrenrennn 8 26 Replacement bulb cccccecceseeeesseteeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaas 8 25 r signal SWITCH t dissssscssicdentonegoppainnaaeecedieeie 2 26 AGNON r E 2 24 Heated
182. eeererrrre 2 38 Rear room reading light ccccecescsseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 38 Luggage compartment light eceseeeeeeeeeee es 2 38 Vanity mirror light where fitted eee 2 38 METERS AND GAUGES NOTE For an overview see Instrument and control layout in the O Illustrated table of contents section and see Meters and gauges in the O0 Il lustrated table of contents section SPEEDOMETER NIC1561 The speedometer indicates the vehicle speed km h or MPH Scale resolution on the meter varies with models FUEL GAUGE The fuel gauge is active when the ignition switch is in the ON position The gauge may move slightly during braking turn ing acceleration or when going up or downhill The W gt symbol indicates that the fuel filler lid is located on the right side of the vehicle NOTE A low fuel warning comes on in the vehicle infor 2 2 Instruments and controls mation display and the Low fuel indicator light comes on in the combination meter when the fuel level is getting low Refuel as soon as it is convenient There should be a small reserve of fuel in the tank when the fuel gauge needle reaches the empty level CAUTION Refill the fuel tank before the gauge registers empty TACHOMETER NIC1563 The tachometer indicates the engine speed in revo lutions per minute r min Do not rev the engine into the red zone 1 Scale resolution o
183. eft Sys tem NATS keys can be used with your vehicle see Security system later in this section INTELLIGENT KEY where fitted Your vehicle can only be driven with the Intelligent Keys which are registered to your vehicle s Intelli gent Key system components and NISSAN Anti Theft System NATS components As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered and used with one vehicle The new keys must be registered by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop prior to use with the Intelligent Key system and NATS of your vehicle Since the registration process requires erasing all memory in the Intelligent Key compo nents when registering new keys be sure to take all Intelligent Keys that you have to the NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop Immobilizer CAUTION Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you Do not leave the vehicle with the Intelligent Key inside Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when driving The Intelligent Key is a preci sion device with a built in transmitter To avoid damaging it please note the following The Intelligent Key is water resistant how ever wetting may damage the Intelligent Key If the Intelligent Key gets wet imme diately wipe until it is completely dry Do not allow the Intelligent Key to come into contact with water or salt water this could affect the system function Do not bend drop or strike it against an other object Do not place the Intell
184. em will be triggered when the door is opened using the key NISSAN alarm equipped models To stop the alarm turn the ignition key to the ON position or press the unlock fg button on the integrated keyfob Initialising the system after vehicle battery loading or replacement After recharging or replacing the battery you should release initialise the system by Inserting the key into the ignition switch and then turning it to the ON position Unlocking the vehicle using the integrated key fob 3 10 Pre driving checks and adjustments INSIDE DOOR HANDLE SPA2531Z To unlock and open the door pull the inside door handle as illustrated With Super Lock where fitted The door cannot be opened when the Super Lock system Is activated POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH NPA952 1 Press to lock 2 Press to unlock A WARNING When leaving the vehicle do not leave the key inside the vehicle The power door lock switch located on the centre console can be used to lock 1 or unlock all doors simultaneously from inside the vehicle The switch will illuminate when the doors are locked A chime will sound and the doors will not lock if the power door lock switch is pressed while any door other than the driver s door is open NOTE Models without the Super Lock system If a door is manually opened from inside after having pressed the integrated keyfob LOCK button the door will unlock but the power
185. en the ignition switch for NATS is in the Acc or ON position AUDIO MAIN OPERATION The audio unit operates when the ignition switch is in Acc or ON position Power ON OFF button Press the button to switch on the audio unit If the audio unit was switched off using the ignition switch it can also be switched on with the ignition switch The mode radio or CD that was playing immediately before the unit was switched off will resume playing and the volume will be set to the pre vious volume level The audio unit can be switched off either by press ing the button or by turning the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK position Volume level control Turn the MENU VOL dial in the clockwise or anti clockwise direction to adjust the volume level The audio unit is equipped with a speed control vol ume function this means that the audio unit auto matically adjusts the volume level in relation to ve hicle speed For details see MENU button later in this section Mute button where fitted Press the button to mute the sound and MUTE appears in the display To cancel the mode use any one of the following options Press the button again Turn the MENU VOL dial Press the lt CD gt lt FMeAM gt or lt AUX gt button Sound button Press the button to enter the sound menu Each time the P button is pressed the mode will change as follows BASS TREBLE BALANCE gt
186. ening torque as the normal wheel nuts For details see Chang ing flat tyre Models with spare wheel where fitted earlier in this section NOTE The wheel lock nut has an individual code A wheel lock key with other than the indi vidual code cannot remove the wheel lock nut If you lose the wheel lock key contact a NISSAN dealer for a duplicate with the original wheel lock key code Record the key number as shown on the key code card on the Security informa tion page at the end of this manual and keep it in a safe place not in the vehicle When you ask for a service at a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop make sure to keep the lock key in the vehicle Other wise wheels cannot be removed and the service cannot be performed REPAIRING FLAT TYRE Models with emergency tyre puncture repair kit where fitted The emergency tyre puncture repair kit is supplied with the vehicle instead of a spare tyre This repair kit must be used for temporarily fixing a minor tyre puncture After using the repair kit see a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop as soon as possible for tyre inspection and repair replacement In case of emergency 6 7 CAUTION Do not use the emergency tyre puncture repair kit under the following conditions Contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop or profes sional road assistance when the sealant has passed its expiration date shown on the label attached to the bottle
187. ent played track Press the Pi or ld button more than once to skip through the tracks Fast Forward Cue Fast Reverse Review buttons Play Pause Press the lt ENTER gt button to pause To resume press lt ENTER gt again psp button Type B display screen only If the song contains music information tags ID3 tags the title of the played song will be displayed If tags are not provided then the display will not show any messages When the pise 5 button is pressed repeatedly fur ther information about the song can be displayed along with the song title A long press on nisp 6 will turn the display into a detailed overview which after a few seconds returns to the main display or press Dise 6 briefly Bluetooth mobile phone feature This system offers a hands free facility for your mo bile telephone with Bluetooth to enhance driving safety and comfort For details see Mobile phone integration for FM AM radio with CD player later in this section Display screen heater and air conditioner and audio system 4 41 Specification chart Supported media CD CD R CD RW Supported file systems ISO9660 LEVEL1 ISO9660 LEVEL2 Romeo Joliet SO9660 Level 3 packet writing is not supported Files saved using the Live File System Component on a Windows Vista based computer are not supported Supported versions 1 MPEG1 MPEG2 MPEG2 5 Sampling frequency frequency Sampling fre
188. er lid pull up the opener lever located below the instrument panel on the driver s side To lock close the fuel filler lid securely FUEL FILLER CAP NPA832Z The fuel filler cap is a ratcheting type Tighten the cap clockwise until ratcheting clicks are heard Put the fuel filler cap on the cap holder as illustrated while refuelling A WARNING Fuel is extremely flammable and highly explo sive under certain conditions Always stop the engine and do not smoke or allow open flames or sparks near the vehicle when refuelling Fuel may be under pressure Turn the cap half a turn and wait for any hissing sound to stop in order to prevent fuel from spraying out and causing possible personal injury Use only a NISSAN fuel filler cap or exact equivalent as a replacement It has a built in safety valve needed for proper operation of Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 15 the fuel system and emission control system An incorrect cap can result in a serious mal function and possible injury CAUTION If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body flush it away with water to avoid paint damage 3 16 Pre driving checks and adjustments HANDBRAKE LEVER NPA834Z To apply Pull the lever up 1 To release Pull the lever up slightly push the but ton 2 and lower completely Before driving check that the brake warning light goes out For additional information see Warn ing indicator lights and audibl
189. ervoir P 8 16 Illustrated table of contents O 7 0 8 Illustrated table of contents HR16DE ENGINE Type B 1 Engine coolant reservoir P 8 6 2 Brake clutch fluid reservoir RHD models P 8 15 3 Engine oil filler cap P 8 8 4 Brake clutch fluid reservoir LHD models P 8 15 5 Air cleaner filter P 8 21 6 Fuses fusible link box P 8 23 7 Battery P 8 17 Engine oil dipstick P 8 8 9 Window washer headlight cleaner where fit ted fluid reservoir P 8 16 O oe J a N EA N i ie Aa ee Bawa 5 208 A A MR20DE ENGINE D Engine coolant reservoir P 8 6 2 Brake clutch fluid reservoir MT RHD models Brake fluid reservoir CVT RHD models P 8 15 3 Engine oil filler cap P 8 8 4 Brake clutch fluid reservoir MT LHD models Brake fluid reservoir CVT LHD models P 8 15 5 Air cleaner filter P 8 21 6 Fuses fusible link box P 8 23 7 Battery P 8 17 Engine oil dipstick P 8 8 9 Window washer headlight cleaner where fit ted fluid reservoir P 8 16 Illustrated table of contents 0 9 0 10 Illustrated table of contents Euro 4 KOK engine D Engine coolant reservoir P 8 6 O Brake and clutch fluid reservoir RHD models P 8 15 3 Engine oil filler cap P 8 8 4 Brake clutch fluid reservoir LHD models P 8 15 5 Air cleaner filter P 8 21 6 F
190. es on when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position It turns off soon after the engine is started If the 4WD system malfunctions or the revolution or radius of the front and the rear wheels differs the warning light will either remain illuminated or blink See Four wheel Drive 4WD where fitted in the 5 Starting and driving section CAUTION If the warning light comes on or blinks while driving 4WD mode will change to 2WD mode Reduce the vehicle speed and have your ve hicle checked by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop as soon as possible Do not drive on dry hard surfaced roads in the LOCK position If the 4WD warning light blinks in the follow ing sequence while driving proceed as in structed Blinks rapidly about twice a second Pull off the road at a safe place and idle the engine The driving mode will change to 2WD to prevent the 4WD system from malfunctioning The vehicle can be driven again as soon as the warning light turns off Blinks slowly about once every 2 seconds Change the driving mode to 2WD and re duce the vehicle speed as soon as safely possible If the warning light is still on after performing the above operation have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop as soon as possible Se Water in fuel filter warning light where fitted If the warning light remains on or flashes irregularly while the engine is running the
191. escribed below wi Air flows from centre and side vents Air flows from centre side vents and floor outlets A Air flows mainly from floor outlets Mav Air flows from the defogger outlets and floor outlets lt 7 Air flows mainly from defogger outlets Air recirculation button G gt Outside air circulation Press the air recirculation G5 button to the OFF position to draw outside air into the pas senger compartment the indicator light goes off Use the OFF position for normal heating ventilation or air conditioner where fitted op eration Air recirculation Press the air recirculation lt amp 5 button to the ON position the indicator light goes on Use the ON position in situations such as driving on a dust raised road avoiding traffic fumes or having maximum cooling from the air conditioner where fitted If the windows fog up switch on the air condi tioning where fitted A C Air Conditioner button where fitted Press the A C button to turn the air conditioner on or off When the air conditioner is on the A C indi cator light illuminates Operation The heater and air conditioner operate when the engine is running The air blower will operate even if the engine is turned off and the ignition switch is in the ON position NOTE The air conditioner cooling function operates only when the engine is running and the fan is acti
192. essure oes iencecsa sans oviacestenmiedivaicarearasias 5 36 Sale by Chia IN Ser aianencrciparhens renin rnnaonemomciancimett 5 36 Trailer ON AK CS ps ceictcseuncanapinisambcaaramcenstiedwauncremicts 5 36 Trailer detection where fitted ccceeeeeeeeeeees 5 36 Installation of coupling device sssr 5 36 Voice SECU onian oiae 5 38 Power steering SySteM essiicesissssssisiarinnininninnininnianir 5 38 Brake Syste ssiosissan hnnan aE 5 39 Brake precautions ccccesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeees 5 39 Anti lock Braking System ABS 5 39 Electronic Stability Programme ESP system where TICE orisirisi a 5 40 Electronic Stability Programme ESP OFF e ete sha E E A phe act anes E as 5 42 Cold weather CGHiVING sisceesccanseraseassavsssinninceennassenenssunes 5 42 EEE a P E E 5 43 Engine COON unio tcinataccnncnnancentnrupnmniuncdiinmassante 5 43 Tyre SOUP mem ssnin aiins 5 43 Special winter equipment 5 43 Corrosion protection wetsisscetesnjeinotacideniaxianeniaatoness 5 43 RUNNING IN SCHEDULE During the first 1 600 km 1 000 miles follow these recommendations for the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle Failure to follow the recommendations may result in shortened engine life and reduced engine performance Avoid driving for long periods at a constant speed either fast or slow Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear Avoid quick starts Avoid hard braking as much as possible Do
193. estraint in your vehicle Improper use of a child restraint can increase injuries to the infant or child and other occu pants in the vehicle When your child restraint is not in use keep it secured with a seat belt to prevent it from being thrown forwards in case of a sudden stop or accident Remember that a child restraint left in a closed vehicle can become very hot Check the seat ing surface and buckles before placing your child in the child restraint After attaching a child restraint test the seat before you place the child in it Check that it does not tilt too far from side to side Try to tug it forwards and check whether the belt holds it in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the belt as necessary or put the re straint in another seat and test it again If the child restraint is not anchored properly the risk of a child being injured in a collision or sudden stop greatly increases The front passenger seat should be positioned to fit the child seat appropriately See Installation of a child restraint system on the front passenger seat later in this section For a front facing child restraint installed on a three point type lap shoulder belt make sure the shoulder belt does not go in front of the child s face or neck If it does put the shoul der belt behind the child restraint If the child restraint is equipped with a locking clip ensure that the clip is securely fastened to the vehi
194. estrictions cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 5 If regeneration TANS aatteicsaneeesiaiedineticericiesenaets 5 5 Care when drVING siscexeniccainncencantiucndeasataadecteciereeniecies 5 6 Engine cold start period cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 6 Loading ogag esson 5 6 Driving on wet FOAGS sicnissacsbannbiniauaiceenissrenuendisaeaness 5 6 Driving under winter conditions 2 cceeeeeee 5 6 Ignition SY Was sersces hee cence tea peden ens bei hada aaia 5 6 Manual transmission crocuses 5 6 Automatic transmission or Continuously variable transmiSssSion sssssssssssrrreserrreserrreserrrees 5 7 Steering FOG ennaa ina 5 7 Key DOSIIONS racismen nE E 5 7 NISSAN Anti Theft System NATS 0 00 5 7 Ignition knob Where fitted ccceceeesseeeeeeeeeeeneeeees 5 8 Manual transmission ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeees 5 8 Automatic transmission or Continuously variable transmiSsSion sssssssssssrrressrrressrrreserreees 5 9 LE SIING LOCK sisisporitipisiisossoa sa roinas 5 9 Ignition knob position sssessssseesrssssrrrresrrreerrrnnn 5 9 Emergency key Intelligent Key dead battery SHEA rae tae geeedreatstesnienesar grantee Nentiedanesenteiias 5 10 NISSAN Anti Theft System NATS ee 5 10 Starting the SH GING xsi Ainsiencetdsenasacuasssseasahurdndsuenpsesdaecs 5 11 Driving the VehICIC cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeneeeees 5 12 Driving with manual transmission 5 12 Driving w
195. et under a vehicle that is supported only by a jack Use vehicle support stands Keep smoking materials flame and sparks away from fuel and battery Never connect or disconnect either the bat tery or any transistorised component connec tor while the ignition switch is in the ON posi tion Never leave the engine or transmission re lated component harness connector discon nected while the ignition switch is in the ON position On petrol engine models with the multiport fuel injection MFI system the fuel filter or fuel lines should be serviced by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop because the fuel lines are under high pressure even when the engine is Off Always wear eye protection whenever you work on your vehicle Failure to follow these or other common sense guidelines may lead to serious injury or ve hicle damage NISSAN GREEN PROGRAM Improperly disposed engine oil and or other vehicle fluids can pollute the environment Al ways conform to local regulations for disposal of vehicle fluid This section gives instructions regarding only those items which are relatively easy for an owner to per form You should be aware that incomplete or improper servicing may result in operating difficulties or ex cessive emissions and could affect your warranty coverage If in doubt about any servicing have it done by your NISSAN dealer or qualified work shop ENGINE COMPARTMENT For an overview of the engin
196. etting menu See Settings menu later in this section Stop Start System where fitted For more information see Stop Start System where fitted in the 5 Starting and driving sec tion Engine stop If the engine stops when the Stop Start System is activated the message is shown 7 Auto start deactivation If the engine stops when the Stop Start System is activated and will not start automatically the mes sage is shown System fault If the Stop Start System is activated but does not operate correctly the message is shown Visit a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop Activating or deactivating using the Stop Start System OFF switch Using the Stop Start System OFF switch activates or deactivates the Stop Start System This is shown in the vehicle information display Q9 The Stop Start System OFF switch is pushed to the ON position 6o The Stop Start System OFF switch is pushed to the OFF position Instruments and controls 2 15 ODOMETER TWIN TRIP ODOMETER EB A gt lt k NIC1542 The odometer and twin trip odometer are displayed when the ignition switch is in the ON position Odometer The odometer A records the total distance the ve hicle has been driven Twin trip odometer The twin trip odometer B records the distance of 2 individual trips Trip A and Trip B Changing the display TRIP Briefly press the switch to chang
197. ever only part of the way up or down 1 to signal a lane change right or left The indicator lights will flash three times before cancelling auto matically Direction indicator Move the lever up or down 2 to indicate right or left When the turn is completed the turn signal is automatically cancelled FOG LIGHT SWITCH FRONT FOG LIGHT where fitted NIC1307 A Type A Type B The front fog lights should only be used when visibil ity is seriously reduced generally to less than 100 m 328 ft Turn the headlight switch to the zpa or 40 posi tion and turn the fog light switch to the 4 position 1 The front fog lights and indicator light will come on For additional information see Warning indica tor lights and audible reminders earlier in this sec tion To turn the front fog lights off turn the fog light switch to the OFF position REAR FOG LIGHT The rear fog light should only be used when visibility is seriously reduced generally to less than 100 m 328 ft Type A without front fog lights To turn the rear fog light on 1 Turn the headlight switch to the 40 position 2 Turn the fog light switch to the Q position 1 The rear fog light and indicator light will come on The fog light switch will return to the OFF posi tion To turn the rear fog light off Turn the fog light switch to the Q position 1 again The rear fog light and indicator
198. f the orange Malfunction Indicator light comes on steady or blinks where fitted while the engine is running it may indicate an engine control system malfunction See Malfunction warning light red where fitted earlier in this section for details of the red malfunc tion warning light where fitted On steady orange An engine malfunction has been detected Have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer Blinking orange where fitted An engine misfire has been detected which may damage the engine control system To reduce or avoid engine control system dam age Do not drive at speeds above 70 km h 43 MPH Avoid hard acceleration or deceleration Avoid steep uphill grades f possible reduce the load being carried or towed The Malfunction Indicator light may stop blinking and come on steady Have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer CAUTION Continued vehicle operation without having the engine control system checked and repaired as necessary could lead to poor driveability reduced fuel economy and possible damage to the engine control system which may affect your warranty coverage SLIP indicator light where fitted The SLIP indicator blinks when the Electronic Sta bility Programme ESP system is operating thu
199. f the windscreen or back door window with a washer solution or a mild detergent The windscreen or back door window is clean if beads do not form when rinsing with clear water Clean the blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked ina washer solution or a mild detergent Then rinse the blade with clear water If the windscreen or back door window is still not clear after cleaning the blades and using the wiper replace the blades CAUTION After wiper blade replacement return the wiper arm to its original position Otherwise it may be damaged when the bonnet is opened Make sure the wiper blade contacts the glass Otherwise the arm may be damaged from wind pressure Do not open the bonnet when the front wiper is in the servicing position other wise it can damage the paint surface of the bonnet FRONT WINDOW WIPER REPLACEMENT gin NJ Wed A 1 Pull up the wiper arm NDI923Z 2 Press the two side lock pins D then remove the wiper blade as illustrated 3 Install the new wiper blade in the reverse order of removal 4 Return the wiper arm to its original position BACK DOOR WINDOW WIPER REPLACEMENT NDI924Z 1 Lift the wiper arm 2 Hold and rotate carefully the wiper blade clock wise until the blade becomes free 3 Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiper arm and snap it into place 4 Return the wiper arm to its original position WINDSCREEN WASHER NOZZLE NDI892Z If you wax t
200. feels spongy or the vehicle seems to take longer to stop contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop immediately Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Maintenance and do it yourself 8 3 Handbrake Confirm that your vehicle is held securely on a fairly steep hill with only the handbrake applied Seats Check seat position controls such as seat adjust ers seatback recliner etc to ensure they operate smoothly and all latches lock securely in every posi tion Check that the head restraints move up and down smoothly and the locks hold securely in all latched positions Seat belts Check that all parts of the seat belt system e g buckles anchors adjusters and retractors operate properly and smoothly and are installed securely Check the belt webbing for cuts fraying wear or damage See Seat belts in the 1 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system sec tion for further details Steering wheel Check for any change in the steering conditions such as excessive free play hard steering or strange noises Warning lights and audible reminders Make sure that all warning indicator lights and au dible reminders are operating properly Windscreen defogger Check that the air comes out of the defogger outlets properly when operating the heater or air condi tioner 8 4 Maintenance and do it yourself Windscreen wiper and washer Check that the wipers and washer ope
201. for the latest platform references front impact air bags inflate with great force 3 Universal mode only A child restraint system could be struck by X Not suitable for child restraint for this age group the supplemental front impact air bag in an accident and could seriously injure or kill your child NISSAN recommends that infants or small children be seated in a child restraint system in the rear seat According to accident statis tics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 23 Rear facing If you must install a child restraint system in the front seat follow these steps 1 Deactivate the front passenger air bag See Front passenger air bag deactivation system earlier in this section for further details 2 Move the seat to the rearmost position 3 Adjust the head restraint to its highest position Remove it if it interferes with the child restraint installation In such situations securely store the head restraint in the luggage compartment so that it does not become a dangerous projectile during a sudden stop or in an accident 4 Position the child restraint system in the front passenger seat Always follow the child restraint system manu facturer s instructions for installation and use SS0513Z 1 24 5 Route the seat belt tongue through the child re straint system and insert it
202. formance of the turbocharger it is essential to comply with the fol lowing maintenance procedure CAUTION Change the engine oil of the turbo charged diesel engine as prescribed See the sepa rately provided Warranty Information amp Main tenance Booklet for additional information Use only the recommended engine oil See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the 9 Technical information section Ifthe engine has been operating at high rpm for an extended period of time let it idle for a few minutes prior to shutdown Do not accelerate the engine to high rpm im mediately after starting it DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER DPF where fitted A WARNING Be careful not to burn yourself with exhaust gases Do not park the vehicle over flammable mate rials such as dry grass waste paper or rags as they may burn easily lf the vehicle continues to be driven at a low speed with the DPF warning light illuminated the fail safe will limit engine revolutions and or torque In this case the engine oil must be replaced and the process of burning accumu lated particulate matter must be carried out by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop Service regeneration is a maintenance item and is not covered by the NISSAN warranty Use engine oil for DPF equipped models For details see Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the 9 Technical information section CAUTION
203. front IGNITION SWITCH NSD238Z OFF A WARNING Never remove the key or turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position while driving The steering wheel will lock and could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle This could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury The switch includes an anti theft steering lock de vice There is an OFF position between the LOCK and Acc positions although it is not shown on the lock cylinder When the ignition switch is in the OFF position the steering wheel is not locked MANUAL TRANSMISSION To lock the steering wheel turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position and remove the key from the ignition switch then turn the steering clockwise To unlock the steering wheel insert the ignition key and turn it gently while rotating the steering wheel slightly right and left The ignition key can only be removed when the switch is in the LOCK position Normal parking po sition 0 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION OR CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION On Automatic Transmission AT or Continuously Variable Transmission CVT models the ignition lock is designed so that the key cannot be turned to LOCK and removed until the selector lever is moved to the P Park position When removing the key from the LOCK position of the ignition switch make sure that the selector lever is in the P Park position The selector lever can only be moved from the P
204. further than they appear When reversing the vehicle down a hill objects viewed in the monitor are closer than they appear Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to other objects The lines which are displayed on the monitor indi cate the vehicle s clearance and distance between the obstacle and the bumper A Displayed lines indicate the distances between the obstacle and the bumper as follows 4 0 5 m 1 5 ft red 2 1 m 3 ft yellow 3 2 m 7 ft green 4 3 m 10 ft green NOTE The vehicle clearance lines are wider than the actual clearance The lines are indicated as reference distances to the obstacle REAR VIEW MONITOR SETTING For details see the separately provided NISSAN Connect Owner s Manual OPERATING TIPS When the gear MT or selector AT or CVT lever is shifted to R Reverse the NISSAN Con nect display automatically changes to the rear view monitor mode When the gear MT or selector AT or CVT lever is returned to a position other than R Re verse it may take some time until the screen changes Objects on the screen may be dis torted until they are completely displayed When the temperature is extremely high or low the screen may not clearly display objects This is not a malfunction When strong light directly enters the camera lens objects may not be displayed clearly This is not a malfunction
205. gage compart ment where they could be seriously injured Keep the vehicle locked with the back door closed when not in use and prevent chil dren s access to the vehicle s keys The power door lock system allows you to lock or unlock all doors including the back door The back door can be manually released from the 3 12 Pre driving checks and adjustments outside when the vehicle is not locked by operat ing the microswitch 1 located on the back door underside NOTE The back door cannot be opened from the out side when the power door lock switch is acti vated An audible warning is heard when the microswitch 1 located on the back door under side is operated To open the back door unlock it with one of the fol lowing operations then push the back door mi croswitch 1 and pull up to open it Push the back door outside lock switch 2 where fitted See Intelligent Key system where fitted earlier in this section Push the UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key where fitted See Intelligent Key system where fitted earlier in this section Push the UNLOCK button on the integrated keyfob where fitted See Integrated keyfob re mote control system earlier in this section Unlock all the doors using the key Push the power door lock switch to the UN LOCK position To close the back door pull down and then push closed until securely locked Vehi
206. gent Key system fault warning in Vehicle information display ear lier in this section for more information INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM where fitted NPA1018 The Intelligent Key system is a convenient keyless entry system that allows you to operate your vehicle without using an actual key A WARNING Radio waves could adversely affect electric medi cal equipment Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufacturer for the possible influences before use INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATING RANGE The Intelligent Key functions can only be used when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range from the request switch 1 When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged or strong radio waves are present near the operating location the Intelligent Key system s operating range becomes narrower and the Intelligent Key may not function properly The operating range is within 80 cm 31 50 in from each request switch 1 If the Intelligent Key is too close to the door glass door handle or rear bumper the request switches may not function When the Intelligent Key is within the operating range it is possible for anyone even someone who does not carry the Intelligent Key to push the re quest switch to lock unlock the doors including the back door USING INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM NPA1019 The request switch will not function under the fol lowing conditions When
207. h 8 The SET indicator 8 in the combination meter will be turned off The set speed value Q will remain displayed as this speed is now stored in the cruise control sys tem memory The cruise control system will also be cancelled automatically by any of the following Pressing the footbrake pedal Pressing the clutch pedal Moving the gear lever MT models or selector lever AT or CVT models to the N Neutral posi tion f the vehicle slows down more than approxi mately 12 km h 8 MPH below the set speed Resuming a previous cruising speed If the cruising speed has been cancelled the set speed value will remain displayed in the combi nation meter and the speed will be stored in the cruise control system memory This cruising speed can be reactivated by pressing the RES Resume switch 1 upwards If the vehicle speed is less than the minimum set speed see table it will not be possible to re sume to the cruising speed Turn the cruise control system off The cruise control system will be turned off when one of the following operations is performed Push the cruise control main ON OFF switch 5 The cruise control symbol 7 the CRUISE indicator 6 the SET indicator 8 and the set speed value Q will turn off in the combination meter display Push the speed limiter main ON OFF switch 6 The cruise control system information in the combination meter will be replace
208. hat specified on the fuse box cover If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse 1 Make sure the ignition switch and the headlight switch are in the OFF position 2 Open the bonnet For details see Bonnet release in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section 3 Remove the clips 4 where fitted and air duct 2 where fitted 4 Remove the fusible link covers 5 Locate the fuse that needs to be replaced 6 Remove the fuse with the fuse puller where fit ted The fuse puller is located in the fuse box of the passenger compartment 7 If the fuse is open A replace it with a new fuse 8 Install the fusible link covers 9 Install the air duct and clips where fitted in the reverse order of removal 10 Close the bonnet NOTE If the new fuse opens again after installing have the electrical system checked and re paired by a NISSAN dealer or qualified work shop LIGHTS NDI1268 HEADLIGHTS A Low beam High beam Air duct Xenon low beam headlight where fitted The gas discharge headlight is a projector style which uses a xenon headlight bulb A WARNING HIGH VOLTAGE When the xenon headlights are on they pro duce a high voltage To prevent an electric shock never attempt to modify or disassemble the xenon headlights assembly Should the xenon headlight bulb need to be replaced have it done ONLY by a NISSAN deale
209. hat the EPAS system is not working properly As result greater steering ef forts are required to steer the steering wheel espe cially in sharp turns and at low speeds Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop as soon as possible NOTE Incorrectly inflated tyres can lead to poor steer ing ability and make the driver suspect a steering problem keep the vehicle s tyres inflated to the correct pressure at all times CAUTION Any malfunction or accident that could have dam aged the steering components including actual or attempted theft damage should be reported to a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop BRAKE SYSTEM The brake system has two separate hydraulic cir cuits If one circuit malfunctions you will still have braking ability with two wheels BRAKE PRECAUTIONS Vacuum assisted brake The brake booster aids braking by using engine vacuum If the engine stops or the drive belt is bro ken you can stop the vehicle by depressing the brake pedal However greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will be required to stop the vehicle and the stopping distance will be longer Wet brakes When the vehicle is washed or driven through wa ter the brakes may get wet As a result your brak ing distance will be longer and the vehicle may pull to one side during braking To dry brakes drive the vehicle at a safe speed while lightly pressing the brake pedal to heat up the brakes Do this until
210. he side faces the bottom of the case as illustrated 4 Install the lid in the reverse order of removal 5 Operate the buttons to check its operation Contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop if you need assistance for battery replacement 8 20 Maintenance and do it yourself DRIVE BELTS A WARNING Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position Otherwise the cooling fan or the engine may start to operate suddenly 1 Visually inspect each belt for signs of unusual wear cuts fraying or looseness If the belt is in poor condition or loose have it replaced or ad justed by a NISSAN dealer or qualified work shop 2 Have the belts checked regularly for condition and tension in accordance with the maintenance schedule as shown in a separately provided War ranty Information and Maintenance booklet SPARK PLUGS Petrol engine models A WARNING Be sure the engine and ignition switch are off and that the handbrake is engaged securely CAUTION Be sure to use the correct socket to remove the spark plugs An incorrect socket can cause damage to the spark plugs Always replace spark plugs with recom mended or equivalent ones Replace spark plugs according to the maintenance schedule shown in the separately provided War ranty Information amp Maintenance Booklet If replacement is required see a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop for servicing AIR CLEANER FILTER NDI9
211. he transmission Is in manual mode Starting and driving 5 15 Manual shift mode When the selector lever is shifted from D Drive to the manual shift gate with the vehicle stopped or while driving the transmission enters manual shift mode Shift range can be selected manually In manual shift mode the selected gear is displayed on the position indicator in the combination meter Shift ranges up or down one by one as follows Ist amp 2nd 3rd 4th Sth 6th When shifting up move the selector lever to the up side Shifts to higher range When shifting down move the selector lever to the down side Shifts to lower range Moving the selector lever rapidly to the same side twice will shift the ranges in succession Use the 1st position when driving slowly on steep hills slow driving through deep snow sand or mud or for maximum engine braking on steep downhill grades Use the 2nd 3rd or 4th position when driving steep hills or for engine braking on steep down hill grades Use the 5th position for driving up or down long slopes Use the 6th position for all normal forward driv ing However you need to shift down the gears when accelerating or passing another vehicle 5 16 Starting and driving When cancelling manual shift mode return the selector lever to the D Drive position The trans mission returns to the normal driving mode In manual shift mode the transmissi
212. he signal from one station of these stations becomes weak while driving RDS mode will switch to another local sta tion in the region with a stronger signal When the REG mode is activated in the FM band and the radio receiver is tuned to a local radio sta tion it will keep receiving this radio station without switching to another local station For activation or deactivation details see MENU button later in this section TA Traffic announcement This function operates in both FM radio and CD mode Pressing the lt TA NEWS gt button selects the TA mode The TA indicator is displayed while TA mode is on When the lt TA NEWS gt button is pressed again The mode will be switched off and the TA indica tor will disappear from the display If the TA mode is not activated a T icon will appear in the display when the currently received radio station is capable of broadcasting traffic announcements Pressing the lt TA NEWS gt but ton will activate TA mode and the indicator will change from T to TA Traffic announcement interrupt function When a traffic announcement is received the an nouncement Is tuned in Once the traffic announcement has finished the unit returns to the source that was active before the traf fic announcement started The volume returns to the previous level If the lt TA NEWS gt button is pressed during a traffic announcement the traffic announcement interrupt mode is cancelled
213. he surface of the engine bonnet be care ful not to let wax get into the washer nozzle A This may cause clogging or improper windscreen washer operation If wax gets into the nozzle remove it with a needle or small pin B FUSES PASSENGER COMPARTMENT Coes D NDI1088 CAUTION Never use a fuse of higher or lower amperage rating than that specified on the fuse box cover Never pull the harness or wires when discon necting the connector Maintenance and do it yourself 8 23 Be careful not to damage the connector sup port bracket when disconnecting the connec tor If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse The fuse box is located in the lower part of the instrument panel at the driver s side The affected circuits are shown on the back of the fuse box lid 1 1 Make sure the ignition switch and the headlight switch are in the OFF position 2 Open the fuse box lid 3 Locate and remove the fuse with the fuse puller where fitted NOTE The fuse puller is stored in the fuse box 4 If the fuse is open A replace it with a new fuse 5 Close the fuse box lid NOTE If the new fuse opens again after installing have the electrical system checked and re paired by a NISSAN dealer or qualified work shop 8 24 Maintenance and do it yourself ENGINE COMPARTMENT NDI1089 CAUTION Never use a fuse of higher or lower amperage rating than t
214. heck the oil level with the engine oil dipstick For details see Checking engine oil level earlier in this section and Ca pacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the 9 Technical information section 7 Install the engine oil filler cap 10 11 8 Start the engine After the engine has been warmed up make sure there are no leaks around the engine oil filter cover and the drain plug Correct as required Turn the engine off and wait several minutes Check the oil level and add engine oil if neces sary Install the engine compartment undercover 12 Lower the vehicle carefully to the ground 13 Close the bonnet PROTECT THE ENVIRONMENT NISSAN GREEN PROGRAM It is illegal to pollute drains water courses and soll Use authorised waste collection facilities including Civic amenity sites and garages providing facilities for the disposal of used oil and used oil filters If in doubt contact your local authority for advice on dis posal The regulations concerning the pollution of the environment will vary from country to country FUEL FILTER Diesel engine models DRAINING WATER Pi hy i ES ORA Ao ny NDI916Z Except for models with R9M diesel engine Drain the water from the fuel filter Every time you perform an engine oil change When the water in fuel filter warning light sp orange comes on or flashes irregularly Except for models with R9M diesel
215. hen the ABS senses that one or more wheels are close to locking up the actuator rapidly applies and releases hydraulic pressure This action is similar to pumping the brakes very quickly You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise from the actuator under the bonnet when it is operating This is normal and indicates that the ABS is working properly However the pulsation may indicate that road conditions are hazardous and extra care is re quired while driving ELECTRONIC STABILITY PROGRAMME ESP SYSTEM where fitted When accelerating driving on slippery surfaces or suddenly avoiding obstacles on roads the vehicle might swerve or slip The Electronic Stability Pro gramme ESP system continuously monitors and compares the driver s intended speed and the travel direction The system adjusts wheel brake pressure and engine torque to assist in improving vehicle sta bility When the ESP system is operating the SLIP indicator light in the combination meter blinks When only the traction control TCS system in the ESP system is operating the SLIP indica tor light amp in the combination meter will also blink If the SLIP indicator light blinks the road conditions are slippery Be sure to drive carefully See Warning indicator lights and au dible reminders in the 2 Instruments and controls section Indicator light If a malfunction occurs in the sys
216. hifting from the N Neutral position to any driving position When stopping the vehicle on an uphill grade do not hold the vehicle by depressing the ac celerator pedal The footbrake pedal should be depressed in this situation Starting vehicle 1 After starting the engine fully depress the foot brake pedal before moving the selector lever out of the P Park position 2 Keep the footbrake pedal depressed and move the selector lever to a driving position 3 Release the handbrake the footbrake pedal and then gradually start the vehicle in motion Starting and driving 5 17 The CVT is designed so the footbrake pedal MUST be depressed before shifting from the P Park position to any driving position while the ignition switch is in the ON position The selector lever cannot be moved out of the P Park position and into any of the other posi tions if the ignition switch is placed in the LOCK OFF or ACC position or if the key is removed CAUTION DEPRESS THE FOOTBRAKE PEDAL Shifting the selector lever to D R or L without de pressing the footbrake pedal causes the ve hicle to move slowly when the engine is run ning Make sure the footbrake pedal is de pressed fully and the vehicle is stopped before shifting the selector lever MAKE SURE OF THE SELECTOR LEVER POSI TION Make sure the selector lever is in the desired position D and L are used to move forward and R to reverse WARM UP THE
217. hile it is in motion and before closing the windows Use the power window lock switch to prevent un expected use of the power windows itis recommended to instruct all occupants in the safe operation of power windows with par ticular emphasis given to the safety and su pervision of children NIC1309Z Left hand drive models NIC1377Z Right hand drive models Driver s side main switch 1 Driver s side automatic window switch 2 Power window lock switch 3 Passenger power window switches The driver s side control panel is equipped with switches to operate the passenger power windows and a power window lock switch Automatic operation A WARNING Make sure there is no obstruction when closing the driver s side window using the driver s side automatic window switch To fully open the driver s side window completely push down or pull up the driver s side automatic window switch and release it it does not need to be held The window will automatically open or close all the way To stop the window opening or closing just push or pull the switch in the opposite direction Auto reverse function When the control unit detects an object obstructing the driver s side window as It closes the window will open automatically The auto reverse function remains active only when the driver s side window is being closed automati cally A WARNING There are some areas immediately befo
218. hime will sound for approximately 90 seconds if the vehicle s speed exceeds 15 km h 9 MPH and the driver s seat belt or front passenger s seat belt if occupied is not securely fastened See Ignition knob warning Intelligent Key models later in this section Key reminder buzzer Intelligent Key models The external buzzer will beep 3 times if The Intelligent Key is removed from the vehicle while the ignition is not in the LOCK position The vehicle is being locked remotely or using an outside door lock switch and the Intelligent Key has been left inside the vehicle Park reminder chime AT or CVT models A chime will sound if the ignition switch is turned to LOCK and the gear selector lever is not in the P Park position 2 10 Instruments and controls VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY 6 Gear shift indicator where fitted see P 5 16 P 5 21 12 12 34 Cai 7 J switch shaft Settings control and trip LN Stop Start system indicator where fitted see computer control Fuel Economy 3 switch shaft Twin trip odometer control 1400km 6 2 and brightness level control 1 gt A WARNING 00 4 Operating the vehicle information display km 50 4 while driving can lead to a crash resulting in km z serious injuries or death Always park the ve O hicle in a safe place before operating the dis play screen Look at the display screen only briefly while dri
219. ht may illuminate Do not drive on these types of roads If ESP OFF indi cator light does illuminate after driving on extreme surfaces restart the engine to re set the ESP system If wheels or tyres other than the recommended ones are used the ESP sys tem may not operate properly and the ESP OFF indicator light and or the SLIP indicator light amp may illuminate The ESP system is not a substitute for winter tyres or snow chains on a snow covered road NOTE The ESP system should be switched on under normal circumstances although it may be ad vantageous to switch off the ESP system to allow wheelspin under the following condi tions When driving in deep snow or mud When trying to rock a vehicle free that is stuck in snow When driving with snow chains Ifthe ESP system has been switched off drive carefully with reduced speed When road con ditions allow ESP should be switched back on Starting and driving 5 41 ELECTRONIC STABILITY PROGRAMME ESP OFF SWITCH NSD374 A LHD models RHD models The vehicle should be driven with the Electronic Stability Programme ESP system ON for most driving conditions When the vehicle get stuck in mud or snow the ESP system reduces the engine output to decrease wheel spin The engine speed will be reduced even if the accelerator is depressed to the floor If maxi mum engine power is needed to free a stuck
220. icator light green Turn signal hazard indicator lights green l lt J WARNING LIGHTS Also see Vehicle information display later in this section After turning the ignition switch to the ON position the light will illuminate The anti lock braking system warning light will turn off after approximately 2 sec onds if the system is operational Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light Instruments and controls 2 3 If the light comes on while the engine is running it may indicate that the anti lock portion of the braking system is not functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop Brake warning light This light functions for both the handbrake and the footbrake systems Handbrake indicator The light comes on when the handbrake is applied Low brake fluid warning The light warns of a low brake fluid level If the light comes on while the engine is running with the hand brake not applied stop the vehicle and perform the following procedure 1 Check the brake fluid level Add brake fluid as necessary See Brake and clutch fluid in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section A WARNING If the level is below the MIN minimum mark on the brake fluid reservoir do not drive until the brake system has been checked at a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop 2 If the brake fluid level is correct Have the warning system checked by a
221. ieisstsccsinnbaiatibernrebbiniubbinedtadanmnintuaniaad 1 8 Rear centre seat a ccckhsiyivotsssanguksncussssVaredeivcetinass snccetedilanesann 1 9 Seat belt maintenance ccccccceesseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaes 1 11 Seatbelt warning sssccccssvascicestechonseeerennteceeeeeaeens yaaa 1 6 Seat belt warning Rear seat or 2nd row ccccsseeeeeeeeeeees 2 12 Seat belt warning light sssssssssssssssesssesrrrsrrrrrrrrrrrrererrrnnnnn 2 3 Seatbelts assesssrsesrresrrnerrrernrnrrnnrrnrnrinsnnnnrrerrreerens 1 6 7 4 Three point type seat belts ccc ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneee 1 9 Sec rity SYS EM Arsise rni knne iae a 3 13 AlarmSysSt m sessment 3 13 NISSAN Anti Theft System NATS ec 3 13 3 2 Servicing air Conditioner sssssssssseeseeesesssssnnnnnrrrrrrreree 4 17 4 21 SHOW CRAINS serrieerere siine eae i 8 32 SS aerarii ARE AERA R EER AEAEE REEERE 6 2 Spark plugs Petrol engine models ccsscesssssseeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 21 Speed limiter crrvewiianieieccectucsevepest EESE A 2 21 5 31 Speed limiter operations ceceeceeecccccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeey 5 32 Speedometer pasashas sud aust iritan a nen EEE E STERRE 2 2 Starting Before starting the engine sssssesesssseesrirsrrrrrrrrrrrrerrenrnnnn 5 2 Index 10 7 10 8 Index Jump starting ariirececeses eaaakaedecsctee ccetiui e te uaaiabeccdetn 6 10 8 19 Precautions when starting and driving eeeeeeeeeeeee
222. iesel RIM models The speed limit will be set at the current speed When driving less than 30 km h 20 MPH the speed limiter will be set to the minimum possible set speed of 30 km h 20 MPH For 1 5 diesel K9K models only When driving less than 30 km h 20 MPH it will not be possible to set the speed limit When the speed limit is set the SET indicator and the set speed value Q will be displayed in the combination meter display Changing a speed limit Use either of the following operations to change an active speed limit For 1 6 petrol HR16DE 2 0 petrol MR20DE 2 0 diesel M9R or 1 6 diesel RIM models Push and release the RES Resume switch 1 upwards or SET switch downwards Each time you do this the set speed will increase or decrease by 1 km h 1 MPH Push and hold the RES Resume switch 1 upwards or SET switch 2 downwards The set speed will increase or decrease to the next mul tiple of 10 km h 10 MPH and then in steps of 10 km h 10 MPH For 1 5 diesel K9K models only Push and release the RES Resume switch 1 upwards or SET switch downwards Each time you do this the set speed will increase or decrease by 2 km h 2 MPH Push and hold the RES Resume switch 1 upwards or SET switch 2 downwards The set speed will increase or decrease in steps of 4 km h 2 3 MPH The new set speed limit value Q will be displayed in the combination meter dis
223. ift gears when driving on downhill grades as this could cause loss of control of the vehicle Stay alert when driving to the top of a hill At the top there could be a drop off or other hazard that could cause an accident If the engine of the vehicle stalls or you cannot make it to the top of a steep grade never at tempt to turn around Your vehicle could tip or roll over Always drive backwards and straight down in R Reverse gear Never drive backwards under the following con ditions as this could result in loss of control with the gear lever in N Neutral and or with the clutch depressed and using the brake MT models with the selector lever in N Neutral and us ing only the brake AT or CVT models Heavy braking down a hill could cause your brakes to overheat and fade resulting in loss of control and an accident Apply the brakes lightly and use a low gear to control your vehicle speed Starting and driving 5 27 Unsecured cargo can be thrown around when driving over rough terrain Properly secure it so that it will not be thrown forwards and cause injury to you or your passengers To avoid raising the centre of gravity excessively do not exceed the rated capacity of the roof rack gear bin where fitted and evenly distribute the load Secure heavy loads in the luggage area as far forwards and as low as possible Do not equip the vehicle with tyres larger than specified This could cause your vehi
224. igent Key for an ex tended period in a place where tempera tures exceed 60 C 140 F Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key Do not use a magnetic key holder Donotplace the Intelligent Key near equip ment that produces a magnetic field such as a TV audio equipment and personal computers If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen NISSAN recommends erasing the ID code of that In telligent Key This will prevent the Intelligent Key from unauthorised use to unlock the ve hicle For information regarding the erasing procedure please contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop KEY NUMBER A key number plate 8 is supplied with your key Record the key number on the Security Informa tion page at the end of this manual and keep it ina safe place but not in the vehicle The key can only be duplicated using an original key or the original key number The key number is required when you have lost all of the keys and do not have the original key to duplicate from If the key is lost or you need extra keys provide an original key or the key number to a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop NISSAN does not record key numbers so it is very important that you keep a record of your key num ber NEW KEYS As many as four NATS keys can be registered to one vehicle at any one time New keys must be reg istered to the NATS components of your vehicle by a NISSAN dealer When registering a new key at a NISS
225. ile phone To transfer the call back to hands free via the audio system select i STEERING WHEEL SWITCHES where fitted NAA998Z A Telephone button Volume control buttons The hands free mode can be operated using the steering wheel switches Volume control buttons The volume control buttons allow you to adjust the volume of the speakers by pressing the lt gt or lt gt button Telephone button The phone lt gt button allows you to Accept an incoming call by pressing lt gt once Reject an incoming call by pressing lt gt for more than 2 seconds during the incoming call End an active call by pressing the lt gt button once Redial the last outgoing call by pressing the lt gt button for more than 2 seconds Display screen heater and air conditioner and audio system 4 55 5 Starting and driving Running SCH OUS ais icordncantaicancinadicieninivaeenadviwens 5 2 Before starting the CnQING c sseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 2 Precautions when starting and driving 0eee 5 3 Exhaust gas Carbon Monoxide cccsesseeeeeees 5 3 On pavement and off road driving precautions 5 4 Three way catalyst Petrol engine models 5 4 To help prevent damage ceseeecseeseeeeeeeeees 5 4 Turbocharger system Diesel engine models 5 5 Diesel Particulate Filter DPF where fitted 5 5 Regeneration r
226. ill be turned off when one of the following operations is performed Push the speed limiter main ON OFF switch 4 The speed limiter symbol 7 the LIMIT indi cator 6 the SET indicator and the set speed value Q will turn off in the combination meter display Push the cruise control main ON OFF switch 6 The speed limiter information in the combi nation meter will be replaced with the cruise con trol information For details see Cruise control where fitted earlier in this section When the vehicle is stopped and the ignition is turned to the off position Turning off the speed limiter will erase the set speed limit memory Speed limiter malfunction If the speed limiter malfunctions the set indicator in the combination meter display will flash Turn the speed limiter off by pushing the speed lim iter main ON OFF switch 4 and have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop PARKING A WARNING Do not park the vehicle over flammable mate rials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire Safe parking procedures require that The handbrake is applied The gear lever is placed in an appropriate gear for manual transmission models The selector lever is placed in the P Park position for automatic transmission or con tinuously variable transmission models Failure to follow the above recommenda tions coul
227. ill not inflate in the event of a frontal impact rear impact or lower severity side collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents The seat belts side and curtain air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat Side and curtain air bags inflate with great force Do not allow any one to place hands legs or face near the side and curtain air bags Do not allow anyone sit ting in the front seat to extend their hand out of the window or lean against the door When sitting in the rear seat do not hold onto the seatback of the front seat If the side air bag inflates the occupant may be seriously injured Be especially careful with children who should always be properly restrained Donotuse seat covers on the front seatbacks They may interfere with side air bag inflation NOTE For an overview see Air bag system in the O Il lustrated table of contents section AIR BAG SYSTEM Front air bags The driver s air bag is located in the centre of the steering wheel the front passenger air bag Is mounted in the dashboard above the glove box The air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact They may not inflate in certain frontal collisions Conclusions should
228. imes and 4 nine times 5 Press with a long press preset button lt gt to confirm the code If you entered the code cor rectly the unit will switch on 6 If the code is entered incorrectly a notification message INCORRECT PIN and the number of attempts left REMAINING TRIES XX will be shown After reading the message press the lt ENTER gt button to return to the entry screen and enter the correct radio code f the wrong code is entered after the third attempt the audio unit will lock for 60 min utes The display will show a count down timer from 60 to O minutes After 60 minutes enter the correct radio code f the wrong code is entered after eight sets of three entries the audio unit will lock per manently Contact a NISSAN dealer for fur ther details AUDIO MAIN OPERATION The audio unit operates when the ignition switch is in Acc or ON position Display screen heater and air conditioner and audio system 4 31 Power ON OFF button Press the b button to switch on the audio unit If the audio unit was switched off using the ignition switch it can also be switched on with the ignition switch The source that was playing immediately before the unit was switched off will resume playing and the volume will be set to the previous volume level The audio unit can be switched off by pressing or by turning the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK position Volume VOL level contro
229. indicate that something is wrong with the Continuously Variable Transmission CVT Have your system checked by a NISSAN dealer or quali fied workshop NOTE A CVT ELECTRONIC CONTROL SYSTEM WARN ING display centre console where fitted will come on when a malfunction may have occurred to the transmission control system The selected Detailed Information key will then recommend going to a NISSAN dealer for the system to be checked Electronic Stability Program ESP OFF indicator light where fitted The light comes on when the Electronic Stability Programme ESP OFF switch is pushed to the OFF position This indicates that the ESP system is not operating This light also comes on briefly when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position The light will turn off after approximately 1 second if the ESP sys tem is operational Instruments and controls 2 7 When the ESP OFF indicator light and SLIP indica tor light come on with the ESP system turned on it alerts the driver to the fact that the system s fail safe mode is operating This means that the system may not be functioning properly Have the system checked by your NISSAN dealer or qualified work shop If an abnormality occurs in the system the ESP sys tem function will be cancelled but the vehicle is still driveable For additional information see Electronic Stability Programme ESP system where fitted in the 5 Starting and driving se
230. ine oil 20 0 0 ec ceeeeceseeeceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 9 Changing engine oil filter ssicccteccsiaieiieuineteiesiieen 8 11 Checking engine coolant level cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee teeta 8 6 Checking engine oil level cece ceeeecsceetceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 8 WAGE serres enn ae raia aS 9 7 Engine cold start period cic scsvedsupcstesuwsatsnemeddaddecaneiaearadetsees 5 6 Engine compartment oo ccceeeeceeeeetttneeeteeeeeeeeeeees 0 7 8 5 Engine COCAINE erases e 5 43 Engine coolant temperature gauge ceceeeeeeeeseeeeeetettee 2 2 Engine cooling system cccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaes 8 6 ENING Ol creciera aA ai 8 8 EnGin overheat isisisi enan ainis 6 12 Engine serial number sssssssssssssssssseeseesrrrsrrrrrrrrrrrrerrrrrnnnnn 9 9 Fuel filter Diesel engine models cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 13 Stating ANS SNGING ccwsnsinsesaeeoddnonesnceereenetaaaearsaaaqeneesseeavands 5 11 Exhaust gas Carbon Monoxide sssssccesseeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeees 5 3 Exterior NQMIS ecuesussisievevetinnsanuctensceedsceuaiyuandecnenueetueenmendicccdean 8 27 Filter Air cleaner filter eeeeceeeeeeeeeeceeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaas 8 21 Air conditioner filter cccccecseeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeen essere 4 17 4 21 Fuel filter Diesel engine Models ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 13 Floor MatS ae etc tacit es cveeresp
231. inetedeeaedeeds 6 7 PROD Mall ea E enemas 2 32 Running in schedule sot cecetcnutteretenethtinacueessctisetecenrce lice nenn 5 2 ee O Safety Active head restraints siiivecceseesieveserssss sieteiveneveceeenneeeeets 1 6 Child safety saceencessnnveldnsguusieass2isseuusenancuacomsmaannanetertnecanata 1 8 Child safety rear door locks eceeeseeceeeeeeeeeeettetteeeeeeees 3 11 Head restraints adjustment sesser 1 5 ISOFIX system seeseeeseserriersererrrrrirrrsrsrrrrrrrieresrrerns 1 26 Safety chains Trailer iadscssscannrnwaeencnnnananninnnildaaenaieataeaee 5 36 Top tether strap for child restraint cccceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 27 Seat Active head restraints sianscescetetreccscusssadustengasaaaannnnsimenneseeeds 1 6 rmrest ci cdagadancaganected sieescanidhsicaaunaataacsnchaaceneaaeosncestatiereens 1 5 Front seats Adjustment eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaes 1 2 Head restraints adjustment ccccscccseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeneeees 1 5 Rear seat ca sassarantaincannatsause ae riasanciineisanieaeaamieee eieeyaeiceent 1 3 CAL MOAUING siooni ee 2 29 OAS pee E E EAEE REEERE AREE 1 2 Seat belt Child safety sssesssrrsesessstrerrtrnttrnntrrnrrnnrrrnrrrnnrrnnnennnns 1 8 Inj red Persons sirrien a e 1 9 Pre tensioner seat belt system ccecccccccescteteereeeeeeeeeeees 1 12 Precautions on seat belt usage ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetteees 1 7 Pregnant women dppi
232. ing indicator lights esseere 2 3 Audio Anti theft system sssessssesserrserrrerrrrrrrrrrrrrrerrrnssns 4 24 4 31 Audio operation precautions sseeeseeeeerrrrrrrrrrrerrerrrnnn 4 21 Audio system ssssssssessserrsertttttttnttiirirrriririnnninnnnnnn 4 21 AUX socket sasssssssssrrnrrssnesrnnrnnnrnrnnnrnrrnnnrnrnerrnrrns 4 29 4 36 Bluetooth audio streaming main operation n se 4 40 FM AM radio with CD player ssssscsccccsssrrerreeren 4 30 iPod player operation ssssssssssssseseeeeressssnnnnnnnnrrrrrrreres 4 37 LW MW FM radio with 6 CD changer esseere 4 23 LW MW FM radio with CD player sssscccccccccccee 4 23 NISSAN Connect i dennnnatinsenncreaseceemssna eeatacnstmeemannennss 4 43 Steering wheel switch for audio control ccceeeeeeeeeeeees 4 43 USB Memory operation ctihuniircuotssnaeconiuiirensdvastandicanntes 4 37 Automatic transmission Automatic transmission fluid ATF cccccseeceeeeeseeeeeees 8 14 Automatic transmission fluid label sessen 9 10 Driving with automatic transmission sssr 5 14 PEGA secs iic ecestivvay si enustiaesievecenedaustvavsiuestereecootiveavennnnens 5 43 8 17 Caution label szccnceosisacoircd Mamessetecsccsecsccesnepnatcccanpeneeteacaets 8 17 Integrated keyfob battery replacement neccen 8 19 Intelligent Key battery replacement scccecerrrn 8 19 Vehicle att ry siicdesinntcctrnsnndrerieterernestiiwbulimenttcdonativextvelin 8 17 Before start
233. ing so that full attention may be given to vehicle opera tion To access the rear cup holders where fitted lower the centre armrest 2 32 Instruments and controls CAUTION Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is being used to prevent spillage If the liquid is hot it can scald you or your pas senger Use only soft cups in the cup holder Hard objects can injure you in an accident BOTTLE HOLDER CAUTION Do not use the bottle holder for any other objects that could be thrown about in the ve hicle and possibly injure people during sud den braking or an accident Do not use the bottle holder for open liquid containers MAP POCKET where fitted Map pockets are located in the doors SEAT POCKET where fitted A seat pocket where fitted is located on the back or side of the driver and or passenger seat ROOF RAIL where fitted NIC1452 Luggage can be carried on the roof by securing crossbars to the roof rail Follow all crossbar manu facturers instructions for installing and use of the crossbars The roof rail is designed to carry loads luggage plus crossbars below 75 kg 165 Ib Overloading may cause damage to the vehicle REAR PARCEL SHELF where fitted A WARNING Never put anything on the rear parcel shelf no matter how small Any object on it could cause an injury in an accident or when the brakes are applied suddenly Removal 1 Open the back door see
234. ing the engine sssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaes 5 2 Bluetooth ssssrereriiriss i aeee aeiae 4 44 Bluetooth mobile phone feature ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 52 Bluetooth operation iisicscctemnnncietermnnvannessiliiseeneandedzecess 4 39 Bluetooth settings ccccceceeccceesssseeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaes 4 39 Bonnet TEIGAGE sideri EE aa Eaa 3 14 Brakes Paweannneconsnnnadatuarancenaancnsum cos EEE 8 15 Anti lock Braking System ABS eec 5 39 eat MUNG seisine E iS 8 15 Brake precautions sssssssssssssrrnrrnosussrrrnnnsrnnnnnresernrrnenes 5 39 Brake system ssssessssssssssuusnnnnnnnnnnnnrnrnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnns 5 39 Checking brake pedal sissccicctetctienedeteeiieeeenons 8 15 10 2 Index Checking handbrake c cece eee eeeeeeeeeeeteeeeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 15 Handbrake lever lt Jcsillodatedcectensinccccccn sour buaasnndsdietepbns 3 16 ralerbrak sS ciunadootsduleaterontatadarasnaccemnmaantiess aammhat ea cuent 5 36 Brightness Control cceeccccecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeaaaaaaeaaes 2 16 CAA OE E T 2 36 Sunshade Reinitialisation procedure seses 2 37 Sunshade operation ewiccercedsdasecttentcscdeenon vores sennrnsdieeiccets 2 36 Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants ccceeeeees 9 2 Fuel recommendation sicciececretiesscnrersassveesenmunnnnbannnniecticins 9 5 Car phone or CB radio sis ieeore taco 4 4
235. ing the engine PARKING THE VEHICLE Depress the footbrake pedal and once the vehicle stops move the selector lever into the P Park position pull the handbrake lever and release the footbrake pedal Starting the vehicle 1 After starting the engine fully depress the foot brake pedal before shifting the selector lever from P Park to R Reverse D Drive or Manual shift mode 2 Keep the footbrake pedal depressed and push the selector lever button to shift into a driving gear 3 Release the handbrake and footbrake then gradually start the vehicle in motion by pressing the accelerator pedal The automatic transmission or continuously variable transmission is designed so that the footbrake pedal MUST be depressed before shifting from P Park to any drive position while the ignition switch is ON NSD323Z Shifting A LHD models RHD models To move the selector lever Push the button while depressing the gt brake pedal yp Push the button to shift Shift without depressing the brake gt pedal Push the button to shift into P Park or R Reverse All other positions can be selected without pushing the button P Park Use this position when the vehicle is parked or when starting the engine Always make sure that the ve hicle is completely stopped before moving the se lector lever into the P Park position For maximum safety the footbrake pedal must be depressed be fore mo
236. intervals to save you both time and money How ever some day to day and regular maintenance is essential to maintain your NISSAN s good mechani cal condition as well as its emission and engine performance It is the owner s responsibility to make sure that the specified maintenance as well as general mainte nance is performed As the vehicle owner you are the only one who can ensure that your vehicle receives the proper mainte nance care SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE For your convenience the required scheduled main tenance items are described and listed in the sepa rate Warranty Information and Maintenance book let You must refer to that booklet to ensure that necessary maintenance is performed on your NISSAN vehicle at regular intervals GENERAL MAINTENANCE General maintenance includes those items which should be checked during normal day to day opera tion of the vehicle They are essential if your vehicle is to continue to operate properly It is your respon sibility to perform these procedures regularly as pre scribed Performing general maintenance checks requires minimal mechanical skill and a few general automo tive tools 8 2 Maintenance and do it yourself These checks or inspections can be done by your self a qualified technician or if you prefer your NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop WHERE TO GO FOR SERVICE If maintenance service is required or your vehicle appears to malfunction have the s
237. into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage To prevent slack in the lap belt secure the shoul der belt in place with a locking clip A Use a locking clip attached to the child restraint sys tem or one which is equivalent in dimensions and strength Be sure to follow the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions for belt routing 6 Slide the seat forwards so that the seat belt fully tightens the child restraint system and the child restraint reaches the vehicle dashboard 7 Test the child restraint system before you place the child in it Check that it does not tilt too far from side to side Try to tug it forwards and check if it is held securely in place INSTALLATION OF A CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM ON REAR SEATS A WARNING NISSAN recommends that infants or small children be seated in a child restraint system According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat The direction of the child restraint system de pends on the type of the child restraint sys tem and the size of the child Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0374AZ NPA975 Rear seat 7 seater Front facing When you install a front facing child restraint system in a rear outer or centre seat follow these steps 1 5 seater Position the front passenger seat as far forwards as possible NPA892Z Rear centre sea
238. ion for 5 seater 2 Store the subwoofer where fitted as it was origi nally installed 3 Install the retainer and replace the floor cover NAAAAAAAAA A gt lt gt 4 4 r 4 4 lt 4 lt 4 4 NCE306 7 seater 1 Store the tools in the specified areas 2 Firmly pull down the third row seat and make sure It locks into the locking latches on both sides under the seat 3 Place the seatback of the third row seat in the upright position 1 For details see Folding 3rd row 7 seater in the 1 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section 4 Store the wheel with flat tyre vertically in the boot 5 Store the other items in following order Tonneau cover where fitted 8 Floor cover 4 Centre floor board and the two side floor boards 5 Wheel lock nuts where fitted In order to prevent theft the specially designed wheel lock nut is installed to each wheel The wheel lock nut cannot be removed with the commonly used tools When removing tyres use the lock key provided with your vehicle NCE143Z Removing the wheel lock nut 1 Insert the wheel lock key 1 to the wheel lock nut 2 To remove the wheel lock nut turn the wheel lock key anticlockwise using the wheel wrench CAUTION Do not use a power tool to remove the wheel lock nuts When installing the wheel tighten the wheel lock nuts to the same tight
239. irescncrieaincnenteccs 2 27 Headlight aiming control switch where fitted 2 27 Automatic aiming control xenon headlights 2 27 Headlight cleaner Where fitted seeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 28 Hazard warning flasher switch ssec 2 28 FEO Ni cite aaa A A N A E EE EEEE E 2 29 Seat heating where fitted cccccssseseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeees 2 29 Power outlet cco cissciancncasatinancacaniabensaceccanenonssinemene sens 2 30 PS 16 210 ere nen ee E ee ee ee eee ae 2 31 LOMAS Iy vectnininchentinncosssmeneotniiaientnmenesectamenntin 2 31 IOVS Ee ATE A E ATE EEE 2 31 OMS OIG DOK srasni EETA 2 32 GUP holders sssiisrisiirsiiiiiesiiiisiriiniini riiai 2 32 BORENO O acea aan 2 32 Map pocket where fitted sseeceeeeeeeseeeeeeeeees 2 32 Seat pocket where fitted ccccceeesseeeeeeeeeeaees 2 32 Roof rail where fitted cccceceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 32 Rear parcel shelf where fitted csseeeeeeeeeseeeeees 2 33 Tonneau cover where fitted ccccsseeeeeeseeteeeeeeees 2 33 NVI OW EASE E I E E 2 34 Power WINdOWS qcya ci eckaadeanadcaicataranctustaanstetsmontenits 2 34 C View glass roof Where fitted ccccesseeeeeeeees 2 36 Sunshade Operation ccecceeeeeeseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 2 36 System reinitialiSation ccccseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 37 Menor loM Seinn 2 37 Froni Room ighi ascissesnsinssiisiesnnsornn idg 2 37 Map lights where fitted eeeeeeeeeeeee
240. irmware version 3 1 3 or later Third generation iPod touch firmware version 3 1 3 or later iPod nano firmware version 1 1 3 PC or later Fourth generation iPod Classic firmware ver sion 3 1 1 or later Fifth generation iPod Nano firmware version 1 0 2 PC or later iPod Video firmware version 1 3 or later Sixth generation iPod Classic 80GB firmware version 1 1 2PC or later iPod Classic 120GB firmware version 1 1 2 or later iPod Classic 160GB firmware version 2 0 4 PC or later NOTE At the time of publication this audio system was tested with the latest iPod players iP hone available Due to the frequent update of consumer devices like MP3 players NISSAN cannot guarantee that all new iPod players iPhone launched will be compatible with this audio system Some iPod operations may not be available with this system Make sure that the iPods iPhones is up dated with the latest firmware iPod Shuffle and iPod mini cannot be used with this system lt AUX gt button To operate the iPod use one of the following meth ods Press the lt AUX gt button then turn the lt TUNE MENU gt dial for the iPod item Once high lighted press lt ENTER gt Press lt AUX gt repeatedly until iPod is high lighted then press lt ENTER gt Audio main operation Interface The interface for iPod operation shown on the audio system display is simi
241. is pressed and the radio mode or AUX mode is already operating it will auto matically turn off and the CD mode will start However if the CD is not loaded then a notification message will be displayed and the audio unit re mains in radio mode or AUX mode CAUTION Do not force the CD into the slot This could damage the player Do not use 8 cm 3 1 in discs Display screen heater and air conditioner and audio system 4 27 CD insert CD player Insert the CD into the slot with the label side facing up The CD will be guided automatically into the slot and will start playing After loading the CD the track information will be displayed If the radio is already operating it will be automati cally turned off and the CD player will start playing CD Play button Press the lt CD gt button to start playing the loaded CD Playing starts from the track that was being played when the CD play mode was switched off CD Load button 6 CD Changer To insert a CD into the CD changer proceed as fol lows 1 Press the button for less than 1 5 seconds 2 Select an unoccupied slot by pressing the corre sponding CD select button If no slot is selected the CD changer will select the first available slot after 5 seconds If the selected slot is already occupied with a CD then the display will show a notification message that this slot is not avail able 3 Insert the CD into the slot with the CD label side f
242. isc track information will be displayed NOTE The CD player accepts normal audio CD or CD recorded with MP3 WMA files Inserting a CD recorded with MP3 WMA files the audio unit will automatically detect and MP3CD will be indicated An error notification message will be displayed when inserting a wrong disc type e g DVD or the player cannot read the CD disc Eject the disc and insert another disc CD button Press the lt CD gt button to start playing the loaded CD Playing starts from the track that was being played when the CD play mode was switched off Audio main operation List view While the track is being played press either the lt ENTER gt or button to display the available tracks in a listed view mode To select a track from the list or a track to start listening from turn the lt TUNE MENU3 gt dial then press lt ENTER gt Quick search In the list view mode quick search can be per formed to find a track from the list Push the lt A Z gt button then turn the lt TUNE MENU gt dial for the first alphabetic numerical letter of the track title then press lt ENTER gt When found a list of the available tracks will be displayed Select and press lt ENTER gt to play the preferred track rel Fast Forward Cue Fast Reverse Review buttons When the pbi Cue or q4 Review button is pressed continuously the track will be played at high speed When the button is rele
243. ise as shown 6 Carefully raise the vehicle until the tyre clears the ground 7 Remove the wheel nuts then remove the wheel with the flat tyre In case of emergency 6 5 CAUTION The wheel is heavy Be sure that your feet are clear of the wheel and use gloves as necessary to avoid injury Installing the wheel A WARNING The temporary use spare tyre is designed for emergency use See Spare tyre earlier in this section Never use wheel nuts other than those pro vided with your vehicle Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened wheel nuts may cause the wheel to become loose or come off This could cause an accident Never use oil or grease on the wheel studs or nuts This may cause the wheel nuts to be come loose NCE287Z 6 6 Incase of emergency A Tighten Loosen Bevelled face 1 Clean any mud or dirt from the surface between the wheel and the hub 2 Carefully fit the wheel and tighten the wheel nuts with your fingers Check that all the wheel nuts contact the wheel surface horizontally and on the bevelled side Models with wheel lock nut where fitted Insert the wheel lock key into the wheel lock nut and tighten into the wheel finger tight 3 With the wheel wrench tighten the wheel nuts alternately and evenly in the sequence as illus trated A until they are tight 4 Lower the vehicle slowly until the tyre touches the ground 5 Tighten the wheel nuts securel
244. ith automatic transmission or with continuously variable transmission Models with manual shift aeseeeerreerierrrrrrerreeren 5 14 Driving with Continuously Variable Transmis sion CVT Models without manual shift 5 17 Stop Start System where fitted eee 5 21 Normal operation es ssancesaivansnetusendrbsvesontebsaanctoeestets 5 21 PRECAUTIONS sacianccsaccussespodasneenscseeesactesnianiseenssecannes 5 22 Stop Start System OFF switch 5 23 Environmental SavinGS eeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 23 Ultrasonic Parking Sensor where fitted 0006 5 24 Four wheel Drive 4WD where fitted c 0006 5 24 4WD mode OPeSlatlOnSiticsniceonvnviientivcdindateasiieawcnan 5 25 4WD shift tipS ssssssssssssssssssssrrrrssrrrrssrrnresrrrrssrrrnns 5 25 AWD Warning WOT sarcosine 5 26 AWD Mode indicator lights ceeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 27 Driving four wheel drive 4WD safely 5 27 Cruise control Where fitted cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 29 Precautions on cruise control 5 29 Cruise control system operations eeeeeeee ee 5 30 DPCSG MMM aad sorswesne ine deveupeiusnndsnidureconauiehauneieeeasunnacs 5 31 Speed limiter operations ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 32 BG sore teased rearinsprenietainime EES 5 33 Trailer TOWING srt cana rmccondennatavimctnsxad aamanncomacameaaaan 5 35 Operating precautions ccccccssseseeeeeeesseeeeeeeeeees 5 35 Tyre pr
245. ition circuit is turned on without the own er s key being used The alarm system will stop when The vehicle is unlocked using the keyfob unlock button The ignition switch or ignition knob is turned to the ON position with a registered NATS key If the system does not operate as described above have it checked by your NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop Ultrasonic sensors where fitted The ultrasonic sensors volumetric sensing detect movements in the passenger s compartment When the alarm system is set to the armed position it will automatically switch on the ultrasonic sensors It is possible to exclude the ultrasonic sensors e g when leaving pets inside the car To exclude the ultrasonic sensors 1 Turn the ignition switch 3 times within 7 seconds from the OFF to the ON position 2 Close the door s bonnet back door and press the lock button on the keyfob to lock all doors back door The ultrasonic sensors are now excluded from the alarm system All other functions of the system re main activated until the alarm system is disarmed again NISSAN ANTI THEFT SYSTEM NATS The NISSAN Anti Theft System NATS will not allow the engine to start without the use of the reg istered NATS key Immobilizer If the engine fails to start using the registered NATS key it may be due to interference from another NATS key an automated toll road device or an auto mated payment device on the
246. k mode only the driver s door or front passenger door will unlock or when opening a rear passenger door from the in side When UNLOCK on the power door lock switch is pressed the drive away door locking system will not lock the doors again until a door is opened and closed To activate or deactivate drive away door locking 1 Unlock the doors 2 Turn the ignition switch ON 3 Activation Press and hold the LOCK side of the power door lock switch 1 for 5 seconds Deactivation Press and hold the UNLOCK side of the power door lock switch 1 for 5 seconds 4 A buzzer will sound if activation or deactivation was successful Once activated drive away door locking will func tion on every subsequent trip CHILD SAFETY LOCK REAR DOORS NPA859Z The child safety lock helps prevent doors from be ing opened accidentally especially when small chil dren are in the vehicle When the switch is in the LOCK position the rear door can only be opened from the outside Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 11 BACK DOOR LOCK NPA914Z A WARNING Always check that the back door has been properly closed to prevent it from opening while driving Do not drive with the back door opened This could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle Closely supervise children when they are around the vehicle to prevent them from play ing and being locked in the lug
247. k will be played continuously MIX DISC All the tracks will be played in a random order RPT ALL All the tracks will be played in sequential order 6 CD changer RPT TRACK RPT DISC MIX DISC gt MIX ALL RPT ALL RPT TRACK RPT The current track will be played TRACK continuously RPT The currently played CD will be DISC played repeatedly MIX All the tracks on the currently DISC played CD will be played in a random order MIX ALL All the tracks on all of the CDs will be played in a random order RPT ALL All the tracks on all the CDs will be played continuously in sequential order CD eject button CD player Press the eject 44 button and the CD will be ejected 6 CD changer 1 ACD can be ejected by Pressing the eject 44 button the currently played CD will be ejected E a CD select button followed by the eject 44 button Pressing the eject 44 button followed by a CD select button 2 After pressing the eject 44 button a notifica tion message appears in the display 3 When the CD slot door opens the CD is ejected and the CD can now be removed 4 If necessary insert another CD into the respec tive CD slot or wait to let the system close the CD slot door To eject all the discs sequentially press and hold the eject 44 button for longer than 1 5 seconds The CD changer will start to eject from the current or last used C
248. l STEERING WHEEL SWITCH FOR AUDIO CONTROL where fitted MAIN OPERATION NAA960Z A Scrolling switch G INFO button Telephone button D Volume control buttons E Source button The audio system can be operated using the con trols on the steering wheel To use the steering wheel audio switch push the power ON button of the audio unit with the ignition switch in either the Acc or ON position NOTE For models with NISSAN Connect system the steering switch for audio control is described in the separately provided NISSAN Connect Own er s Manual A owy Scrolling switch Preset station change radio mode Push the up down scrolling switch A or W for less than 1 5 seconds to select one of the preset radio stations Seek tuning radio mode Push the up down scrolling switch A or W for more than 1 5 seconds to seek for the next or previous radio station Track up down CD mode Push the up down scrolling switch A or W for less than 1 5 seconds to select the next track or to return to the beginning of the present track Push up down several times to skip through or skip back the tracks DISC change CD mode where fitted Push the up down scrolling switch A or W for more than 1 5 seconds to change the playing disc INFO button For additional information on the G button see Vehicle information display in the 2 Instruments and controls sec
249. l YOL Turn the lt VOL gt dial clockwise or anticlockwise to adjust the volume level The audio unit is equipped with a speed control vol ume function this means that the audio system au tomatically adjusts the volume level in relation to vehicle speed For details see SPD VOL Speed volume control later in this section X Mute button where fitted Press the ix button to mute the sound and MUTE appears in the display To cancel the mode use any of the following options Press ix again Turn the lt VOL gt dial Press the lt CD gt lt FMeAM gt or lt AUX gt button Day Night button where fitted The illumination brightness level is linked to the headlight switch When the headlights are switched ON the brightness is dimmed automatically Press the button to toggle illumination brightness levels between daytime setting and nighttime setting inde pendent of headlamp status RADIO OPERATION When the power ON OFF button is pressed the audio unit will switch on with the last received radio station if the audio unit was previously switched off in radio mode Press the lt FMeAM gt button to change the reception wave band as follows FM1 FM2 FMT AM FM1 When lt FMeAM gt button is pressed the radio will come on at the last received radio station If the CD or AUX source mode is already playing pressing the lt FMeAM gt button will switch off the playing
250. l especially in sharp turns and at low speed Stop the ve hicle as soon as safely possible and contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop for fur ther assistance In certain circumstances factors external to the EPAS system may contribute to the illumi nation of the warning light If the warning light illuminates stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible if driving Turn the ignition switch to the OFF position and wait for approximately 20 seconds then turn the ignition switch to the ON position again If the light remains illu minated we recommend you to contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop See Warning indicator lights and audible reminders in the 2 Instruments and controls section for further details regarding the EPAS warning light The EPAS Electrically Power Assisted Steering system is designed to assist steering The steering may appear to feel slightly stiff follow ing parking manoeuvres including a great deal of steering This is not a malfunction it is caused by a control system designed to prevent the motor from overheating No servicing is required The EPAS system will return to normal operation the next time the vehicle is driven Similarly the EPAS system may not provide full as sistance during periods of reduced battery voltage but will recover once normal battery voltage is re stored If the EPAS warning light comes on while the engine is running it may indicate t
251. l from locking and sliding By preventing each wheel from locking the system helps the driver to maintain steering control and helps to minimise swerving and spinning on slippery surfaces Using the system Depress the brake pedal and hold it down Depress the brake pedal with firm steady pressure but do not pump the brakes The ABS will operate to pre vent the wheels from locking up Steer the vehicle to avoid obstacles A WARNING Do not pump the brake pedal Doing so may in crease the stopping distance Self test feature The ABS includes electronic sensors electric pumps hydraulic solenoids and a computer The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward or reverse When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction If the computer senses a malfunction it switches the ABS off and illuminates the ABS warning light on the instrument panel The brake system then operates normally but without anti lock assistance If the ABS warning light illuminates during the self test or while driving have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop 5 40 Starting and driving Normal operation The ABS will not initiate at soeeds below 5 to 10 km h 3 to 6 MPH The speeds will vary according to road conditions W
252. l the mirror emits a strong noise this confirms that the mirror has correctly engaged 3 Fold out or OPEN 2 the mirror electronically using the remote control switch 4 Adjust the mirror to the correct driving angle us ing the remote control 8 VANITY MIRROR P NPA842Z Left hand drive NPA910Z Right hand drive To use the front vanity mirror pull down the sun visor and lift up the cover Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 19 NOTE 3 20 Pre driving checks and adjustments 4 Display screen heater and air conditioner and audio system Rear view monitor where fitted ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 2 How to read the displayed lines eeceseeeeeees 4 2 Rear view monitor Setting cceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeees 4 3 Operating UDS xcteasestvsewicavirectcntaronbecesscakcanesaweccest 4 3 Around view monitor where fitted ceceeeeeeeeees 4 4 OPSTA NON irean O 4 6 GGe NINES sencon N 4 7 Difference between predictive and actual E E E AIEE A ON T 4 9 How to adjust the screen View eee 4 11 Operating hilo eee ee ee ee eee 4 11 NENI Snar 4 12 Side and centre vents sseeeeesssrerrrrrrrrrrrreeeen 4 12 High level vent where fitted cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 12 Heater and air conditioner operation eee 4 12 Manual air CONGIIONCR csscpicsunieawnnsadeduntsusicareaaaniacns 4 13 Automatic air conditioner where fitted 4 18 Audi
253. lant temperature and out side air temperature are low the airflow from the floor outlets may not operate for a maximum of 150 seconds However this is not a malfunction After the coolant temperature has warmed up the airflow from the floor outlets will operate nor mally After parking in the sun drive for two or three minutes with the windows open to vent hot air from the passenger compartment Then close the windows This will allow the acceleration of the air conditioner s cooling operation Keep windows closed while the air conditioner is operating The air conditioning system should be operated for about 10 minutes at least once a month This helps prevent damage to the system due to lack of lubrication f the coolant temperature gauge exceeds the HOT position turn the air conditioner off For additional information see Engine overheat in the 6 In case of emergency section If the engine coolant reaches an extremely high temperature the air conditioning system will au tomatically turn off This may happen for example if the engine runs at idle speed for a long time on a hot day Air conditioner filter The air conditioning system is equipped with a filter which collects dirt pollen dust etc To make sure the air conditioner heats defogs and ventilates effi ciently replace the filter regularly To replace the fil ter contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop The fi
254. lar to the iPod inter face Use the lt TUNE MENU gt dial and the lt ENTER gt button to play a track on the iPod The following items can be chosen from the menu list screen Playlists Artist Albums 6 Songs 4 38 Display screen heater and air conditioner and audio system For further information about each item see the iPod owner s manual The following operations are identical to the audio main operation of the Compact Disc CD opera tion For details see Compact Disc CD operation earlier in this section List view Quick search PPl lt MIX Random play RPT Repeat track Folder browsing DISP button While a track with recorded music information tags ID3 tags is being played the title of the played track is displayed If the tags are not provided then a notification message is displayed When the pise button is pressed repeatedly further information about the track can be displayed along with the track title as follows Track time Artist name Album title gt Track time Track details A long press on the pise G button the screen dis plays the song title artist name and album title After a few seconds it returns to the main display or press DISP S briefly BLUETOOTH OPERATION id 3 Bluetooth z NAA1211 Regulatory information Bluetooth is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc 3 Bluetooth CE statement Hereby DAE
255. ler As with all tyres the temporary use spare tyre must be checked regularly to ensure pres sure is maintained For pressure details see the tyre placard lo cated on the driver s side centre pillar FLAT TYRE In case of a flat tyre follow the instructions as de scribed below STOPPING THE VEHICLE A WARNING Make sure that the handbrake is securely ap plied For Manual Transmission MT models Make sure the gear lever is in the R Reverse posi tion For Automatic Transmission AT or Continu ously Variable Transmission CVT models Make sure that the selector lever is in the P Park position Never change tyres when the vehicle is on a slope ice or a slippery area This is hazard ous Never change tyres if oncoming traffic is close to your vehicle Wait for professional road as sistance 1 Safely move the vehicle off the road away from traffic Switch on the hazard warning flashers Park on a level surface Apply the handbrake Shift the gear lever MT models into the R Re verse position AT or CVT models move the selector lever to the P Park position o A WO N 6 Turn off the engine 7 Open the bonnet for details see Bonnet release in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section in order to Warn other traffic Signal to professional road assistance that you require assistance 8 Have all passengers exit the vehicle a
256. ler or quali fied workshop CAUTION NISSAN recommends that refilling and check ing the brake and clutch systems should be left to a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop who will have the necessary fluids and techni cal knowledge Do not spill the fluid on painted surfaces This will damage the paint If fluid is spilled wash with water Maintenance and do it yourself 8 15 WINDOW WASHER FLUID HEADLIGHT CLEANER FLUID where fitted Always use window washer fluid recom mended by NISSAN dealer or qualified work shop NDI919Z A WARNING Anti freeze window washer is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of the reach of children Check the fluid level in the window washer res ervoir If the fluid level is low add window washer fluid up to the MAX level Refill the reservoir more frequently when driving conditions require an increased amount of win dow washer fluid Add a washer solvent to the water for better cleaning In the winter season add a window washer anti freeze Follow the manufacturer s in structions for the mixture ratio CAUTION Do not substitute anti freeze engine coolant for window washer solution This may result in damage to the paint 8 16 Maintenance and do it yourself BATTERY Caution symbols for battery Awarnine No smoking No exposed flames No sparks o Shield eyes Keep away from children Battery acid Note operating
257. light will switch off The fog light switch will return to the OFF posi tion NOTE If the headlight switch is turned from the 2 position the rear fog light will switch off auto matically Type B with front fog lights To turn the rear fog light on 1 Turn the headlight switch to the gt d or 0 position 2 Turn the fog light switch to the p4 position The rear and front fog lights and both indicator lights will come on The fog light switch will return to the D position To turn the rear fog light off Turn the fog light switch to the p position again The rear fog light and indicator light will switch off The fog light switch will return to the D position NOTE If the headlight switch is turned to the OFF posi tion the rear fog light will switch off automati cally For additional information see Warning indicator lights and audible reminders earlier in this section HEADLIGHT AIMING CONTROL HEADLIGHT AIMING CONTROL SWITCH where fitted NIC1424 Depending on the number of occupants in the ve hicle and the load it is carrying the headlight axis may be higher than desired If the vehicle is travel ling on a hilly road the headlights may directly hit the rear view mirror of the vehicle ahead or the wind screen of an oncoming vehicle The light axis can be lowered using the switch located on the driver s side of the instrument panel next
258. limited to 3 000 rpm to protect the DPF system NOTE Contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop to perform a forced regeneration Starting and driving 5 5 CARE WHEN DRIVING Driving your vehicle to fit the circumstances is es sential for your safety and comfort As a driver you should be the one who knows best how to drive in the given circumstances ENGINE COLD START PERIOD Due to the higher engine speeds when the engine is cold extra caution must be exercised when select ing a gear during the engine warm up period after starting the engine LOADING LUGGAGE Loads their distribution and the attachment of equip ment coupling devices roof luggage carriers etc will change the driving characteristics of the vehicle considerably Driving style and speed must be ad justed accordingly DRIVING ON WET ROADS Avoid starting off accelerating and stopping sud denly Avoid sharp turns or lane changes Extra distance should be kept from the vehicle in front When water covers the road surface in puddles small streams etc REDUCE SPEED to prevent aquaplaning which will cause skidding and loss of control Worn tyres increase this risk 5 6 Starting and driving DRIVING UNDER WINTER CONDITIONS Drive safely Avoid starting off accelerating or stopping sud denly Avoid sharp turns or lane changes Avoid sudden steering actions Extra distance should be kept from the vehicle in
259. ll be opposite 4 6 Display screen heater and air conditioner and audio system OPERATION The Around View Monitor display consists of the front left right and rear screens You can see a combination of different views on the screens as illustrated A Audio or navigation screen C Front view and bird s eye view 2 Rear view and bird s eye view 8 Front view and front side view 4 Rear view and front side view Gear selector lever into R Reverse S Gear selector lever out of R Reverse gt Push the lt CAMERA gt button There are two ways to start using the Around View monitor Select R Reverse gear Push the lt CAMERA gt button Selecting R Reverse gear When the gear selector lever is shifted into the R Reverse position Around View Monitor starts automatically and the rear view and bird s eye view are displayed The Around View Monitor screen turns off when the gear selector lever is shifted out of the R Reverse position A In R Reverse gear rear view and bird s eye view 2 are shown The view on the screen on the passenger s side switches to the front side view 4 when the lt CAMERA gt button is pushed Push the lt CAMERA gt button again to switch back to rear view and bird s eye view 2 Pushing the CAMERA button When the lt CAMERA gt button is pushed Around View Monitor operates and the front view and bird s eye view are displayed 1
260. ll start As soon as the engine has started release the knob immediately It will return to the ON position NOTE For vehicles fitted with Stop Start System When the engine is automatically stopped by the Stop Start System the ignition knob can still be operated as usual At the end of a journey turn the ignition OFF to avoid a flat battery The Stop Start System does not automatically turn ignition off Starting and driving 5 9 EMERGENCY KEY INTELLIGENT KEY DEAD BATTERY SITUATION 4 Slide the locking pin to the unlock position 2 Remove the Intelligent Key cap as illustrated 3 Unfold the key A 5 10 Starting and driving NSD291 4 Remove the ignition knob key slot cap with a suitable tool 5 Insert the emergency key A into the ignition switch as illustrated 6 Proceed with the emergency key as described in Ignition switch earlier in this section On AT or CVT models when the ignition knob can not be turned to the LOCK position proceed as fol lows 4 Slide the locking pin to the unlock position 2 Remove the Intelligent Key cap as illustrated 3 Unfold the key A 4 Remove the ignition knob key slot cap with a suitable tool 5 Insert the emergency key A into the ignition switch as illustrated Move the selector lever to the P Park posi tion 7 Turn the emergency key slightly in the ON direction Turn the emergency key to the LOCK position 9
261. lled securely Also check headlight aim Tyres Check the pressure with a gauge periodically when at a service station including the spare and adjust to the specified pressure if necessary Check care fully for damage cuts or excessive wear Tyre rotation Tyres should be rotated every 10 000 km 6 000 miles for Two Wheel Drive 2WD models and 5 000 km 8 000 miles for Four Wheel Drive 4WD models However the timing for tyre rotation may vary according to your driving habits and road sur face conditions Wheel alignment and balance If the vehicle pull to either side while driving on a straight and level road or if you detect uneven or abnormal tyre wear there may be a need for wheel alignment If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal highway speeds wheel balancing may be needed Wheel nuts When checking the tyres make sure no wheel nuts are missing and check for any loose wheel nuts Tighten if necessary Windscreen Clean the windscreen on a regular basis Check the windscreen at least every six months for cracks or other damage Have a damaged windscreen re paired by a qualified repair facility Wiper blades Check for cracks or wear if they do not wipe prop erly Under the bonnet and vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked periodically e g each time you check the engine oil or refuel Battery Check if the green indicator on the top of the mai
262. lls slowly or driving slowly through deep snow sand or mud or for maximum engine braking on steep downhill grades NSD399 Left Hand Drive LHD model SPORT mode switch To select the SPORT mode push the SPORT mode switch with the selector lever in the D Drive posi tion The SPORT mode indicator light SPORT in the meter panel illuminates To turn off the SPORT mode push the SPORT mode switch again The SPORT mode indicator light will turn off When the selector lever is shifted to any position other than D the SPORT mode will be automatically turned off OFF position For normal driving and fuel economy use the OFF position ON position For driving up or down long slopes where engine braking is necessary or for powerful acceleration use the ON position The transmission will automati cally select a different gear ratio allowing the en gine to provide high output When driving conditions change push the switch to turn the SPORT mode off Remember not to drive at high speeds for extended periods of time with the SPORT mode in the ON position This reduces fuel economy Accelerator downshift in the D position For passing or climbing hills depress the accelera tor pedal to the floor This shifts the transmission down into a lower gear depending on the vehicle speed NSD400 Starting and driving 5 19 Shift lock release 4 LHD models 2 RHD models A Shift lock release button
263. lter should be replaced if the airflow is ex tremely reduced or when the windows fog up easily while operating the heater or air condition ing system Servicing air conditioner The air conditioning system in your NISSAN vehicle is charged with an environmentally friendly refriger ant NISSAN GREEN PROGRAM This refrigerant will not harm the earth s ozone layer Special charging equipment and lubricant are re quired when servicing the NISSAN air conditioner Using improper refrigerants or lubricants will cause severe damage to the air conditioning system See Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations where fitted in the 9 Techni cal information section A NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop will be able to service the air conditioning system AUDIO SYSTEM A WARNING Do not adjust the audio system while driving The audio system operates when the ignition switch is in the Acc or ON position If you want to listen to the radio or CD while the engine is not running turn the ignition switch to the Acc position Do not use for an extended period of time with the engine stopped AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS NOTE Models with NISSAN Connect system see the audio operation precautions in the separately provided NISSAN Connect Owner s Manual Radio Radio reception is affected by station signal strength distance from radio transmitter build ings bridges mountains an
264. lways present in the vicinity of the battery Keep all sparks and flames away from the battery Always wear suitable eye protection glasses and remove rings bracelets and any other jewellery whenever working on or near a bat tery Never lean over the battery while jump start ing Never allow battery fluid to come into contact with eyes skin clothes or the vehicle s painted surfaces Battery fluid is a corrosive sulphuric acid which can cause severe burns If the fluid comes into contact with anything immediately flush the contacted area with plenty of water Keep the battery out of the reach of children The booster battery must be rated at 12 volts Use of an incorrectly rated battery will dam age your vehicle Never attempt to jump start a frozen battery It could explode and cause serious injury Prepare vehicle A with the booster battery for the vehicle B being jump started CAUTION Do not allow the two vehicles to touch 2 Apply the handbrake Shift the gear lever MT models into the N Neu tral position AT or CVT models move the se lector lever to the P Park position Switch off all unnecessary electrical systems headlights hazard lights etc Ensure that the ignition switch of the vehicle be ing jump started is in the LOCK position 6 Open the bonnet For details see Bonnet release in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section Re
265. m can help cushion the impact force to the chest area of the driver and front passenger in certain side impact collisions The side air bag is designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted Curtain air bag system this system can help cush ion the impact force to the head of an occupant in the front and rear outer seating position Curtain air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted SRS is designed to supplement the crash protec tion provided by the driver and front passenger seat belts and is not designed to substitute them Seat belts should always be correctly worn and the driver and front passenger seated a suitable distance away from the steering wheel instrument panel and front door finishers For additional information see Seat belts earlier in this section After turning the ignition switch to the ON or START position the air bag warning light will illu minate The air bag warning light will turn off after approximately 7 seconds if the system is operational See Warning indicator lights and audible reminders in the 2 Instruments and controls section for further details The air bag will operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON or START position A WARNING Driver and front passenger air bags The air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a side impact rear impact roll over or lower severity frontal collision Always wear
266. mentsaderaqupeuietere spose 7 3 Changing tyres and wheels c ccceecesseeseeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 33 Getting the tools and spare wheel ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 6 3 Installing the wheel 00 0 ceecceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaes 6 6 Removing the wheel ccccccceceeseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaes 6 4 Removing the wheel cover seeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaees 6 4 Stowing the wheel and tools ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 6 Wheel balance ou ceeeeececceeeeeeceeeeeeaeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaas 8 33 Wheel lock key Code 0 cece secccsecnneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeneeneees 6 7 Wheel lock MUES csssatccccrernmmnnenensenindqecueeatasmneietosisaatesn 6 4 6 7 Wheels and tyres nsasssssscsseriecrrine 8 31 9 7 Wheel lock nuts fesssssecceeeaiaiexesescitentenredte vere tenneediticemecdiaaseuen 6 7 Windows Power window Driver s side Reinitialisation procedure i tesicss teers naa een 2 35 Index 10 9 Power windows cccceecececceceececeececeecececececeececeeseneeaeseeaes 2 34 Winter Special winter equipment 0ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeteees 5 43 Wiper Back door window wiper replacement 8 23 Front window wiper replacement eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteees 8 22 RAN SENSOR cettetessssactetedesetercteeeciatertecuatamns ti tesunaaaieeitenens 2 22 Rear window wiper and washer switch esseer 2 23 Washer Noz
267. miles the symbol flashes next to the odometer value CAUTION The engine oil must be changed before the main tenance due alert is shown Failure to do so risks causing damage to the engine Continued driving after maintenance due alert reaches 0 km miles may result in reduced engine performance The engine malfunction indicator light orange will illuminate The DPF where fitted may also become satu rated because regeneration is restricted once the distance equals 0 km miles Always visit a NISSAN dealer or qualified work shop to perform the maintenance and the reset However reset is possible only after the oil was changed using the Service menu item in the Settings menu See Maintenance later in this section Have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop if these conditions occur 0 Distance to maintenance alert where fitted This alert reminds when maintenance is due in the shown distance The alert is shown for 10 seconds at ignition ON when the distance to the next main tenance interval is below 5000 km 3100 Miles The message is shown until the steering wheel switch i where fitted is pressed NOTE Visit a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop before the maintenance due alert 19 reaches 0 km miles to perform maintenance oil change The maintenance interval will reduce faster with certain types of driving especially at low speeds
268. mirror or spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror Doing so will reduce the sensitivity of the sensor resulting in improper operation OUTSIDE REAR VIEW MIRRORS A WARNING Check the position of all mirrors before driv ing Altering their position while driving could distract your attention from the driving opera tion Objects viewed in the outside mirrors are closer than they appear Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 17 NPA863Z Adjusting Remote control A LHD models RHD models The outside rear view mirror control will only oper ate when the ignition switch is in the Acc or ON position Turn the control to the right 4 or to the left to select the right or left outside rear view mirror then adjust the mirror to the desired position by tilting the control as illustrated 8 3 18 Pre driving checks and adjustments MPA0008Z Folding Manual control Fold the outside rear view mirror by pushing it to wards the rear of the vehicle NPA864Z Folding Remote control where fitted Fold the outside rear view mirror by pushing the CLOSE side 1 of the switch To return the mirror to its original position push the OPEN side of the switch NOTE If the mirror becomes displaced from its adjusted position use the following procedure to return it to the correct geared position 1 Fold or CLOSE T the mirror electronically us ing the remote control switch 2 Wait unti
269. mobile phone manual 1 Mobile name You can register up to 5 different Bluetooth mobile phones However you can only use one mobile phone at a time If you have 5 different Bluetooth mobile phones registered a new mobile phone can only replace one of the 5 existing paired mobile phones Use DEL PHONE to delete one of the existing paired mobile phones Paired phone list The paired phone list shows which mobile phones have been paired or registered with the Bluetooth system If the list contains multiple mobile phones then you can select the appropriate mobile phone to connect with the Bluetooth system 4 46 Display screen heater and air conditioner and audio system Action Screen display Briefly press lt MENU gt button PHONE SETUP Press lt ENTER gt I Press lt ENTER gt button Turn lt MENU VOL gt dial Mobile 2 a button oo PLEASE WAIT CONNECT CONNECT OK FAIL PAIRED LIST Press but ton repeatedly for the main screen In the above example procedure Mobile 2 will be connected Removing a paired phone Deletes the connection between the Bluetooth sys tem and the registered mobile phone Brisfy press lt MENU gt bution Press lt ENTER gt button O OO a T Tum lt MENUNODs dal 4 Press lt ENTER gt button LS Turn lt MENU VOL gt dial Mobile 2 4 CSCS a ey Seg For the Mobile 2 connection the screen displays DISCONNE
270. move the vent caps where fitted on the bat tery and cover the battery with an old cloth Connect the jump leads in the sequence A gt D 8 4 as illustrated CAUTION Always connect positive to positive and negative to body ground for ex ample engine lift bracket etc not to the battery s negative An incorrect connection could damage the charging system Be sure that the jumper cables do not touch moving parts in the engine compart ment Be careful not to allow contact between the positive jump lead connector and the vehicle or the negative lead during con nection and disconnection Start the engine of the other vehicle A and let it run for a few minutes Keep the engine speed at about 2 000 rpm 10 Start the engine of your vehicle in the nor mal way 11 12 13 14 CAUTION Do not keep the starter motor engaged for more than 10 seconds If the engine does not start immediately turn the ignition switch to OFF and wait 10 seconds before trying again After starting the engine of your vehicle care fully disconnect the negative lead and then the positive lead 4 gt O gt gt Remove and dispose of the cloth that was used to cover the vent holes as it may be contami nated with corrosive acid Install the vent caps where fitted Close the bonnet NOTE For models which incorporate the Stop Start System Ensur
271. n tenance free battery is visible If it is not visible replace the battery as soon as possible Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions check the fluid level frequently Brake and clutch fluid level Make sure that the brake and clutch fluid level is between the MAX and MIN lines on the reservoir Engine coolant level Check the coolant level when the engine is cold Engine drive belts Make sure that the drive belts are not frayed worn cracked or oily Engine oil level Check the level after parking the vehicle on a level surface and turning off the engine Fluid leaks Check under the vehicle for fuel oil water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has been parked for a while Water dripping from the air conditioner after use is normal If you should notice any leaks or if petrol fumes are evident check for the cause and have it corrected immediately Window washer fluid Check that there is adequate fluid in the tank Inside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked on a regular basis such as when perform ing periodic maintenance cleaning the vehicle etc Accelerator pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure that the pedal does not catch or require uneven effort Keep the floor mats away from the pedal Brake pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation If the brake pedal suddenly goes down further than normal the pedal
272. n this Owner s Manual f you need to dispose of an air bag or scrap the vehicle contact a NISSAN dealer or quali fied workshop Correct air bag disposal pro cedures are set forth in the appropriate NISSAN Service Manual Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury FRONT PASSENGER AIR BAG INDICATOR LIGHT Qe 2 NPA1043 A WARNING Since your vehicle is equipped with a front passenger air bag it is not permitted to install a rearward facing child restraint on the front passenger seat unless the front passenger air bag has been deactivated first Do not fit a rearward facing child seat on the front passenger seat if the air bag activation deactivation system is malfunctioning Your vehicle must immediately be taken to a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop in such a situation The front passenger air bag indicator light oe located in the combination meter illuminates for ap proximately 7 seconds and then goes off This means the system is operational The front passenger air bag indicator light warns of Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system front passenger air bag status If the front passen ger air bag has been deactivated the light comes on and stays on as long as the front passenger air bag switch remains in the OFF position NPA823Z A Intelligent Key equipped models Integrated keyfob equipped models Front passenger air bag deactivation system T
273. n both vehicle and trailer when parking Apply the handbrake where fitted on the trailer Parking on a steep slope is not recommended If parking on a steep slope is unavoidable it is also advisable to put the vehicle into gear or select P Park AT or CVT models and turn the front wheels into the kerb in addition to the other precautions described Before parking on a Starting and driving 5 35 steep slope consider the incline the towing weights quoted are for a 12 slope Follow the trailer manufacturer s instructions Have your vehicle serviced more often than at the intervals specified in the separately provided Warranty Information and Maintenance booklet Trailer towing requires more fuel than under nor mal circumstances because of a considerable increase in traction power required and resis tance When towing a trailer observe the following re stricted towing speed Speed below 100 km h 62 MPH CAUTION While towing a trailer check the engine coolant temperature gauge regularly to prevent engine overheating TYRE PRESSURE When towing a trailer inflate the vehicle tyres to the maximum recommended COLD tyre pressure as indicated on the tyre placard for full loading Make sure the trailer tyre pressures are correct CAUTION Do not tow a trailer when the vehicle is installed with a temporary use spare tyre 5 36 Starting and driving SAFETY CHAINS Always use a suitable chain
274. n details see Blue tooth operation later in this section Language Select the appropriate language and press the lt ENTER gt button Upon completion the screen will automatically adapt the language setting French English German Spanish Portuguese Italian Dutch Turkish Russian Scroll direction Sets the scroll direction of the lt TUNE MENU gt dial For example to change the way in which you turn the dial anticlockwise or clockwise in order to scroll up or down a list COMPACT DISC CD OPERATION The CD player can play a music CD or an encoded MP3 WMA CD and while listening to those CD s certain text might be able to be displayed when CD encoded with text is being used Press the lt CD gt button and the CD if loaded will start to play When lt CD gt is pressed and the radio or AUX source mode is already operating it will automatically turn off the playing source and the CD play mode will start However if the CD disc is not loaded then a notifi cation message will be displayed and the audio unit remains in radio or AUX source mode CAUTION Do not force the CD into the slot This could damage the player Do not use 8 cm 3 1 in discs CD insert CD player Insert the CD disc into the slot with the label side facing up The disc will be guided automatically into the slot and will start playing After loading the d
275. n doubt Maintenance and do it yourself 8 33 contact a NISSAN dealer qualified workshop or see Spare tyre in the 6 In case of emergency section Emergency tyre puncture repair kit where fitted The emergency tyre puncture repair kit is supplied to the vehicle instead of a spare tyre The repair kit must be used for temporarily fixing a minor tyre puncture After using the repair kit see a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop as soon as possible for tyre inspection and repair replacement CAUTION Do not use the emergency tyre puncture repair kit under the following conditions Contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop or profes sional road assistance when the sealant has passed its expiration date shown on the label attached to the seal ant bottle when the cut or the puncture is approximately 4 mm 0 16 in or longer when the side of the tyre is damaged when the vehicle has been driven with a con siderable loss of air from the tyre when the tyre is completely displaced inside or outside the rim when the tyre rim is damaged when two or more tyres are flat 8 34 Maintenance and do it yourself See Spare tyre in the 6 In case of emergency section for more details CARE OF WHEELS For details see Care of wheels in the 7 Appear ance and care section 9 Technical information Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 9 2 Fuel
276. n indicators flash twice slowly NOTE External interference may impair the Intelligent Key s operation In this case use the emergency key located in the Intelligent Key integrated key fob See Door locks later in this section for fur ther details CAUTION Make sure the Intelligent Key battery is in good condition Note that battery life may vary de pending on condition amount of use ambi ent temperature etc The Intelligent Key contains a miniature radio transmitter that may be affected when placed near metal objects Keep the Intelligent Key away from mobile phones laptop computers and other metal objects or electronics STARTING THE ENGINE WITH THE INTELLIGENT KEY See Ignition knob where fitted in the 5 Starting and driving section CAUTION Make sure you carry the Intelligent Key with you when starting and driving the vehicle lf the Intelligent Key is too far away from the passenger compartment the vehicle may not start See Intelligent Key operating range in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section DOOR LOCKS SUPER LOCK SYSTEM RHD models A WARNING Super Lock system equipped models Failure to follow the precautions below may lead to hazardous situations Make sure the Super Lock system activation is always conducted safely When the vehicle is occupied never lock the doors with the integrated keyfob Doing so will trap the occup
277. n itis not possible to keep the vehicle at a constant speed When driving in heavy traffic When driving in traffic that varies speed When driving in windy areas When driving on winding or hilly roads When driving on slippery rain snow ice etc roads CAUTION On manual transmission models do not shift into N Neutral without depressing the clutch pedal when the cruise control is set Should this occur depress the clutch pedal and turn the cruise con trol main switch off immediately Failure to do so may cause engine damage When the cruise control system is on the speed lim iter cannot be operated The cruise control system operation switches are located on the steering wheel right side NSD373 s RES Resume switch SET switch CANCEL switch Speed limiter main ON OFF switch For details see Speed limiter later in this sec tion 5 Cruise control main ON OFF switch NS CRUISE SET 6 km h o NSD375 6 CRUISE indicator 7 Cruise control symbol 8 SET indicator 9 Set speed value The cruise control system operating condition is shown in the vehicle information display For details see Cruise control Speed limiter indicator where fitted in the 2 Instruments and controls section PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CONTROL The cruise control system will be automatically cancelled when there is a malfunc
278. n some countries or regions some of these ser vices may not be available Alternative Frequency AF mode The AF mode operates in the FM radio mode The AF mode operates both in the FM radio and CD mode if FM was previously selected in the radio mode When AF mode has been set to the ON posi tion in the user set up menu mode the AF indi cator comes on For activation or deactivation details see MENU button later in this section The AF function compares signal strengths and se lects the station with the optimum reception condi tions for the currently tuned in station Display screen heater and air conditioner and audio system 4 25 RDS functions Programme Service PS function station name display function When an RDS station is tuned in with seek or manual tuning the RDS data is received and the PS name is displayed Emergency broadcast interrupt function ALARM INTERRUPTION EBU SPEC FOR INFO When the radio receives PTY code 31 an emer gency broadcast code the sound is interrupted the emergency broadcast is heard and ALARM is displayed The volume level at this time is the same as that for traffic announcements Once the emer gency broadcast is finished the unit immediately returns to the previous source REG Regional mode Some local radio stations are linked according to region because they only offer limited coverage due a limited number of transmitters If t
279. n the Around View Monitor differs from the actual distance The cameras are installed above the front grille the outside mirrors and above the rear number plate Do not put anything on or cover the cameras When washing the vehicle with high pressure water be sure not to spray it around the cam eras Otherwise water may enter the camera unit causing water condensation on the lens a malfunction fire or an electric shock Do not strike the cameras They are precision instruments Doing so could cause a malfunc tion or cause damage resulting in a fire or an electric shock NAA1234 In some areas the system will not detect ob jects When in the front or the rear view dis play an object below the bumper or on the ground may not be detected 1 When in the bird s eye view a tall object near the seam of the camera detecting areas will not appear in the monitor 2 Due to electromagnetic radiation a red cross might appear in the monitor This is normal Check surroundings for safety Move the ve hicle away from the source of the interfer ence if possible If the red cross does not dis appear contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop Display screen heater and air conditioner and audio system 4 5 P Radio Vor dem Fahren Sicherheit gew hrleisten Wor dam Fahren Sichere gewahaleisien NAA1235 Example for Left Hand Drive LHD models for the Right Hand Drive RHD models the screen layout wi
280. n the engine is stopped the following informa tion is displayed for a few seconds See Vehicle information display in the 2 Instru ments and controls section for information about Push and hold the steering wheel i button to reset the KOR The message can only be cleared by the display CO2 Saved LOCK turning the ignition ea cet value OFF or restarting NOTE i The display can the engine Automatic engine nod 000 00ks be switched ro restart is possible between Stop Start System Stop Start whenever the a information and PRECAUTIONS Stop Start System afio symbol is drive computer The following message is displayed when there may AUTO i illuminated at the bottom of the information by a short press of be something wrong with the Stop Start System You are advised to have the system checked by a the steering NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop wheel i button i i display The message can be cleared by pressing the steer Whilst the engine remains stopped the vehicle infor mation display shows the accumulated quantity es timate of carbon dioxide exhaust emissions pre When automatic restart is not possible the following information is displayed The engine must be started vented by the Stop Start System by turning the ignition switch P 0 ing wheel i button N Stop Start NOTE PA The message can system fault ISA be cleared a The Stop Start a T pressing the steer
281. n the meter varies with models CAUTION When the engine speed approaches the red zone shift to a higher gear Operating the engine in the red zone may cause serious engine damage ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE The gauge indicates the engine coolant tempera ture The engine coolant temperature should remain within the normal range 2 The engine coolant temperature varies with the out side air temperature and driving conditions CAUTION If the gauge exceeds the normal range stop as soon as safely possible If the engine is over heated continued operation of the vehicle may seriously damage the engine see Engine overheat in the 6 In case of emergency sec tion for immediate action A WARNING Allow the engine to cool down before removing the radiator cap to avoid the danger of being scalded WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light orange Brake warning light red Charge warning light red Diesel Particulate Filter DPF warning light orange Electronic Power Assisted Steering EPAS warning light red Engine oil pressure level warning light red Front passenger air bag deactivated OFF warning light red Malfunction warning light red Malfunction Indicator light orange Master warning light orange NATS security warning light red Qe owg s Dee CHECKING BULBS With all doors closed apply the handbrake fasten
282. n the rear defogger will prevent the Stop Start System automatically stopping the engine The Stop Start System will prevent unneces sary fuel consumption and exhaust emis sions When the engine is stopped by the Stop Start System heater and air conditioner performance may be reduced To keep full heater and air conditioner performance re start the engine by pressing the Stop Start System OFF switch or by turning the ignition switch For more information on the Stop Start Sys tem see Stop Start System where fitted in the 5 Starting and driving section Controls Fan speed control dial Ay l To switch the fan on or off and to control the fan speed turn the fan speed control dial clockwise to increase the fan speed To decrease the fan speed turn the fan speed control dial anticlockwise Temperature control dial Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired air temperature from the vents and floor outlets NAA947 Manual air conditioner MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER 2 Instruments and controls section 4 Temperature control dial Airflow control dial 2 Air recirculation button 6 Air conditioner ON OFF button 3 Fan speed control dial 4 Rear window defogger button For details see Defogger switch in the Display screen heater and air conditioner and audio system 4 13 Air flow control dial Use this dial to manually select the air flow from the air outlets as d
283. nces are they to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses Some child restraints include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be connected to two anchors located at certain seating positions in your vehicle This system is known as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system With this system you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor points that are used with ISOFIX system compatible child restraints on the rear seat Check your child restraint for a label stating that it is com patible with the ISOFIX system This information may also be in the child restraint owner s manual If you have such a child restraint refer to the illustra tion for the rear seating positions equipped with ISOFIX system anchors which can be used to se cure the child restraint The ISOFIX system anchors are located at the rear of the seat cushion near the seatback on the rear seat Labels are attached to the seat cushion to help you locate the ISOFIX system anchors as illus trated 1 26 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system CAUTION The child restraint may also require the use of a top tether strap See Top tether strap for child restraint later in this section for instal lation instructions Alternatively the child re straint may require an anti rotation device such as support leg Refer to the child re straint system manufacturer
284. nd dust film from the glass surfaces It is normal for glass to become coated with a film after the vehicle is parked in the hot sun Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily remove this film CAUTION When cleaning the inside of the windows do not use sharp edged tools abrasive cleaners or chlo rine based disinfectant cleaners They could damage elements in the rear windows such as the window defogger Inside rear view mirror Automatic anti dazzling where fitted Use a soft cloth dampened only with water to clean the automatic anti dazzling inside rear view mirror where fitted CAUTION Do not use glass cleaner Doing so will reduce the sensitivity of the sensor resulting in improper operation PLASTIC PARTS Plastic parts can be cleaned with a mild soap solu tion If the dirt cannot be easily removed use a plas tic cleaner Do not use any solvents SEAT BELTS A WARNING Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in the retractor Never use bleach dye or chemical solvents to clean the seat belts since these materials may severely weaken the seat belt webbing The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution Allow the belts to dry completely in the shade before using them CORROSION PROTECTION MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION The accumulation of moisture retaining dirt and debris in body panel sections cavities and o
285. nd should be re moved promptly Do not use saddle soap car waxes polishes oils cleaning fluids solvents detergents or ammonia based cleaners as they may damage the leather s natural finish Never use fabric protectors unless recom mended by the manufacturer Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on meter or gauge lens covers It may damage the lens covers 7 4 Appearance and care MONITOR DISPLAY S MAINTENANCE where fitted To clean the display screen first turn the ignition off and wipe it with a dry soft cloth Never use a rough cloth alcohol benzine thin ner any kind of solvent or paper tissues with chemical cleaning agent They would scratch or deteriorate the panel Do not splash any liquid such as water or car fra grance on the display Contact with liquid will cause the system to malfunction and damage the hardware n case of extreme stain use a small amount of neutral detergent with a soft cloth Never soak the screen display with water detergent FLOOR MATS The use of NISSAN floor mats can extend the life of your vehicle carpet and make it easier to clean the interior Regardless of what mats are used be sure they are fitted for your vehicle and are properly posi tioned in the foot well to prevent interference with pedal operation Mats should be maintained with regular cleaning and replaced if they become exces sively worn CLEANING GLASS Use glass cleaner to remove smoke a
286. nd stand in a safe place away from traffic and clear of the vehicle CHANGING FLAT TYRE Models with spare wheel where fitted MCE0001DZ Blocking the wheels A WARNING Make sure to block the appropriate wheel to pre vent the vehicle from moving which may cause personal injury Place suitable blocks 1 in front of and behind the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tyre A to prevent the vehicle from moving when it is on the jack Getting the tools and spare wheel The spare wheel jack and tools are located inside the luggage compartment NCE307 without subwoofer NCE312 5 seater with subwoofer where fitted 5 seater 1 Open the back door 2 Remove the luggage compartment floor cover 3 Remove the retainer 1 by turning it anti clock wise 4 Carefully remove and place the subwoofer where fitted 2 on the top right hand side cor ner of the luggage floor compartment with the flat surface facing downwards NOTE Be careful not to drop the subwoofer 5 Remove the jack tools and spare wheel In case of emergency 6 3 6 4 7 seater In case of emergency NCE304 7 seater Open the back door Remove both sides and centre floor boards 1 Remove tonneau cover where fitted O and floor cover 8 For details see Rear parcel shelf where fitted in the 2 Instruments and controls section Lower the head restraints and fold the third
287. nder these conditions the front air bags side and curtain air bags and or pre tensioner seat belt will not operate properly They must be checked and repaired Repair and replacement procedure The front air bags side air bags curtain air bags and pre tensioner seat belt system are designed to activate on a one time only basis As a reminder unless it is damaged the air bag warning light will remain illuminated after inflation has occurred Re pair and replacement of the air bag system should be done only by a NISSAN dealer or qualified work shop When maintenance work is required on the vehicle the air bag systems related parts and pre tensioner seat belt should be pointed out to the person con ducting the maintenance The ignition switch should always be in the LOCK position when working un der the bonnet or inside the vehicle A WARNING Once the air bag has inflated or the pre ten sioner seat belt has been activated the air bag module and pre tensioner seat belt will not function again and must be replaced The air bag module should be replaced by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop The air bag module cannot be repaired All air bag systems should be inspected by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop if there is any damage to the front end portion of the vehicle When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections i
288. nected when an incoming call is being received as well as when a call is initi ated When a call is active the audio system microphone located in the ceiling in front of the rear view mirror and the steering wheel switches enable hands free communication If the audio system is being used at the time the radio or CD mode will be muted and will stay muted until the active call has ended If the Bluetooth system is unable to connect with your mobile phone this may occur because The mobile phone is too far away from the ve hicle The Bluetooth mode on your mobile phone has not been activated Your mobile phone has not been paired with the Bluetooth system of the audio unit The mobile phone does not support Bluetooth technology BT Core v1 2 Hands Free Profile v1 0 and Object Push Profile v1 0 NOTE For details see your mobile phone s Owner s Manual For assistance with your mobile phone inte gration please visit your local NISSAN dealer NAA1076 Hands free telephone setup A Phone button Phone book button Phone end BACK button The following options can be selected Paired list Pair phone Delete phone Bluetooth connection Delete phone book Pairing procedure If you wish to make a Bluetooth connection for the first time between your mobile phone and the Blue tooth system of the audio unit follow the pairing procedure as described belo
289. ng in the 5 Starting and driving section Turn signal hazard indicator lights The direction indicator lights will flash when the turn signal switch or hazard warning flasher switch is turned on See Headlight and turn signal switch later in this sectionand see Hazard warning flasher switch later in this section for further details AUDIBLE REMINDERS Door open reminder chime The chime will sound if any door other than the driv er s door is left open and the power door lock switch is held down Intelligent Key models The external buzzer will sound if the vehicle is being locked remotely or us ing an outside door lock switch and any door is open Handbrake reminder buzzer A buzzer will sound when driving away if the hand brake has not been released Light reminder chime A chime will sound for 10 seconds if the driver s door is opened while the external lights are turned on and the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position See Headlight and turn signal switch later in this section for further details on the headlight operation Fog light reminder chime A chime will sound if the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position and the headlight switch is inthe AUTO position where fitted and the fog lights are left on See Headlight and turn signal switch later in this section for further details Instruments and controls 2 9 Seat belt reminder chime A c
290. ng for any extended length of time Keep the back door closed while driving oth erwise exhaust gases could be drawn into the passenger compartment If you must drive in this way for some reason take the following steps 1 Open all the windows 2 Set the air recirculation mode to the OFF position 3 Set the fan speed control to the maximum position to circulate the air If electrical wiring or other cable connections must pass to a trailer through the seal of the body follow the manufacturer s recommen dations to prevent carbon monoxide entry into the vehicle When a vehicle has been stopped in an open area with its engine running for any significant length of time turn the fan on to force outside air into the vehicle The exhaust system and body should be in spected by a NISSAN dealer or qualified work shop whenever the vehicle is raised for service you suspect that exhaust fumes are enter ing into the passenger compartment you notice a change in the sound of the exhaust system you have had an accident involving dam age to the exhaust system underbody or rear of the vehicle Starting and driving 5 3 ON PAVEMENT AND OFF ROAD DRIVING PRECAUTIONS Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles They have higher ground clearance than passenger cars to make them capable of performing in a wide variety of on pavement and
291. nition knob includes an anti theft steering lock device There is an OFF position between the LOCK and Acc positions although it is not shown on the lock cylinder When the ignition knob is in the OFF position the steering wheel is not locked CAUTION Make sure you carry the Intelligent Key with you when operating the vehicle Never leave the Intelligent Key inside the ve hicle when you leave the vehicle lf the Intelligent Key is too far away from the driver the vehicle may not start MANUAL TRANSMISSION The ignition lock is designed so that the knob can ONLY be turned to the LOCK position when the PUSH release button has first been depressed NOTE The ignition knob warning appears in the ve hicle information display and the buzzer sounds twice when the ignition knob is turned to the OFF position Depress the PUSH re lease button 2 then turn the ignition knob to the LOCK position See Ignition knob warn ing Intelligent Key models in the 2 Instru ments and controls section for further details regarding the functionality of the ignition knob warning When the emergency key is being used the PUSH release button 2 must be depressed in order to turn the ignition knob to the LOCK position although the ignition knob warning will not appear and the buzzer will not sound AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION OR CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION The ignition knob is designed so
292. nitor However the actual distance may be smaller than displayed and the vehicle may hit the object NAA1240 Moving closer to a projecting object The position is shown further than the position in the display However the position is actu ally at the same distance as the position A The vehicle may hit the object when moving toward the position A if the object projects over the actual moving course HOW TO ADJUST THE SCREEN VIEW To adjust the display brightness of the Around View Monitor use the settings described in the sepa rately provided NISSAN Connect owner s manual Do not adjust the settings while the vehicle is mov ing Make sure the handbrake is firmly applied OPERATING TIPS The screen displayed on the Around View Moni tor will automatically return to the previous screen 3 minutes after the lt CAMERA gt button has been pushed while the gear selector lever is in a posi tion other than the R Reverse position The display of images on the screen may be delayed after screens are switched Objects in the Around View Monitor may be distorted mo mentarily until the Around View Monitor screen is displayed completely When the temperature is extremely high or low the screen may not display objects clearly This is not a malfunction When strong light directly shines on the camera objects may not be displayed clearly This is not a malfunction Vertical lines may be
293. nnn 3 7 Light Extenor GINS sra E Ta R 8 27 Fog light switch eesssssssssssssessseerrrrreressrrrrrrrsrrrnrrrreerrrrerene 2 26 Hazard warning flasher switch sssssssssessssssenerereerrrrrrees 2 28 Headlight aiming control switch s sssssssssesssssserrrsserrrrrrreen 2 27 Headlight and turn signal switch esssssssssssssisreeeereereee 2 24 Headlghteleaner ssssrnsscrrriciavisirsiiine 2 28 Headlight switch ssssssssssssessrsresrrrsesrnrrnsrnrrerrnsnsrrnresennres 2 24 Headlights ssssssessessnsssseennrsreerrrrrreesstrrrrrrsrrrrrrrreerrrrerene 8 25 Int nor ighis ssssiiiis teesien aani 2 37 8 27 Light locations sssesssssssssssrnnrrrrrrrererssssssnnnnnnnrrrnereeees 8 27 Luggage compartment ssssssssssssrissssssrrrrsssrrrrrrrrerrrrrreen 2 38 Maplighis sececisps a sae 2 38 Rear room reading light ssessssssssssssessresssrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrnrnnnnn 2 38 Roomlight essssssssesesesssssssssrrrrnrrrrrrrrrrrssssssrnnnntnrrnnrereren 2 37 Trailer direction indicator light eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 36 fun sighal SWC sissisota e araa 2 26 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 0 2 3 Xenon headlight ctrccestedadinensedeieterieeiiar 2 24 8 25 Lock Backd orl ck siacscnsnssaiianehnnesessonamerne teu adteeaestuats 3 12 Child safety rear door locks 00 cecccscceteeetteeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 11 me DoorlockS ssssssssssssrssrrrrrsrnriestnrirrrnrnsrtnrtstnnnentn
294. not tow a trailer during the first 800 km 500 miles NOTE Models with K9K diesel engine will achieve top performance only after approximately 5 000 km 3 000 miles 5 2 Starting and driving BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE A WARNING The driving characteristics of your vehicle can be changed remarkably by any additional load and its distribution as well as by adding optional equipment trailer couplings roof racks etc Your driving style and speed have to be adjusted accordingly Especially when carrying heavy loads your speed must be reduced adequately Make sure the area around the vehicle is free of obstacles Check fluid levels such as engine oil coolant brake and clutch fluid and window washer fluid as frequently as possible at least whenever you refuel Visually inspect tyres for their appearance and condition Also check the tyre pressure for proper inflation Maintenance items in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section should be checked peri odically Check that all windows and light lenses are clean Check that all doors are closed Position the seat and adjust the head restraints Adjust the inside and outside mirrors Fasten your seat belt and ask all passengers to do likewise Check the operation of the warning indicator lights when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position Do not place hard or heavy objects on the dash board or rear parcel shelf in or
295. nt of the rear view mir ror and steering wheel switches enable hands free communication If the audio system Is in use at the time the radio CD or AUX source mode will be muted and will stay muted until the active call has ended The Bluetooth system may be not be able to con nect with your mobile phone for the following rea sons The mobile phone is too far away from the ve hicle 4 52 Display screen heater and air conditioner and audio system The Bluetooth mode on your mobile phone has not been activated Your mobile phone has not been paired with the Bluetooth system of the audio unit The mobile phone does not support Bluetooth technology BT Core v2 0 NOTE For models with NISSAN Connect Audio with Navigation system see the separately pro vided Owner s Manual For details see your mobile phone s Owner s Manual For assistance with your mobile phone inte gration please visit your local NISSAN dealer peo MIX DISP AZ Le Le e fe TUNE MENU NAA1197 A Phone button Phone book quick search button S ack button BLUETOOTH settings To setup the Bluetooth system to pair connect or register your preferred mobile phone push the lt SETUP gt button select the Bluetooth key and then push the lt ENTER gt button It is also possible to enter the setup menu directly via the lt gt phone button The following options can be selec
296. o unit will switch on with the last received radio sta tion if the audio unit was previously switched off in radio mode FMeAM Band select button Press the lt FMeAM gt button to change the reception wave band as follows FM1 gt FM 2 FMT gt MW gt LW FM1 When lt FMeAM gt button is pressed while the igni tion switch is in the Acc or ON position the radio will come on at the last received radio station If the CD is already playing pressing the lt FMeAM gt but ton will switch off the CD play mode and the last received radio station will be selected FM Auto store When the lt FMeAM gt button is pressed for more than 1 5 seconds and the six strongest stations are stored in the preset 1 to 6 of the FM T band Dur ing the search a notification message AU TOSTORE appears in the display and the sound is muted until the operation is complete Once com pleted the radio selects preset 1 gt gt EZI Manual tuning buttons A WARNING The radio should not be tuned while driving in order for full attention to be given to the driving operation Press the gt gt or lt lt button repeatedly to in crease or decrease the frequency The frequency increases or decreases in steps of 100 kHz on the FM band 9kHz on the MW band and 3 kHz on the LW band If the gt gt or lt lt button is held down with a long press the frequency will continuously increase or decrease until the button is released
297. o SY SION nenga aar E aids atacnnce 4 21 Audio operation precautions cccceeeeeeeeeeeees 4 21 Pile SVAN E E A E A 4 22 LW MW FM radio with CD player or 6 CD CMAN TE EN EEA A EA 4 23 Anti theft Systemsin inian 4 24 Audio main operation s sssssssssssrrseserrsrssrrrresrrene 4 24 Radio operation ccceeceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 24 MENU DUNO onmin e e 4 27 Compact Disc CD operation n s 4 27 AUA SOG ke busuiraisen ae e ee 4 29 Bluetooth mobile phone feature cceee 4 29 FM AM radio with CD player 4 30 Anti theft System cccceeeceeeesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesenaneees 4 31 Audio main operation sidnsenaieniewsinnseaciantewianavenias 4 31 Radio operation s ssssssssssssrrsrssrrressrnrenerrresernrenens 4 32 ETO DU O sesen EAEE 4 33 Compact Disc CD operation s 4 35 AUA SOCRO buainn r 4 36 USB Memory operation where fitted 2 4 37 iPod player operation where fitted 5 4 37 Bluetooth operation ccccccceceeeesesseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 39 NISSAN Connect where fitted ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 43 Steering wheel switch for audio control where TPO eects rarest OT E E PA AI E E E 4 43 Main operation ixcnsscctcinsccedernanasessineaececsdasendeaeabednd 4 43 Car phone or CB radio scicccicnsncansaevncasicinsd lacemocediecias 4 44 Mobile phone integration for LW MW FM radio with CD player or 6 CD changer Type A 4 44 Bluetooth mobile
298. o an upright position 1 Make sure the seat belt is clear of the seat latch mechanism 2 Lift the seatback up and push firmly onto the latch 3 If the red lock tab is visible then the seat has not latched properly release and then re latch the seat CAUTION Always ensure that the seat belt is not trapped in the release lever or any other vehicle part Adjustment 2nd row 7 seater Pull the lever T up while you slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position Release the lever to lock the seat in position Rock the seat to check the slides have locked Pull the lever 2 to set the angle of the seatback as desired Folding 2nd row 7 seater To fold the outer seats 1 Push the release button of the head restraint and push the head restraint down See Head restraints later in this section 2 Release the seatback lock by pulling the lever 2 up The lever must be held up until the seatback is folded past the vertical position If the lever is released early the seat will go into Easy entry mode see Easy entry to the 3rd row 7 seater later in this section 3 Fold the seat forward To return the 2nd row outer seat to the seating posi tion pull and hold the lever 2 up to push the seatback up until it locks into position Pull the lever again to set the angle of the seatback as desired Pull the head restraint into the correct position for the occupant using the seat N
299. o fit a rear facing child restraint on the front pas senger seat you must deactivate the front passen ger seat air bag system 1 With the ignition switch in the LOCK position and the engine off open the front passenger door 2 Insert the ignition key emergency key Intelligent Key equipped models see Emergency mechani tiz cal key Intelligent Key models later in this sec tion in the front passenger air bag switch on the side of the dashboard press then turn the key to the OFF position 3 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position and make sure the front passenger air bag indicator light 3 ins illuminated g s remains illuminated The re indicator light remains continuously illumi nated to warn you of front passenger air bag status See Child restraints later in this section for child seat appropriate fitting Activating the front passenger air bag You should reactivate the front passenger air bag system as soon as the child restraint is not in use on the front passenger seat to ensure protection of the front passenger seat occupant in the event of an impact To reactivate the front passenger air bag system 1 With the ignition switch in the LOCK position and the engine off open the front passenger door 2 Insert the ignition key emergency key Intelligent Key equipped models in the front passenger air bag switch and turn the key to the ON position 3 Turn the ignition switch to the
300. o not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or while the vehicle body is hot as the paint sur face may become water spotted Avoid using tight napped or rough cloths such as washing mitts Care must be taken when removing caked on dirt or other foreign substances so the paint surface is not scratched or damaged 3 Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty of clean water 4 Use a damp chamois to dry the paint surface to avoid leaving water spots When washing the vehicle take care of the follow ing Inside flanges joints and folds on the doors back door and bonnet are particularly vulnerable to the effects of road salt Therefore these areas must be cleaned regularly Be sure that the drain holes in the lower edge of the doors are not clogged Spray water to the underbody and in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt and or wash away road salt f using a high pressure washer always follow the recommendations on the equipment pres sure and spraying distance CAUTION Do not spray directly into the engine compart ment with a high pressure washer hose this could damage the engine If there are damaged areas on the vehicle e g painted bumpers or headlamp assembly it is not recommended to direct the high pressure jet on to them Carefully wash these areas by hand Avoid the entry of water into the locks REMOVING SPOTS Remove tar and oil spots industrial dust insects and tree sap as quickly
301. ode where fitted Remove this page from the manual and keep it in a safe place not in the vehicle When selling your vehicle we kindly request you to hand over this page to the buyer
302. of non studded snow tyres 3 Snow chains may be used if desired But the use of snow chains may be prohibited in some areas Therefore check the local laws before installing snow chains When installing snow chains make sure they are of proper size for the tyres on your vehicle and are installed according to the snow chain manufacturer s instructions Use chain tensioners when recommended by the snow chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit Loose end links of the snow chain must be se cured or removed to prevent the possibility of whipping action damage to the wings or under carriage In addition drive at a reduced speed otherwise your vehicle may be damaged and or vehicle handling and performance may be ad versely affected SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT It is recommended to carry the following items in the vehicle during winter A scraper and stiff bristled brush to remove ice and snow from the windows A sturdy flat board to be placed under the jack to give it firm support A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snowdrifts Extra windscreen washer fluid to refill the reser voir tank CORROSION PROTECTION Chemicals used for road surface de icing are ex tremely corrosive and will accelerate corrosion and the deterioration of underbody components such as the exhaust system fuel and brake lines brake cables floor pan and wings In the winter the underbody must be cleaned periodically For additional inform
303. off after approximately 7 sec onds if the system is operational If any of the follow ing conditions occur the air bag and or pre ten sioner seat belt need servicing and your vehicle must be taken to the nearest NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop 1 12 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system The air bag warning light remains on after ap proximately 7 seconds The air bag warning light flashes intermittently The air bag warning light does not come on at all Unless checked and repaired the Supplemental Re straint System SRS and or pre tensioner seat belt may not function properly It must be checked and repaired When selling your vehicle we request that you in form the buyer about the pre tensioner seat belt sys tem and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM air bag system This Supplemental Restraint System SRS section contains important information concerning the driver and front passenger air bags side air bags curtain air bags and pre tensioner seat belt system Front air bag system this system can help cushion the impact force to the face and chest of the driver and front passenger in certain frontal collisions NOTE For further information about the front passen ger air bag deactivation system see Front pas senger air bag deactivation system later in this section Side air bag system this syste
304. on slippery roads Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gas under your vehicle Keep snow clear of the exhaust pipe and from around your vehicle BATTERY If the battery is not fully charged during extremely cold weather conditions the battery fluid may freeze and damage the battery To maintain maximum effi ciency the battery should be checked regularly For details see Battery in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section ENGINE COOLANT If the vehicle is to be left outside without anti freeze drain the cooling system Refill before operating the vehicle For details see Engine cooling system in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section TYRE EQUIPMENT 1 The SUMMER tyres are of a tread design to pro vide superior performance on dry surfaces How ever the performance of these tyres will be sub stantially reduced in snowy and icy conditions If you operate your vehicle on snowy or icy roads NISSAN recommends the use of MUD amp SNOW or ALL SEASON tyres on all four wheels Please consult a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop for tyre type size speed rating and availability information 2 For additional traction on icy roads studded tyres may be used However some countries provinces and states prohibit their use Check applicable laws before installing studded tyres CAUTION Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tyres on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that
305. on may not shift to the selected gear under certain circumstances This helps maintain driving performance and reduces the chance of ve hicle damage or loss of control f the engine is revving up to a hazardous speed in manual shift mode the transmission may shift up automatically When the vehicle speed decreases the transmission automati cally shifts down and shifts to 1st gear before the vehicle comes to a stop Accelerator downshift In the D Drive position For rapid passing or driving uphill fully depress the accelerator pedal to the floor This shifts the trans mission down into a lower gear depending on the vehicle speed NSD347 Cap where fitted Shift lock release If the battery is discharged the selector lever can not be moved from the P Park position even with the brake pedal depressed and the ignition switch in the ON position To move the selector lever remove the cap A where fitted then push the shift lock release button A with a suitable tool 2 as illustrated and press the selector lever button 8 It is now possible to move the selector lever to the N Neutral position For your safety make sure the handbrake is applied and the brake pedal is depressed during the opera tion If there is any problem moving the lever out of the P Park position have a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop to check the automatic transmission sys tem as soon as possible Fail safe AT
306. onmental factors influence the rate of Chrome parts ais scesacicsasesitsesacensanacessaaascetenanaterinans 7 3 CMO rcs 7 5 Cleaning interior sssesteckcteniacnssenectenevisxeniantnessaneaeaee 7 4 To protect your vehicle from corrosion see 7 5 CLEANING EXTERIOR In order to maintain the appearance of your vehicle it is important to take proper care of It Whenever possible park your vehicle inside a ga rage or in a covered area to minimise the chances of damaging the paint surface of your vehicle When it is necessary to park outside park in a shady area or protect the vehicle with a body cover Be careful not to scratch the paint surface when put ting on or removing the body cover WASHING In the following instances wash your vehicle as soon as possible to protect the paint surface After a rainfall to prevent possible damage from acid rain After driving on coastal roads When contaminants such as soot bird drop pings tree sap metal particles or insects get on the paint surface When dust or mud builds up on the paint sur face 1 Wash the vehicle surface with a wet sponge and plenty of water 2 Clean the vehicle surface gently and thoroughly using amild soap or a special vehicle wash sham poo mixed with clean lukewarm never hot wa ter 7 2 Appearance and care CAUTION Do not wash the vehicle with strong house hold soap strong chemical detergents petrol or solvents D
307. orner areas of the bumper cannot be viewed on the rear view monitor because of its monitoring range limitation Do not put anything on the rear view camera The rear view camera is installed above the number plate When washing the vehicle with high pressure water be sure not to spray it around the cam era Otherwise water may enter the camera unit causing possibly water condensation on the lens a malfunction a fire or an electric shock Do not strike the camera It is a precision in strument Otherwise it may malfunction or cause damage resulting in a fire or an electric shock CAUTION There is a transparent cover over the camera lens Do not scratch the cover when cleaning dirt or snow from it 4 2 Display screen heater and air conditioner and audio system HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYED LINES SAA0889Z A WARNING Use the displayed lines as a reference The lines are highly affected by the number of oc cupants fuel level vehicle position road con dition and road grade Always check with your eyes directly around the vehicle while revers ing The distance guide line and the vehicle width line should be used as a reference only when the vehicle is on a level paved surface The distance viewed on the monitor is for refer ence only and may be different than the ac tual distance between the vehicle and dis played objects When reversing the vehicle up a hill objects viewed in the monitor are
308. osed before operating the integrated keyfob door lock system for correct operation of the system Do not allow the integrated keyfob which contains electrical components to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect the system function Do not drop the integrated keyfob Do not strike the integrated keyfob sharply against another object Do not place the integrated keyfob for an ex tended period in an area where temperatures exceed 60 C 140 F If a integrated keyfob is lost or stolen NISSAN rec ommends erasing the ID code of that integrated keyfob from the vehicle This may prevent the unau thorised use of the integrated keyfob to unlock the vehicle For information regarding the erasing pro cedure contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified work shop For information regarding the replacement of a bat tery see Battery in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section SWITCHING FROM CONVENIENCE MODE TO ANTI HIJACK MODE Selective unlock or Anti hijack mode allows the remote unlocking of only the driver s door to prevent an attacker from entering the vehicle via an unlocked passenger door As default the unlock mode will be set to Conve nience mode all doors will unlock Follow the in structions below to switch between convenience mode and anti hijack mode A Key with integrated keyfob from outside the vehicle 1 Turn the ignition switch to the OFF po
309. osion within the engine cooling system caused by the use of non genuine engine coolant Note that any repairs for the incidents within the engine cooling system while using non genuine engine coolant may not be covered by the warranty even if such incidents occurred during the warranty period Contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop for more information regarding the coolant type and capacity Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic Fluid ATF type S will cause deterioration in driveability and automatic transmission durability and may dam age the automatic transmission which is not covered by the NISSAN warranty Use only Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 2 Using CVT fluid other than Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 2 will damage the CVT transmission system which is not covered by the NISSAN warranty Contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop for servicing If Genuine NISSAN low viscosity gear oil LV MT 1 75W is not available Genuine NISSAN gear oil HQ Multi 75W 85 or gear oil meeting SAE 75W 85 API GL4 specifications may be used For KQK Euro 5 models 9 4 Technical information FUEL RECOMMENDATION Petrol engine Unleaded petrol with an octane rating of at least 95 RON must be used CAUTION Do not use leaded petrol Using leaded petrol will damage the catalytic converter Diesel engine EN590 Diesel fuel of at least 51 cetane must be used NOTE Use only low sulphur diesel If two types of die
310. ossible to pull the headlight switch up to four times to increase the lighting period up to 2 minutes NOTE The Friendly Lighting function can be cancelled by switching the ignition switch to the Acc or ON position again Battery save function The battery save feature prevents your vehicle from discharging the battery after you have left the exter nal lights map lamps or room lamps on when exit ing the vehicle This occurs when the ignition switch or ignition knob is in the OFF or LOCK position NOTE The next time the engine is started the external lights map lamps or room lamp will come on again Instruments and controls 2 25 Battery save function for external lights If the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position but the external lights are accidentally left on the external lights will automatically be switched off as soon as the driver s door is opened It is possible to leave the external lights on perma nently by switching them back on using the head light switch while the ignition switch is still in the LOCK or OFF position In this case the light re minder chime will sound when the driver s door is opened Battery save function for interior light The interior light will automatically be switched off after approximately 15 minutes if it has been acci dentally left on TURN SIGNAL SWITCH NIC1384Z 2 26 Instruments and controls Lane change signal Move the l
311. other drive and to assure comfort and safety during your trip Drive and maintain a safe distance from other vehicles while in traffic This will help reduce fuel consump tion as you will not be constantly tapping your brakes Check your tyre pressure Low tyre pressure increases fuel consumption as well as the use of non recommended tyres Correct tyre pressure will maximise the grip of your vehicle and optimise fuel consumption Have your car serviced regularly Regular service allows you to run your vehicle in optimal condition and with the best fuel efficiency Have your vehicle serviced by your NISSAN dealer or a qualified workshop to ensure that it is main tained to its original standard QUICK REFERENCE Incase of emergency 6 2 Flat tyre engine will not start overheating towing How to start the engine 5 2 How to read the meters and gauges 2 2 Maintenance and do it yourself 8 2 Technical information 9 2 SECURITY INFORMATION As owner of this vehicle important codes have been supplied to you that may be required by your NISSAN dealer to duplicate keys or re pair the radio Please fill in the allocated areas or attach stick er s if available Remove this page and keep it in a safe place not in the vehicle When selling your vehicle we kindly request you to hand over this page to the buyer Cm SECURITY INFORMATION Radio security code where fitted Wheel lock key c
312. ou push the lt CAMERA gt button or shift the gear selector lever into the R Reverse position while the ignition switch is in the ON position the Around View Monitor operates The monitor displays various views of the position of the vehicle 4 4 Display screen heater and air conditioner and audio system NOTE At first operation the corner lines are blinking yellow for about 3 seconds This is not a malfunc tion but a reminder to be cautious Available views Bird s eye View The surrounding view of the vehicle Front side View The view around and ahead of the front passen ger s side wheel Front view The view to the front of the vehicle Rear view The view to the rear of the vehicle The system is designed as an aid to the driver in situations such as slot parking or parallel parking A WARNING The Around View Monitor is intended for day time use Do not use the system in bad light conditions The Around View Monitor is a convenience but it is not a substitute for proper vehicle operation because it has areas where objects cannot be viewed Always visually check to be sure that it is safe to move before operating the vehicle Always operate the vehicle slowly Do not use the Around View Monitor with the outside mirror in the stored position and make sure that the back door is securely closed when operating the vehicle using the Around View Monitor The distance between objects viewed o
313. pant s head by reduc ing its backward movement and by helping to ab sorb some of the forces that may lead to whiplash type injuries Active head restraints are effective for collisions at low to medium speeds in which it is said that whip lash injury occurs most Active head restraints operate only in certain rear end collisions After the collision the head restraints return to their original positions Properly adjust the active head restraints as de scribed in the previous section 1 6 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SEAT BELTS P 49 12 34 D A an O 6789au Py CE E N E M NPA1051 A WARNING 7 seater Seat belts for 3rd row seats are not part of the seat belt warning monitoring system SEAT BELT WARNINGS A Driver and front passenger The seat belt warning lights located in the instru ment panel A will light up if the driver and or front passenger seat belts have not been fastened See Warning indicator lights and audible reminders in the 2 Instruments and controls section for further details B Rear passengers The rear passenger seat belt warning is shown in the vehicle information display B See Vehicle in formation display in the 2 Instruments and controls section The seat belt warning alerts the driver and or front passenger if a rear seat belt is not securely fas tened The seat belt warning shows a filled
314. pedal This is normal and is not an indication of a malfunction A WARNING The ESP system is designed to help improve driving stability but does not prevent accidents caused by abrupt steering operation at high speeds or careless or dangerous driving techniques Reduce vehicle speed and be es pecially careful when driving and cornering on slippery surfaces Always drive carefully f engine related parts such as a muffler are not standard equipment or are extremely de teriorated the ESP OFF indicator light and or the SLIP indicator light may illuminate lf brake related parts such as brake pads rotors and callipers are not standard equip ment or are extremely deteriorated the ESP system may not operate properly and the ESP OFF indicator light and or the SLIP indicator light may illuminate Do not modify the vehicle s suspension If suspension parts such as shock absorbers struts springs stabiliser bars and bushings are not NISSAN approved or are extremely deteriorated the ESP system may not oper ate properly This could adversely affect ve hicle handling performance and the ESP OFF indicator light and or the SLIP indi cator light may illuminate When driving on extremely inclined surfaces such as higher banked corners the ESP sys tem may not operate properly and the ESP OFF indicator light 2 and or the SLIP indicator lig
315. pending on the injury Check with your doc tor for specific recommendations THREE POINT TYPE SEAT BELTS Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should wear a seat belt at all times Fastening the seat belts 1 Adjust the seat A WARNING The seatback should not be reclined any more than needed for comfort Seat belts are most effective when the passenger sits well back and upright in the seat If the seat is reclined the risk of sliding under the lap belt and being injured is increased SS0292Z 2 Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the tongue into the buckle until it clicks CAUTION The seat belt retractor is designed to lock dur ing a sudden impact A slow pulling motion will permit the belt to move and allow you some freedom of movement in the seat NPA827Z 2nd row centre seat 5 seater 2nd row centre seat 5 seater a Unclip the seat belt buckles from the ceiling stowage point b Slowly pull the seat belt out of the ceiling retrac tor and insert the end tongue into the buckle with the black button 4 until it clicks c Pull the tongue and insert it into the buckle 2 until it clicks NPA966 2nd row rear centre 7 seater 2nd row centre seat 7 seater a Unclip the seat belt buckles from the magnetic ceiling stowage point 1 b Slowly pull the seat belt out of the ceiling retrac tor and pass the buckles through the comfort loop c
316. phase NISSAN dealers are our window to you our cus tomer In order to meet your expectations they pro vide not only high quality services but are also envi ronmentally responsible NISSAN promotes activi ties to recycle the waste generated as a result of service centre activities Disposal phase Recycle your end of life vehicle or its components When your NISSAN reaches the end of its life and is no longer suitable for daily use it still has value You can help prevent waste affecting the environ ment by bringing your NISSAN to be recycled at our collection networks in your area Our collection net works guarantee no cost for the treatment of your ELV For further information on how and where to dispose of your ELV refer to your local NISSAN dealer or consult www nissan europe com PROTECT THE ENVIRONMENT WHEN DRIVING Your driving behaviour has significant impact on fuel economy and the environment Follow the tips be low for better fuel efficiency better driving habits and to be environmentally friendly by reducing emis sions Defensive driving Anticipating traffic conditions and acting accordingly reduces fuel consumption helping to protect of our natural environment Take your foot off the accelera tor while approaching traffic lights and avoid last minute braking when the light turns red Avoid speeding harsh acceleration and strong braking The gain in time does not offset pollution of the environment
317. place and away from traffic to allow the transmission to return to normal operation or have the transmission re paired by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop if necessary DRIVING WITH CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION CVT Models without manual shift The Continuously Variable Transmission CVT in your vehicle is electronically controlled to produce maximum power and smooth operation The recommended operating procedures for this transmission are shown on the following pages Fol low these procedures for maximum vehicle perfor mance and driving enjoyment A WARNING Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads This may cause a loss of control CAUTION The cold engine idle speed is high so use caution when shifting the transmission into a forward or reverse position before the engine has warmed up Avoid revving up the engine while the vehicle is stopped This could cause unexpected ve hicle movement Never shift to either the P Park or R Re verse position while the vehicle is moving This could cause serious damage to the trans mission Start the engine in either the P Park or N Neutral position The engine will not start in any other position If it does have your ve hicle checked by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop Shift into the P Park position and apply the handbrake when at a standstill for longer than a short waiting period Keep the engine at idling speed while s
318. play Cancelling a speed limit To cancel a set speed limit push the CANCEL switch 8 The SET indicator 8 in the combination meter will be turned off The set speed value Q will remain displayed It is also possible to override the speed limiter by fully depressing the accelerator pedal beyond the resistance point A WARNING The vehicle may accelerate when the speed limiter cancels When additional floor mats are used be sure that they are correctly secured and that they cannot interfere with the accelerator pedal Mats not adapted to the vehicle may prevent proper operation of the speed limiter Fully depress the accelerator pedal beyond the re sistance point The speed limiter will be suspended to allow driving above the set speed The set speed value Q will flash The speed limiter will automati cally resume when the vehicle speed drops below the set speed limit Resuming a previous set speed If a set speed limit has been cancelled the set speed value Q will remain displayed in the combination meter and the speed will be stored in the speed lim iter memory This speed limit can be reactivated by pressing the RES Resume switch 1 upwards If the current vehicle speed is higher than the previ ous set speed the accelerator pedal will not work and the set speed value Q will flash until the vehicle speed drops below the set speed limit Turning the speed limiter off The speed limiter system w
319. quency 32 KHz 44 1 KHz 48 KHz rate 32 40 48 56 64 80 96 112 128 144 160 192 224 256 288 320 336 448 VBR Kbps 4 WMA 3 WMA7 WMA8 WMA9 16 KHz 22 05 KHz 32 KHz 44 1KHz 48 KHz 48 64 80 96 128 160 192 256 320 VBR kbps 4 Tag information Song title and Artist name WMA tag WMA only Folder levels Folder levels 8 Folders 255 including root folder files 512 Text character number limitation File Name Min 11 Characters Max 30 Characters ID3 TAG Min 24 Characters Max 60 Characters Displayable character codes 2 01 ASCIl 02 ISO 8859 1 03 UNICODE UTF 16 BOM Big Endian 04 UNICODE UTF 16 Ncn BOM Big Endian 05 UNICODE UTF 8 06 UNICODE Non UTF 16 BOM Little Endian 07 SHIFT JIS 1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played 2 Available codes depend on what kind of media versions and information are going to be displayed 3 Protected WMA files DRM cannot be played 4 When VBR files are played the playback time may not be displayed correctly WMA7 and WMA8 are not applied to VBR 5 Support 128 Bytes but it depends on display width and character type 4 42 Display screen heater and air conditioner and audio system NISSAN CONNECT where fitted FM TUNER mota 10 45 FM FM 1 FM Pop Radio 1 Hlad 23km Comoe Cs elada dsd oe NAA1115 For details see the separately provided NISSAN Connect Owner s Manua
320. r Lock system is active 1 Open or break the driver s door window 2 Insert the key into the outside door key cylinder and turn it towards the rear of the vehicle 3 The driver s door will unlock and can now be opened from inside the vehicle Locking without activating the Super Lock system A WARNING Do not leave the key inside the vehicle when leav ing the vehicle Locking the doors using the door key cylinder or power door lock switch will not activate the Super Lock system See Power door lock switch later in this section for further information LOCKING UNLOCKING WITH THE KEY vehicle dead battery NPA828Z A WARNING When leaving the vehicle do not leave the key inside the vehicle Never leave children unattended in a vehicle and always be sure you have your keys with you when leaving If an emergency occurs it may be more difficult to help them otherwise Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 9 The driver s door can be locked unlocked from out side using the key emergency key if the vehicle s battery is dead To lock the door insert the key into the driver s door key cylinder and turn it towards the front of the ve hicle 1 To unlock the door turn the key towards the rear of the vehicle 2 See Ignition knob where fitted in the 5 Starting and driving section for instructions on accessing the Intelligent Key system Emergency key CAUTION The alarm syst
321. r additional information see Security system later in this section Immobilizer Da Seat belt driver and front a warning light The seat belt warning light alerts the driver if their seat belt or that of the front passenger is not se curely fastened The light will come on when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position It will go out when both the driver and front passenger if occupied seat belts have been securely fastened A seat belt reminder chime is also fitted see Seat belt reminder chime later in this section Supplemental Restraint System SRS air bag warning light When the ignition switch is in the ON or START position the Supplemental Restraint System SRS air bag warning light will illuminate The SRS air bag warning light will turn off after approximately 7 sec onds if the system is operational The air bag systems and pre tensioner seat belts need servicing and the vehicle must be taken to the nearest NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop if the SRS air bag warning light Remains on after approximately 7 seconds Flashes intermittently Does not come on at all Unless checked and repaired the SRS air bag sys tem and pre tensioner seat belts may not function properly For additional details see Air bag warning light in the 1 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section 4WD 4WD warning light 4WD models The 4WD warning light com
322. r conditioning system See Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations where fitted in the 9 Techni cal information section of this manual A NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop will be able to service the air conditioning system Display screen heater and air conditioner and audio system 4 17 NAA1152 Automatic air conditioner where fitted AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER 4 AUTO climate control button where fitted 5 Air recirculation button 1 Temperature display 6 Fan speed control dial 2 Temperature control dial Driver s side LHD ON OFF button press Passenger s side RHD 7 High level vent button 3 Air conditioner ON OFF button For details see Vents earlier in this section 4 18 Display screen heater and air conditioner and audio system O DUAL zone control ON OFF button Rear window defogger button and outside mirror defogger For details see Defogger switch in the 2 Instruments and controls section Temperature control dial Driver s side RHD Passenger s side LHD Temperature display Windscreen defogger button Air flow mode buttons A WARNING Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others alone in your vehicle Pets should not be left alone either On hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly
323. r nentrn 3 9 Drive away door locking jiissascccecieccnscncsncnminiitieniscaiaatucaes 3 11 Power door lock switch sssssssssssseseessssssssnnnnnnnrrrnrererees 3 10 Steering lock nsssssssssssessessssesstettirrrrrrrrrrrrnrrnnnnrnnnnn ne 5 7 5 9 Super Lock system ssssssesssesssserrettrrrtttirrrrrrrrrrinnrinnnrnnn 3 9 Unlocking with inside door handle ssssssssssssesesssesrrrrreeen 3 10 Maintenance General maintenance cccccccccceeeeesseeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeanaaas 8 2 Maintenance precautions cccdncciicsecemnaneien 8 4 Index 10 5 10 6 Index Maintenance requirements eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenetees 8 2 Seat belt maintenance cece ceceeeceeeetteeeeeeeeeeeees 1 11 Manual transmission Driving with manual transmission esseere 5 12 Mechanical emergency key ccccceseeseseesseneeeeeeeeseseeseteeeees 3 3 Meter and gauges Engine coolant temperature gauge eceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeees 2 2 PUCE GAUGE ossssarcatvetinniiieccemcdsceteubnneeiedeneedeapagereergnssseeees 2 2 Qpeedometer ge iisssictcrnntateaansneesdepancccteosueneihrcoineeiadeancontnens 2 2 achometer secieacssntad Nad aaicneeeeensepneanasaeatdocuarannnnadentedsetias 2 2 Meters ANd GaUQCS decatsniiareceenis ieee 2 2 MITOL cin e EE 3 17 Automatic anti dazzling inside mirror essee 3 17 7 4 Inside rear view Mirror ssssssssssseeesesssssssrnnnnrrnnrrrrereeens 3 17 Outside rear view MI
324. r or qualified workshop Xenon headlight bulb replacement CAUTION The following safety instructions must be ob served when it is necessary to replace the xenon headlight bulb yourself When handling the bulb the necessary pre cautions should always be taken on account of the high pressure i e wear gloves and safety glasses and use the bulb in a closed headlight etc Maintenance and do it yourself 8 25 Only hold the xenon headlight bulb by the base The bulb is manufactured from high quality quartz and is under high pressure Damage soiling and fingerprints should be avoided and if necessary removed with alco hol before installing the bulb When the headlights are switched on the bulbs produce a certain amount of UV radia tion In order to avoid any impairment of health burning and conjunctivitis the bulb should only be used in closed headlights with appro priate UV absorbing front glass Due to the risk of burning the bulb should be left to cool down for 3 minutes after switching off before touching Due to the use of mercury and various salts the bulb should be treated as special waste when discarded The bulb may only be operated with a suitable ballast which produces very high voltages when switched on and during operation Contact with bulb and wires should therefore be avoided and a safe distance of at least 30 mm should be maintained 8 26 Maintenance and do it yourself
325. r temperature is above about 5 C The engine coolant temperature is at normal operating levels The vehicle has driven some distance since engine start The battery voltage and temperature are within normal levels The vehicle bonnet is closed The steering wheel is not being turned The front and or rear screen defoggers are turned OFF When the Stop Start System symbol 1 is displayed the engine starts running automatically under at least one of the following conditions The clutch pedal is depressed The brake pedal is repeatedly pressed to main tain vehicle braking performance The battery voltage becomes low due to electri cal load from other vehicle systems like head lights heaters etc or auxiliary devices con nected to the 12 volt socket inside the vehicle The front and or rear screen defogger is turned on The vehicle speed is above about 2 km h 1 MPH NOTE The following conditions will prevent the Stop Start System automatically restarting the engine Starting the engine by turning the ignition switch is then necessary The driver s seat belt is unbuckled or driver s door is open The bonnet is open The Stop Start System is always engaged at the start of a journey once the engine has been started The engine is automatically stopped and restarted during the journey if conditions are suitable Starting and driving 5 21 Whe
326. r vent on or off Use the upper vent on hot days to let cool air flow along the roof to the rear passengers and on cold days to improve the de frosting or defogging of the windows with warm air HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER OPERATION 4 WARNING Do not leave children or adults who would T ai require the support of others alone in your vehicle Pets should not be left alone either On hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal inju ries to people or animals Do not use the recirculation mode for long periods as it may cause the interior air to be come stale and the windows to fog up It is recommended that you use the outside air mode in cold weather to keep the windows clear Do not adjust the positioning of the heating ventilation or air conditioning controls while driving NOTE Condensation forms inside the air condition ing unit when the air conditioner is running and is safely discharged underneath your ve hicle Traces of water on the ground are therefore normal Models with Stop Start System Whilst the engine is stopped by the Stop Start System selecting airflow to the front defog ger or switching on the rear defogger will cause the engine the be automatically re started 4 12 Display screen heater and air conditioner and audio system Whilst the engine is running selecting airflow to the front defogger or switching o
327. rate properly and that the wipers do not streak MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS When performing any inspection or maintenance work on your vehicle always take care to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or damage to the vehicle The following are general precautions which should be closely observed Park the vehicle on a level surface apply the handbrake securely and block the wheels to prevent the vehicle from moving For a manual transmission models move the gear lever to N Neutral position For automatic transmis sion or continuously variable transmission models move the selector lever to P Park position Do not work under the engine bonnet while the engine is hot Turn off the engine and wait until it cools down Be sure to turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK position When the ignition switch is in the ON or Acc position the cooling fan may start to operate suddenly even when the engine is not run ning To avoid injury always disconnect the negative battery cable before working near the engine If you must work with the engine running keep your hands clothing hair and tools away from moving fans belts and any other moving parts itis advisable to remove ties and any jewel lery such as rings watches etc before work ing on your vehicle If you must run the engine in an enclosed space such as a garage be sure there is proper ventilation for exhaust gases Do not g
328. re may be water in the fuel filter Should this happen try to drain the water from the fuel filter see Fuel filter Diesel en gine models in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section CAUTION Failure to drain the water from the fuel filter can cause serious damage to the engine Contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop as soon as possible INDICATOR LIGHTS Automatic transmission check indicator light AT models This light indicates both the Automatic transmis sion oil temperature warning and the Fail safe op eration AT CHECK Automatic transmission oil temperature warning This light comes on when the automatic transmis sion oil temperature is too high If the light comes on while driving reduce the vehicle speed as soon as safely possible until the light turns off Fail safe operation When the ignition switch is turned ON the light comes on for 2 seconds If the light blinks it may indicate the automatic transmission is not function ing properly Have your NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop check and repair the transmission CAUTION Continued vehicle operation when the automatic transmission check warning light is on may dam age the automatic transmission Continuously Variable Transmission CVT indicator light CVT models This light comes on briefly when the ignition is turned to the ON position If the CVT light comes on during normal operation it may
329. re that the transmission axles steering system and power train are in working condition If any unit is damaged the vehicle must be towed using a dolly or be placed on a flat bed lorry Release the handbrake and shift the manual transmission MT automatic transmission AT or continuously variable transmission CVT into the N Neutral position before starting to tow the vehicle Always attach safety chains before towing NCE302 2WD models In case of emergency 6 13 RECOMMENDED TOWING FOR TWO WHEEL DRIVE 2WD MODELS CAUTION NEVER tow automatic transmission AT or con tinuously variable transmission CVT models with the front wheels on the ground or with all four wheels on the ground forwards or back wards this may cause serious and expensive damage to the transmission If it is necessary to tow the vehicle with the rear wheels raised al ways use towing dollies under the front wheels NISSAN recommends that your vehicle should be towed with the driving front wheels off the ground or that the vehicle be placed on a flat bed lorry as illustrated When towing with the front wheels on the ground MT models only or on towing dollies Turn the ignition switch to the OFF position then secure the steering wheel in a straight ahead posi tion using a rope or similar device Never place the ignition switch in the LOCK position This will re sult in damage to the steering lock mechanism 6
330. re the closed position where squeezing cannot be detected Be careful not to pinch your fingers The auto reverse function does not work when the window is closed manually holding the switch in the close position CAUTION Depending on the environment or driving condi tions the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the window occurs Power window lock switch Dependant on the vehicle specifications when the power window lock function is activated either the rear passenger window switches are dis abled or the front and rear passenger window switches are disabled To activate the power window lock function push the switch To cancel the power window lock function push the switch again System reinitialisation The driver s side main power window system will require reinitialisation whenever The power window system does not function properly for example the auto reverse function Is not working The battery cable is reconnected The fuse is replaced Perform the following procedure to initialise the power window system 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 2 Close the door 3 Push down and hold the driver s side window switch until the window glass is completely low ered then release the switch 4 In one continuous operation pull up and hold the driver s side window switch until the window glass is completel
331. re to block the wheel diagonally op posite the flat tyre as described earlier in this section CAUTION The jack should be used on firm level ground NCE256Z Jack up points 1 Place the jack directly under the jack up point as illustrated so that the top of the jack contacts the vehicle at the jack up point 2 Align the centre of both the jack head and the notches at the jack up point as shown 3 Fit the groove of the jack head between the two notches as shown NCE143Z Loosen each wheel nut by one or two turns anticlockwise with the wheel wrench Do not remove the wheel nuts until the tyre is off the ground Models with wheel lock nuts where fitted If the wheel is equipped with a wheel lock nut insert the wheel lock key 1 and loosen it as pre viously described The wheel lock nut can only be removed with the wheel lock key A key number is necessary if you need to duplicate the wheel lock key Record the key number as shown on the key code card on the Security information page at the end of this manual and keep it in a safe place not in the vehicle If you loose the wheel lock key see your NISSAN dealer for a duplicate with the original wheel lock key code Make sure to keep the lock key in the vehicle Otherwise wheels cannot be removed and the service cannot be performed e 5 seater 7 seater 5 To lift the vehicle securely hold and turn the handle clockw
332. rect pressure at all times The tyre pressure should be checked when tyres are COLD Tyres are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for three or more hours or driven less than 1 6 km 1 mile COLD tyre pres sures are shown on the tyre placard affixed to the driver s side centre pillar Insufficient pressure can lead to an overheating of the tyre and subsequent internal damage At high speeds this could result in tread separation and even bursting of the tyre TYPES OF TYRES CAUTION When changing or replacing tyres be sure all four tyres are of the same type i e summer all season or snow and construction A NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop may be able to help you with information about tyre type size speed rating and availability Maintenance and do it yourself 8 31 Replacement tyres may have a lower speed rating than the factory equipped tyres and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rat ing of the tyre All season tyres NISSAN specifies all season tyres on some models to provide good performance for use all year around including snowy and icy road conditions All season tyres are identified by ALL SEASON and or M amp S on the tyre sidewall Snow tyres have better snow traction than all season tyres and may be more ap propriate in some areas Summer tyres NISSAN specifies summer tyres as standard fit These tyres provide superior perfo
333. riefly press EE button a Turn lt MENU VOL gt dial ADD NAME re ee ee Press lt ENTER gt button SEND NAME JOE Press ENTERS baton Le SAVED SEND NAME Press button repeat edly for the main screen 1 The Bluetooth icon will blink for 2 minutes 2 Send the name contact via the registered mobile phone within the 2 minutes 3 Phone number is displayed 4 During the saving operation the Bluetooth connection will be temporarily disconnected EDIT You can edit a name or phone number stored in the phone book Briefly press button Turn lt MENU VOL gt dial Press lt ENTER gt button Ji Turn lt MENU VOL gt dial Press lt ENTER gt button Turn lt MENU VOL gt dial J Focus on Y Press lt ENTER gt button 4 9 Turn lt MENU VOL gt dial 13 Press lt ENTER gt button Press lt ENTER gt button Screen display EDIT NAME aaa TT ee ne ca Press button for the main screen 1 Alternatively use the search mode to select the appro priate entry to edit SEARCH appears on the display then press the lt ENTER gt button Turn the lt MENU VOL gt dial to select the first char acter of the name then press the lt ENTER gt button The name should be displayed If necessary turn the lt MENU VOL gt dial to select the correct name 2 When the button is pressed briefly the cursor will move one step backwards and the last character will
334. rmance under typical mild weather conditions If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions NISSAN recommends the use of SNOW or ALL SEASON tyres on all four wheels Snow tyres If snow tyres are needed it is necessary to select tyres equivalent in size and load rating to the original equipment tyres If you do not it can adversely af fect the safety and handling of your vehicle Generally snow tyres will have lower speed ratings than factory equipped tyres and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tyre For additional traction on icy roads studded tyres 8 32 Maintenance and do it yourself may be used However some provinces and states prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tyres Skid and trac tion capabilities of studded snow tyres on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non stud ded snow tyres SNOW CHAINS Use of snow chains may be prohibited in some ar eas Check the local laws before installing snow chains When installing snow chains make sure they are of proper size for the tyres on your vehicle and are installed according to the chain manufacturer s suggestions Use chain tensioners when recom mended by the snow chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit Loose end links of the snow chain must be secured or removed to prevent the possibility of whipping action damage to the fen
335. ro 4 Genuine NISSAN engine oil ACEA Ai B1 with the technical performances of oil ACEA B3 B4 KOK engine with diesel particulate filter where fitted Genuine NISSAN engine oil Euro 4 ACEA A1 B1 with the technical perfor mances of oil ACEA B3 B4 Low SAPS Euro 5 ACEA C4 Low SAPS M R engine Genuine NISSAN engine oil without diesel particulate filter ACEA B4 with diesel particulate filter ACEA C4 ROM engine Genuine NISSAN engine oil ACEA C4 Low SAPS For further details see Capacities and recom mended fuel lubricants in the 9 Technical information section COLD TYRE PRESSURE See the tyre placard affixed to the driver s side centre pillar ENVIRONMENT End of Life Vehicles ENVIRONMENTAL CONCERN NISSAN GREEN PROGRAM Today the efforts made by NISSAN to fulfil our responsibilities to protect and sustain the environ ment are far reaching Within NISSAN we promote the highest levels of practice in every region and in every area of operations COMPLIANCE AT EVERY STEP NISSAN focuses on ensuring that end of life vehicle components are reused recycled or recovered as thermal energy and guarantees compliance with EU legislation the End of Life Vehicle Directive WE BUILD OUR VEHICLES WITH RECYCLING IN MIND Reducing landfill waste emissions conserving natu ral resources and enhancing recycling activities are emphasised daily in our manufacturing sales and servic
336. ronmental factors cccceccceceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaes 7 5 Gr ise COMMON osinnaniennsteerreadentene A 2 21 5 29 Cruise control system operations cecee eee 5 30 ee Ef Defogger switch Outside mirror defogger ssssiticireorocseeeseeevettticcceceissseeeons 2 24 Rear window defogger s sssssssseeseeesesssssnnnnnnnrrrerereeees 2 23 Diesel particulate filter DPF csseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeees 5 5 Diesel particulate filter DPF warning light sassen 2 4 Difference between predictive and actual distances 4 9 DIMENSIONS serieren anaE E EEEE EEE EARE EEEE 9 8 Display Vehicle information display seese 2 11 Door locks sxcicacesnanasaenatioasenduntenmcccootannnraceceeainazannanenenatetities 3 9 me Backdoor cccticcceticscanidescaaiectecteabnansctectisaptaastsaaddadeededaaues 3 12 Child safety rear door locks ec ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeees 3 11 Drive away door locking wiicriccenaterestccierenon seeeianneitesccetens 3 11 Locking unlocking with the key vehicle dead battery 3 9 Power door lock switch cersicciariiconadsiseienrvwrspaestewenitdeocet 3 10 Remote keyless entry system cc cecccecctttectteeeeeeeeeeeeneeeenes 3 3 Super Lock system sssesseierrsrssrsrrrirtrtrsrrrrrrrierrsrerrrrns 3 9 When leaving the vehicle seseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeaes 3 10 Dave bells casee i a 8 21 Driving Care when
337. roper coupling devices trailer hitch safety chain roof carrier etc for your vehicle and trailer These devices are available from a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop where you can also obtain more detailed information about trailer towing Heavy duty kits are available at a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop It is advisable to contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop for towing details before towing a trailer up steep slopes for long dis tances Never allow the total trailer load trailer weight plus its cargo weight to exceed the maximum set for the coupling device Contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop for more information on this matter The trailer must be loaded so that heavy goods are distributed over the axle and as low in the trailer as possible Poor load distribution can se riously affect the stability of the trailer and tow vehicle Do not exceed the maximum permitted vertical load on the trailer hitch Before driving make sure that the lighting sys tem of the trailer works properly When towing with 4WD models the 4WD mode switch should be in the AUTO position Using the vehicle in AUTO mode gives better traction particularly when moving off from stationary and or on an incline as the vehicle is less likely to wheel spin Avoid abrupt starts accelerations and stops Avoid sharp turns and lane changes Always drive your vehicle at a moderate speed Always block the wheels o
338. row seat For details see Seats in the 1 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section Release the seat from its locking latches A by pulling up the two levers simultaneously on both sides 4 Lift up the seat and release the levers Remove the jack tools and spare wheel SCE0173AZ Removing wheel cover where fitted A WARNING Take care when removing the wheel cover as the cover may detach suddenly Remove the wheel cover as illustrated with a suit able tool or carefully remove the wheel cover with both hands Removing the wheel A WARNING Make sure to read the caution label attached to the jack body before use Do not get under a vehicle that is supported only by a jack Use vehicle support stands Use only the jack that is provided with your vehicle The jack is designed only for lifting your vehicle during a tyre change Do not use the jack provided with your vehicle on other vehicles Use the correct jack up points Never use any other part of the vehicle for jack support Never lift the vehicle more than necessary Never use blocks on or under the jack Do not start or run the engine while the ve hicle is on the jack The vehicle may move suddenly and this may cause an accident Never allow passengers to stay in the vehicle while it is on the jack Remove all loads before lifting the vehicle with the jack Make su
339. rst character of the name then the lt ENTER gt button 4 The name should be displayed a If necessary turn the lt MENU VOL gt dial to se lect the correct name 5 Press the lt ENTER gt or phone button in or der to dial the number Calling via voice tag If your mobile phone supports voice recognition it is possible to make a call via the voice tag instead of manual selection provided the name and number of your contact has been previously marked and stored in the phone book of your mobile phone For details see the mobile phone manufacturer s owner s manual In order to dial via a voice tag proceed as follows 1 Press the phone button for more than 2 sec onds 2 The display shows SPEAK NOW 3 Give your voice tag Say the voice tag clearly and normally in the di rection of the microphone located in ceiling in front of the rear view mirror 4 If the voice tag is correct the phone system will dial the corresponding number Make a call via speed dial To make a speed dial call using one of the assigned preset buttons proceed as follows 1 Press the phone button briefly 2 Press the corresponding preset button 1 6 Alternatively you can select the corresponding preset number by turning the lt MENU VOLS gt dial instead of pressing the preset button Receiving a Call When receiving an incoming call the display will show the caller identification or NO NUMBE
340. rt or salt If present wash with water as soon as possible CAUTION Never remove dirt sand or other debris from the passenger compartment by washing it out with a hose Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner or broom Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them Appearance and care 7 5 Chemicals used for road surface de icing are ex tremely corrosive They accelerate corrosion and deterioration of underbody components such as the exhaust system fuel and brake lines brake cables floor pan and fenders In the winter the underbody must be cleaned periodically For additional protection against rust and corrosion which may be required in some areas consult a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop 7 6 Appearance and care NOTE Appearance and care 7 7 8 Maintenance and do it yourself Maintenance requirement ccccseeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 2 Scheduled maintenance ccceeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 2 General maintenance ccssesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 2 Where to go for Service cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 2 General maintenance cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaa teenies 8 2 Explanation of general maintenance Items 8 2 Maintenance precautions ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 4 Engine COMPANIMEIt fad cimwancangheniieiciunineineanineiauannunsd 8 5 Engine cooling SYSISIN accs
341. rts CAUTION Do not crank the engine for more than 30 sec onds NOTE If the engine does not start stop cranking and repeat step 1 of the procedure f the engine does not operate smoothly after it has started race it two or three times For models with ROM diesel engine Contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop 8 14 Maintenance and do it yourself AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID ATF When checking or replacement is required NISSAN recommends contacting a NISSAN dealer or quali fied workshop for servicing CAUTION Use only Genuine NISSAN ATF Matic Fluid J or S or equivalent Do not mix with other flu ids Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN ATF Matic Fluid J or S or equivalent will cause deterioration in drive ability and automatic transmission durability and may damage the automatic transmission which is not covered by the warranty The specified AT fluid is also described on the cau tion label located under the bonnet For details see Air conditioner specification label where fitted and Automatic transmission fluid label where fitted in the 9 Technical information section CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION CVT FLUID When checking or replacement is required NISSAN recommends contacting a NISSAN dealer or quali fied workshop for servicing CAUTION Use only Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS2 Do not mix with other fluids Using tran
342. s alerting the driver to the fact that the road surface is slippery and the vehicle is nearing its traction limits You may feel or hear the system working this is nor mal The light will continue to blink for a few seconds after the ESP system stops limiting wheel spin Front fog light indicator light where fitted The light comes on when the front fog lights are switched on Rear fog light indicator light The light comes on when the rear fog light is switched on O High beam indicator light This light comes on when the headlight high beam is on and goes out when the low beam is selected Dipped beam indicator light This light comes on when the switch is turned to the position Z The headlights will come on and front side tail number plate and instrument lights remain on Ez Side light and headlight indicator light This light comes on when the side light or headlight position is selected See Headlight and turn signal switch later in this section for further details SPORT mode indicator light where fitted The SPORT mode indicator light illuminates when the SPORT mode is turned ON See SPORT mode switch in the 5 Starting and driving section for the use of the SPORT mode switch Trailer direction indicator light The light will light up whenever an additional electri cal load is detected by the direction indicator sys tem For additional information see Trailer towi
343. s lt ENTER gt again to dial the number Call Lists Phone Book Call Number Number 01236789 0123456789 it NAA1198 Manually dialling a phone number A WARNING Park the vehicle in a safe location and apply the handbrake before making a call To dial a phone number manually use the audio sys tem display virtual keyboard pad as follows 1 Press lt gt and turn the lt TUNE MENU gt dial to highlight Call Number 2 Press lt ENTER gt to select Call Number 3 Turn the lt TUNE MENUs gt dial to scroll along and select each number of the phone number Once highlighted press lt ENTER gt after each number selection To delete the last number entered scroll to the lt Backspace symbol and once highlighted press lt ENTER gt The last number will be de leted Pressing lt ENTER gt repeatedly will delete each subsequent number 4 54 Display screen heater and air conditioner and audio system 4 After entering the last number scrolltothe symbol and press lt ENTER gt or press lt gt to dial the number Call Lists A number from the dialled received or missed call lists can also be used to make a call Daialled call Use the dialled call mode to make a call which is based on the list of outgoing dialled calls Received call Use the received call mode to make a call which is based on the list of received calls Missed call Use the missed
344. s 2 3 Warming NOES easanctrcnaneacaunstainiceralvbaueciuannaniauaaniens 2 3 Mide ator ONS esicussuncdenetiamcrmwcanntatunatssavenabianasaanns 2 7 Audible reminders ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeneneees 2 9 Vehicle information display ssccisccostectsrexiacttcosscererteces 2 11 Warnings and alertS ssssssssssssrssssrrressrrreserrreeens 2 12 Odometer twin trip Odometer cececeeeceees 2 16 Brigniness COMPO sasconieveninneatataacencantnpedetuatiocinntes 2 16 THP OOMIP UTD taautachannsceinchaahenncaniaeatchnnidannueniaaaaierd 2 16 Se FRI SINGIN saririsa iinan ean 2 18 Cruise control Speed limiter indicator where TLV OCH cee vnccisean E E E E 2 21 Wiper and washer switch cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 21 MIO SC Re aanne oni rine cnantnanenaes 2 22 Rear WINdOW scence has ncturacinckuiniiede va cntacetweenenesaiens 2 23 Detogger SWHCIN siatimeseatoiestxinaronsiemenitetendnecemnnicete 2 23 Rear window defogger sasaniaticcxnidddcimeciisicineiavansanca 2 23 Outside mirror defogger where fitted 0 2 24 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 24 Xenon headlights where fitted 0ccceeeeeeeeees 2 24 PICACIIONE SWIRCM ressorsas 2 24 Tur signal SWIG Mewustsranncsevnascransddaterwrraseticeedetiaens 2 26 FOG NOME SWICIN ceisiai iiia 2 26 Front fog light where fitted ceccceeeeeseeeeeeees 2 26 Rear fog IOIN caer eens temecs isi trecenen aaah 2 27 Headlight aiming control stesccudrwartm
345. s storage space Also secure any lose items in the luggage compartment Your child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the top tether strap is dam aged The tonneau cover keeps the luggage compartment contents hidden from the outside It can only be used when the 3rd row seats are folded down Instruments and controls 2 33 NPA991 Removal 1 Pull the tonneau cover at the grip 1 slightly up and backward then slide it forward 2 Push the sliding button at the right hand side to disengage it from the groove 3 Then remove the tonneau cover 3 completely To fit the tonneau cover first fit the left side then at the right hand side push it into the groove until the stem engages 2 34 Instruments and controls NPA992 Storage 1 Remove the luggage floor covers 1 and 2 Fit the tonneau cover under the luggage com partment floor in it s storage space Use the straps 4 at the right and left side 3 Replace the covers 1 and 8 WINDOWS POWER WINDOWS The power window switches are located on the door panel and will only operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position A WARNING Make sure to remove the key from the ignition switch and take it with you when leaving the vehicle If children are left unattended inside the vehicle they could unknowingly activate switches Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle w
346. screen as fol lows 1 Press the J button The system will automatically control the fan speed In cold conditions the fan will automati cally go to maximum speed The outside air mode c the airflow mode amp y and the air con ditioner are activated automatically Air flows mainly from the defogger outlets Display screen heater and air conditioner and audio system 4 19 2 To switch off press either the s button to return to the previous mode or the AUTO button for the auto climate control mode To quickly defrost defog the windscreen set the fan speed to the maximum position As soon as possible after the windscreen has been cleared of ice or fog press either the windscreen defogger button or AUTO button When the windscreen defogging mode is acti vated the air conditioner will automatically switch on at outside temperatures above 2 C 28 F and the air recirculation mode will be switched off Outside air is drawn into the passenger com partment to improve the defogging performance Heating and defogging Manual mode This mode heats the interior and defogs the wind screen The outside air is drawn inside the passenger com partment when the SF button is pressed Switch on the air conditioning to improve the defogging and adjust the preferred fan speed and temperature Fan speed control de Manual mode Turn the fan speed control dial anticlockwise or clockwise to adjust
347. seats cdcicisnnseuceecedisdebsacdieiacassaaasly sts sannadvieettaconectdedsaans 2 29 Heater and air conditioner ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaannneeeees 4 12 RONN iosi ear S R 2 29 How to adjust the screen vieW ceceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeetteeseeeeeeeeeeaees 4 11 Ignition Ignition knob Intelligent Key equipped models 5 8 NOMMON SWITOH ceccueeecenssssstecconunenemenceperasaasarestaanenceesneasenuees 5 6 Immobilizer NATS immobilizer radio approval number ceeee 9 10 NISSAN Anti Theft System NATS ee 3 13 Indicator lights 22 ccctbiesssasesrticeressasanpepiabtesetCnaneantaddaseiteadeetteueens 2 3 Injured PErSo S sororis s 1 9 Inside rear view MINER ssssssssssssssssrrrttrrrrrrrrrrrrsssssrnnnntrrrrrrnnne 3 17 Instrument and control layout LHD and RHD models scsi ccicsietistveeees waiiasaasecdeceedsasiins 0 5 Integrated keyfob remote control system eeeeeeeseeeeeeees 3 3 Battery replacement vetdiicsscrnmnccnscctsereseelieeeanenneentans 8 19 IQUITIOISWHCM cesis cccahieiseetscsaadececenecetiaisiaadsdianaaneiationdeee 5 6 Keyfob operation failure essences 3 6 Locking the doors censensunstecennnnmsosserensarseuasTidaaaqoonoedendeadence 3 5 Setting the unlock mode sssssssssssssssssssseessttttrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrn 3 4 Super Lock system ccccceeceeeeeeeeesneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeeey 3 5 Unlocking the doors airs dainnted cceea este catia aoa iid osssak
348. sed of at a rubbish tip having proper facilities HR16DE MR20DE or K9K engine NDI656Z ae ON 4 NDI985Z K9K engine Removal 1 Drain the engine oil For details see Changing engine oil earlier in this section 2 Loosen the engine oil filter unit with an oil filter wrench Depending on the engine model a spe cial cap type wrench may be required See a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop if in doubt 3 Remove the engine oil filter unit 4 Wipe the engine oil filter mounting surface with a clean rag CAUTION If any oil is spilled on the engine or the ve hicle thoroughly wipe it clean Installation 1 Clean and re install the drain plug along with a new washer For tightening torque details see Changing engine oil earlier in this section 2 Coat the rubber gasket on the new engine oil fil ter unit with clean engine oil 3 Install the engine oil filter unit by hand until a slight resistance is felt then tighten additionally 2 3 of a turn Engine oil filter tightening torques HR16DE MR20DE engine 17 7 Nem 1 8 kg m 13 ft lb K9K engine 14 Nem 1 4 kg m 10 ft lb 4 Add engine oil and check the oil level with the engine oil dipstick For details see Checking engine oil level earlier in this section and Ca pacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the 9 Technical information section 5 Install the engine oil filler cap 6 Start
349. sel fuel are available use summer or winter fuel properly according to the following temperature conditions Above 7 C 20 F Summer type diesel fuel Below 7 C 20 F Winter type diesel fuel If you are in any doubt please consult a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop CAUTION Do not use home heating oil petrol or other alternate fuels in the diesel engine this can cause engine damage Do not add petrol or other alternate fuels to diesel fuel Do not use summer fuel at temperatures be low 7 C 20 F The cold temperatures will cause wax to form in the fuel As a result it may prevent the engine from running smoothly RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY NUMBER Outside Temperature Range Anticipated Before Next Oil Change 20W 40 20W 50 1OW 30 10W 40 10W 50 15W 40 15W 50 NTH 72 Engine oil Petrol or K9K without diesel particulate filter DPF Petrol engine oil 5W 30 is preferable If 5W 30 is not available select the viscosity from the chart that is suit able for the outside temperature range Diesel engine oil K9K engine without DPF 5W 30 is preferable If 5W 30 is not available select the viscosity from the chart that is suit able for the outside temperature range M R engine without DPF ONLY use 5W40 or OW40 K9K and M9R engine with DPF where fitted or ROM engine ONLY use 5W30 low SAPS Manual gear oil For manual transmission
350. sition 2 Press and hold both the LOCK T and UN LOCK fg buttons for 5 seconds Setting anti hijack mode The direction indicators flash once Setting convenience mode The direction indicators flash three times B Intelligent Key 1 Turn the ignition switch from ON to LOCK and exit the vehicle 2 From outside the vehicle lock the vehicle using the integrated keyfob LOCK button EE 3 Press ang hold both the LOCK Ti and UN LOCK fg buttons for 10 seconds 4 Within 3 seconds press and hold the driver s door outside lock switch until the direction indi cators flash to confirm the setting mode Then release the driver s door outside lock switch Single door unlock 100 ken a 50 4 ce PR oN fj H 5 Setting anti hijack mode The message Single door unlock appears on the vehicle information display inside the vehicle x tpar Aull door unlock 100 i 50 4 we P AMN M O O i a NPA1041 k NPA1040 Setting convenience mode The message All door unlock appears on the vehicle information display inside the ve hicle See Warning indicator lights and audible reminders in the 2 Instruments and controls sec tion and Vehicle information display in the 2 In struments and controls section for further details USING THE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM A WARNING Super Lock system equipped models
351. sition and release The 4WD LOCK mode indicator light will go out 4WD MODE OPERATIONS CAUTION AWD mod Depending on the driving conditions the 4WD in cee jas mode may automatically change from 2WD to 4WD Mode Wheels driven Driving conditions 4WD even when the 2WD mode is selected Do not start the engine while in the 2WD AUTO or LOCK mode The wheel drive mode is in For driving on dry paved roads When on free roller or jacking the front tyres iie Hu e with the rear tyres on the ground Distribution of torque to the When towing with the rear tyres raised from front and rear wheels changes the ground automatically depending on AWD SHIFT TIPS road conditions encountered For driving on paved or slippery roads ratio 100 0 2WD 50 50 Front wheels If the 4WD mode control is operated while cor Neh ac beara nering accelerating or decelerating or if the ig vewsvvnvsrs gy nition is turned OFF while in the AUTO or LOCK LOCK Por duit onrugh roads position you may feel a jolt this is normal The oil temperature of power train parts will in LOCK mode changes to AUTO mode automatically when the vehicle is sharply accelerated or when the vehicle speed crease if the vehicle is continuously operated is over approximately 40 km h 25 MPH The 4WD LOCK indicator light goes off Turning off the ignition automatically under conditions where the difference in rotation cancels LOCK mode between the front and
352. smission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS2 will damage the CVT transmission which is not covered by the war ranty BRAKES CHECKING BRAKE PEDAL If the brake pedal suddenly goes down further than normal the pedal feels spongy or the vehicle seems to take longer to stop see a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop CHECKING HANDBRAKE Periodically check the holding ability of the hand brake by parking on a steep hill and restraining the vehicle by using only the handbrake If it does not hold satisfactorily see a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop BRAKE AND CLUTCH FLUID NDI1038 A LHD models 8 RHD models amp WARNING Use only new fluid Old inferior or contami nated fluid may damage the brake and clutch systems The use of improper fluids can dam age the brake system and affect the vehicle s stopping ability Clean the filler cap before removing Brake and clutch fluids are poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked contain ers out of the reach of children Check the fluid level in the reservoir If the fluid level is between the MIN 2 and MAX A lines or the brake warning light comes on add fluid up to the MAX line See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the 9 Technical information section for the rec ommended brake and clutch fluid type If fluid must be added frequently the system should be thoroughly checked by a NISSAN dea
353. ss lt ENTER gt to confirm SPD VOL Speed volume control This mode controls the volume output from the speakers automatically in relation to vehicle speed When SPD VOL is displayed turn the lt TUNE MENU gt dial clockwise or anticlockwise to adjust the volume level Adjusting the setting to O zero turns off the speed volume feature Increasing the speed volume setting results in the audio volume increasing more rapidly with vehicle speed Once chosen press lt ENTER gt to save the setting Clock setting The Clock set up screen will appear when select ing the Clock item from the set up menu Set Time Select Set Time then adjust the clock as follows 1 The hour display will start flashing Turn the lt TUNE MENU3 gt dial to adjust the hour 2 Press the lt ENTER gt button The minute display will start flashing 3 Turn the lt TUNE MENU gt dial to adjust the minute 4 34 Display screen heater and air conditioner and audio system 4 Press lt ENTER gt to finish the clock adjustment On Off Set the clock display between on or off when the audio unit is turned off If set in the ON position the clock will be dis played when the audio unit is turned off either by pressing the tb button or when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position Clock Format Set the clock display between 24 hour mode and 12 hour clock mode Bluetooth For activation or deactivatio
354. ssadoratumersiaeodnnadtecsel iis 1 16 Air bag warning light x sisccccteunveesngnaxccenecacedussssesnresdesemesdacuouene 1 16 Air cleaner filter sssnsnsnseeensseeenrrreeesstrrrnrsstrrnrrrerrrnrrrreenst renne 8 21 Air conditioner Air conditioner filter ccccccccsseeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeenes 4 17 4 21 Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant r ecommMeEndatoNS acerissiaxiticiadicsie E E 9 6 Automatic air conditioner s sseeeeeeesesssssrrrrrrrrrrrrreereense 4 18 Heater and air conditioner sssseeeeeesssssssrrrrrrrrrrrrrerrernsn 4 12 Manual air conditioner dcetcccsiiiaucdsdecsiiceeieewe iiss 4 13 Servicing air conditioner sssr 4 17 4 21 Alarm system lt 2sssstecssssiesussedioroccccseteinanesssencttntnntaadouninaieceniants 3 13 Anchor points Child restraints ccviusestdedccssssnceeernnnadrccerseenyieisiwesuidesdedelonon 1 28 AMENDA serpere ARETE EE EEEE EE ERR 4 22 Anti hijack unlock MOC cee eeeseccectteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 4 Anti lock Braking System ABS neeesser 5 39 Anti Theft System NISSAN oo cecccceeeeeccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeey 3 13 Approval numbers gicsssenaldaieueiiensaad esscrnnandenenstuncronnnnsaeet tienen 9 10 Armrest cccccaassantesadetsanaianssitetancanttierapevee ascatinilacessamentnaeensqaaninss 1 5 Around VIEW MOniItOr cncccsssacicheitnetae eda 4 4 Around VIEW monitor operation accsisssiciccicserenitiiheiiiichtedenviwns 4 6 Audible reminders warn
355. ssssrrnnnrrrrrrrrrresssssrnnnnnrrrrrernne 3 16 Tonneau COVEF siricsscusssxcetitepransatassascsapanesssdomatnerneaaaaeesiaiees 2 33 Towing Recommended towing for four wheel drive 4WD Models reran oer a A ee tnanen nesses ius eeeeaasaaais 6 14 Recommended towing for two wheel drive 2WD PUGS siise rE E E aaaea 6 14 Tow bar Installation cassmscceceamneresssssacoeanransdaaenaadecseeeneonens 5 36 Tow truck towing eesssssssssssrrrrrrrrrrereresssssrnnnnrrrrrrrrreres 6 13 TOWING GYE crrr ei a a 6 15 Towing precautions sssssssssssssirrrsreeeressssnnnnnnnnnnnrerrenen 6 13 Trailer towing giidessseskntbienssFsdasanntecoteteccssnaadtsddatuteenteesiunes 5 35 Trailer Trailer brakes wiiateoconsaxsustampsuanenieeposniaadonsnshetananasonnetadaants 5 36 Trailer detection sssss ssssseseersseerrrrrreesstrrrrrsrrrrrrttterrrrrerene 5 36 Trailer direction indicator light ccsssccceccctissetseaadtoversscxceseeeeers 2 9 railler towing sissiiiessiiisssssi ocenenie dhnii ia i aisis 5 35 Transmission Automatic transmission ignition knob essees 5 7 5 9 Automatic transmission fluid ATF cccccsseeeeeeeseeeeeees 8 14 Continuously variable transmission ignition knob 5 7 5 9 Continuously variable transmission fluid o s 8 14 Driving with automatic transmission 5 14 5 17 Driving with continuously variable transmission Models with manual SMi sree ea EA AAE 5 14 Driving wi
356. steering wheel SEAT HEATING where fitted NIC1429 The front seats are warmed by built in heaters The switches are located on the centre console and can be operated independently from each other A for the left hand side seat for the right hand side seat 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position NOTE The seat heater can only be activated when the ignition switch is in the ON position 2 Start the engine Select the heat range Press the forward part of the switch large dot to activate the HIGH heat setting Press the rear part of the switch small dot to activate the LOW heat setting For no heat the switch has a central OFF position between HIGH and LOW 4 5 The seat heater switches illuminate when either heat setting is selected and will remain on as long as the switch is on When the vehicle s interior has warmed up or before you leave the vehicle be sure to turn the seat heater system off CAUTION Do not use the seat heater system for a long period of time when the engine is not running otherwise the battery could run down Do not put anything on the seat that insulates the heat such as a blanket cushion seat cover etc Otherwise the seat may overheat Do not place anything hard or heavy on the seat or pierce it with a pin or similar object This may damage the heater Any liquid spilled on a heated seat should be remove
357. successfully paired a notification message will be displayed then the audio system display will return to the current audio source display During connection the following status icons will be displayed top left of the display Signal strength Yall Battery status and Blue tooth ON amp If the low battery message comes on the Bluetooth device must be recharged soon The pairing procedure and operation may vary ac cording to device type and compatibility See the Bluetooth owner s manual for further details NOTE For device details see your audio mobile phone Owner s Manual For assistance with the Bluetooth audio mobile phone integration please visit your lo cal NISSAN dealer Select Device The paired device list shows which Bluetooth au dio or mobile phone devices have been paired or registered with the Bluetooth audio system If the list contains devices then select the appropriate de vice to connect to the Bluetooth audio system The following symbols where fitted indicate the capability of the registered device Mobile phone integration J Audio streaming A2DP Advanced Audio Distribution Profile 4 40 Display screen heater and air conditioner and audio system Delete Device A registered device can be removed from the Blue tooth audio system Select a registered device then press lt ENTER gt to confirm to deletion On Off
358. svesunceercestedeeecteseeeuseddiononnccdugniis 6 13 When starting and driving cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeees 5 3 Pregnant WOMEN sicivecesnstinethoata a E ie Ue EEE a 1 8 Protect Protect the environment ssssssssesesesesssssssrnrnrrrrrrrrrerreense 8 13 Protect your vehicle from Corrosion ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 7 5 PUSMHSIAIUING Jeseter a e 6 12 Radio FMAM radio with CD player Leasssssescccssereien 4 30 LW MW FM radio with 6 CD changer eessen 4 23 LW MW FM radio with CD player oo errr 4 23 NATS immobilizer radio approval number sesse 9 10 NISSAN Connect cintsdeasnnaiauneumcntennncsapepannenneundeetanrdeese 4 43 Rear parcel shelf ccceeeeececeeccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeaaaaaaaaees 2 33 pstallation serres EE DENSE 2 33 REMOVAl seeen E EEEE T ae E EA AEE TEREE 2 33 Rear seat jassactsniitantatesssrteteanaeecsgueeueeeanssaaettratbeosssaania oi csaanauece 1 3 Rear window defogger scaiiisiccscdenpeeseewesidveereetevediedsnnnnsstarier 2 23 Rear view MONItOF sssseseessssssrnrrrnrrrrntterertttttnrnnnnnnntneeeren ennnen 4 2 Operating TDS crnscess asses ceunonennnnnttamns dercasesseninyayceeeechinieemmeals 4 3 Rear view monitor setting ssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaeees 4 3 Recommended SAE viscosity number nsee 9 5 Remote control system integrated keyfob esseen 3 3 Repairing flat tyre accsatiaieddddncceetecevevovsstasiaaubenriiaaaattet
359. t 5 seater 2 Position the front facing child restraint system on the rear seat Always follow the child restraint system manu facturer s instructions for installation and use sary to secure the shoulder belt in place with a locking clip A Use a locking clip attached to the child restraint system or one which is equiva lent in dimensions and strength Be sure to follow the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions for belt routing Test the child restraint system before you place the child in it Check that it does not tilt too far from side to side Try to tug it forwards and check if it is held securely in place Check to make sure that the child restraint sys tem is properly secured prior to each use SS0375AZ Rear outer seat 5 seater NPA893Z Rear centre seat 5 seater Position the rear facing child restraint system on the rear seat Always follow the child restraint system manu facture s instructions for installation and use Rear facing SS0513Z SS0513Z When you install a rear facing child restraint system in a rear outer or centre seat follow these steps 3 Route the seat belt tongue through the child re p straint system and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage 3 Route the seat belt tongue through the child re straint system and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage 1 5 seater
360. t all seat belt assemblies in use during a colli sion should be replaced unless the collision was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly Seat belt assem blies not in use during a collision should also be inspected and replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted Once the pre tensioner seat belt has been ac tivated it cannot be re used It must be re placed together with the retractor See a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop Removal and installation of the pre tensioner seat belt system components should be done by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop ONLY If the seat belt warning light glows continu ously while the ignition switch is in the ON position all doors are closed and occupied seat belts are fastened it may indicate a mal function in the system Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop Always route the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never run the belt under your arm Serious injury can occur if the seat belt is not worn properly Position the lap belt as low as possible AROUND THE HIPS NOT THE WAIST CHILD SAFETY SSS0099Z Infants or small children NISSAN recommends that infants or small children should be seated in a child restraint on the rear seats if available According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat See Child
361. t button to enter the setup menu screen then select Audio Each time the lt ENTER gt button is pressed the mode will change as follows Bass Treble Balance Fade AUX VOL SPD VOL setup menu screen Audio Bass Display screen heater and air conditioner and audio system 4 33 Bass control Use this control to enhance or attenuate bass re sponse sound Turn the lt TUNE MENU gt dial clockwise or anti clockwise to adjust the bass settings then press lt ENTER gt to confirm Treble control Use this control to enhance or attenuate the treble Turn the lt TUNE MENU gt dial clockwise or anti clockwise to adjust the treble settings then press lt ENTER gt to confirm Balance control Use this control to adjust the balance of the volume between the left and right speakers Turn the lt TUNE MENU gt dial anticlockwise or clockwise to adjust the left right balance then press lt ENTER gt to confirm Fade Fader control Use this control to adjust the balance of the volume between the front and rear where fitted speakers Turn the lt TUNE MENU gt dial anticlockwise or clockwise to adjust the front rear balance then press lt ENTERs gt to confirm AUX VOL Auxiliary volume control Use this control to adjust the volume output from the auxiliary source Turn the lt TUNE MENU gt dial anticlockwise or clockwise to select LO MID or HI mode then pre
362. t dial J Focus on J Press lt ENTER gt button Turn lt MENU VOLS gt dial Focus on O Press lt ENTER gt button 413 Turn lt MENU VOL gt dial Press lt ENTER gt button Press lt ENTER gt then turn lt MENU VOL gt dial 7943 Press lt ENTER gt button Turn lt MENU VOLS gt dial 4 48 Display screen heater and air conditioner and audio system ENTER NAME IJK NOP J OK lt QOKA gt ENTER NUMBER OK lt OKO gt OK lt OKO gt Press lt ENTER gt button SAVED ca Press button for the main screen NOTE In the above example the contact name JO and phone number 123456789 will be added 1 To insert special characters select the following char acter options A Alphabetic characters 1 2 Numerical characters A Latin characters and Symbol charac ters 2 Select the number then confirm your selection by press ing the lt ENTER gt button then proceed likewise for ev ery number 3 To correct an entry briefly press the back button then enter the correct details To delete all characters press the back button for more than 1 second NOTE You can also store the name and the phone number in one of the six preset buttons on the audio unit for frequent use phone numbers Transferring an entry to the Phone book You can also send a name contact from a con nected mobile phone to the phone book using Blue tooth technology B
363. t and possibly cause burning scalding or serious injury If steam or coolant is coming out of the en gine stand clear of the vehicle to prevent get ting injured The engine cooling fan will start whenever the coolant temperature exceeds preset degrees Be careful not to allow your hands hair jewel lery or clothing to come into contact with or get caught in the cooling fan or drive belts If the engine of your vehicle is overheating indi cated by the engine coolant temperature gauge or if you feel a lack of engine power detect unusual noise etc proceed as follows 1 Move and park the vehicle safely off the road and away from traffic 2 Turn on the hazard warning flasher lights 3 Apply the handbrake 10 11 12 13 Shift the gear lever MT models into the N Neu tral position AT or CVT models move the se lector lever to the P Park position DO NOT STOP THE ENGINE Open all windows 6 Switch off the air conditioner system where fit ted Set the heater or air conditioner temperature control to maximum HOT and fan speed con trol to maximum speed 8 Exit the vehicle 9 Visually inspect and listen for steam or coolant escaping from the radiator before opening the bonnet Wait until no steam or coolant can be seen before proceeding Open the bonnet For details see Bonnet release in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section
364. tart System shown every time the engine is automatically stopped For more information see Stop Start System where fitted in the 5 Starting and driving sec tion Instruments and controls 2 17 Switch rotate d Switch push Clock gt Back gt Set Clock gt 24 12Hr gt Clock On Off Settings gt Maintenance gt Alarms gt Stop Start Settings Units 5 Back gt Temperature gt Dist Fuel Service Service Back gt Back een Maree Service due in xxxx km Instruments and controls Maintenance Back gt Service gt Tyre gt Other Alarm gt Back gt Driver Alert gt Outside Temp mb Stop amp Start 5 Back gt Trip saving gt Total saving Set Clack 12 14PM me Temperature 5 Back gt Deg C gt Deg F Service gt Back eee eee Driver Alert gt Back gt On gt Off Trip saving gt Back gt Reset Co Co 000 00kg 24 12Hr 5 Back gt 12 Hr gt 24Hr Dist Fuel gt Miles MPG gt Km L 100km gt Km Km L Low Temp gt Back gt On gt Off Clock On Off 5 Back gt On gt Off NIC1708 A Petrol models Diesel models SETTINGS MENU Select the Settings menu in the trip computer then rotate the _ switch to enter the Settings menu Use the J switch to select and set the items NOTE Settings cannot be changed while driving
365. ted Pair Device Bluetooth mobile phones can be paired with the system A maximum of 5 Bluetooth mobile phones can be registered Select Device Paired Bluetooth mobile phones are listed on the display and can be selected for connec tion Delete Device A registered Bluetooth mobile phone can be de leted On Off If this setting is turned off the connection be tween the Bluetooth devices and the in vehicle Bluetooth module will be cancelled For details see BLUETOOTH settings earlier in this section When successfully paired a notification message will be displayed During the connection the follow ing status icons will be displayed top left of dis play Signal strength m Battery status and Bluetooth If the low battery message comes on the Blue tooth device must be recharged soon HANDS FREE TELEPHONE CONTROL The hands free mode can be operated using the telephone lt gt button on the audio system or where fitted on the steering wheel Initiating a call A call can be initiated using one of the following methods Redial Phone book Manual dialling Missed calls Dialled calls Received calls Redial To redial or call the last number dialled press lt gt for more than 2 seconds Call Lists Phone Book Call number NAA1199 Making a call from the phone book Once the Bluetooth conne
366. teeeeees 5 3 ee PUPS ISL ANUING serite iann a aE a E 6 12 Starting the engine sssssssssssssssesssetttttttttrtrrrrrrrrrrrrrnrrnnnns 5 11 Steering Power steering system dicucsssassexcsentderceceevanesnnnnpisasnnnnete 5 38 Steering lock ssssssssssssrsssssssssssrrtttrrrrrrrrrrrreneenrrrree rnrn 5 7 5 9 Steering wheel adjustment sseeceseceeceeene 3 16 Steering wheel switches for hands free telephone COMO EEE T EE E ETE 4 55 Steering wheel switch for audio control s es 4 43 Steering wheel switch for hands free telephone control 4 50 Telephone button cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 44 4 52 4 55 Stop Start SyStEM edness cueehcaentarerate neater ae 5 21 NSS a rc aera sp AEE seer ties ieee 2 31 S Bottle WONGGD grrr iidse aenea NiE 2 32 Console Dox arrsa n A eee 2 32 Cup holder sssssssssssssrsssesssrttsrtttttttttttttrrrtrrrrrrnnrrnnnn nnn 2 32 GloveDox pepe gcepaeasetgacanqenenmannniaate annem RENIEN ENNE RANER EENE 2 31 Map pockets seuceosensununetacuuedasucunegeancessoniedidyasstnenenasenieteds 2 32 Roofrail aosdoseeeeconanaietenc esennavcussanscpneaateseceedtonaneeceeedeant 2 32 OGA POCKE S remon iie aE Tap EEEREN EEEE A ENE 2 32 Storage VAYS erusesraoi a O 2 31 Sunglasses holder cccccccccceeeeeessssseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaas 2 32 SUN VISORS sehetveooenevetasds casas aqaaaceroananneenconnesatennalanpanascedanens 3 17 Sunshade Sunshade Reinitialisation proced
367. tem Supplemental Restraint System air bag system Air Dag SV SIO Mei vcctarenccasanewmncnsniie Air bag warning labels Air bag warning light Front passenger air bag indicator light Child restraints x econcconestgesccadeencaneevcades Precautions on child restraint usage Installation of a child restraint system on the front passenger seat Installation of a child restraint system on rear SEATS sisissdsisenndcsdnintdvecsnetssvensetetners ISOFIX system where fitted Top tether strap for child restraint 12 13 14 16 16 17 18 23 24 27 SEATS Closely supervise children when they are around the vehicle to prevent them from play FRONT SEATS amp WARNING Do not adjust the driver s seat while driving The seat may move suddenly and could cause loss of control of the vehicle After adjustment gently rock in the seat to make sure it is securely locked The seatback should not be reclined any more than needed for comfort Seat belts are most effective when the passenger sits well back and upright in the seat If the seatback is re clined the risk of sliding under the lap belt and being injured is increased When returning the seatbacks to the upright position be certain that they are completely secured in the latched position If they are not completely secured passengers may be in jured in an accident or sudden stop
368. tem the SLIP indicator light and the ESP indicator light 2 come on in the combination meter As long as these indicator lights are on the trac tion control function is cancelled The ESP system uses Active Brake Limited Slip ABLS system to improve vehicle traction The Ac tive Brake Limited Slip ABLS system works when one of the driving wheels is spinning on a slippery surface The Active Brake Limited Slip ABLS sys tem brakes the spinning wheel to distribute the driv ing power to the other driving wheel If the vehicle is operated with the ESP system turned off all ESP and TCS functions will be turned off The Active Brake Limited Slip ABLS system and ABS will still operate with the ESP system off If the Active Brake Limited Slip ABLS system or the ABS is activated the SLIP indicator light amp will blink and you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction While the ESP system is operating you may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise or vibration from under the bonnet This is normal and indicates that the ESP system is working properly The ESP computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time the engine is started and the vehicle moves forwards or reverses at a slow speed When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake
369. terminal cable to prevent discharge If battery replacement or check is required con tact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop Maintenance and do it yourself 8 17 Battery Type A DI0137MAZ Check the fluid level in each cell It should be be tween the UPPER 1 and LOWER 2 level lines If it is necessary to add fluid add only distilled water to bring the level to the indicator in each filler open ing Do not overfill 1 Remove the cell plugs A using a suitable tool NDI688Z Indicator 8 18 Maintenance and do it yourself OK ADD 2 Add distilled water up to the UPPER level line If the side of the battery is not clear check the electrolyte water level by looking directly above the cell as illustrated 3 Tighten cell plugs CAUTION Do not overfill battery cells Excessive electrolyte may leak out of the battery during charging and cause paint damage NDI920Z Maintenance free battery Type B For a maintenance free battery it is not required to check the fluid level However NISSAN recom mends to visually check the green indicator A sta tus periodically If it is not visible replace the battery as soon as possible Reinitialisation procedure after battery reconnection If the battery has been reconnected check the fol lowing items Re enter the anti theft system code where fit ted For details see the separately provided NISSAN Connect Owner s Manu
370. th continuously variable transmission Models without manualshift isisisi iieri 5 17 Driving with manual transmission eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 12 Manual transmission ignition knob ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 8 Manual transmission ignition switch cccceceseeseeeeeeeeeeees 5 6 Travelling or transferring your registration to another country 9 8 Trip computer 222 8cctccditanitsetacanauecotoeustisseaaunseriiecehensttannttedeuaas 2 16 Turbocharger system Diesel engine models ceeeeeeee 5 5 Turn signal SWIG ccswsacctetuecannnncconissaadtecemeeeeectenuiaiiedecsfedaas 2 26 TWIN trip odometer sssssssssssssssssssrrrrntrrrrrrrtrtrsssssnnnnnnrnnnrnnnnnt 2 16 Tyre Changing tyres and wheels sssssssssssssessseserrrrrrrrrrrrrrrnnnn 8 33 Emergency tyre puncture repair kit 1 0 00 6 7 8 34 Flattyre caasah staat caetmicca deanna tgsnet ereeteceeamnenetictetnenntedada eete 6 2 Reparng flat tyre nceiattenveiicdiasscotidedenaiiadecce tenes 6 7 Spare tyre serue ii teinana EEEIEE EEE 8 33 Temporary use spare tyre ssssseesseeserritierrrrrrrrrrreererrrnnnn 6 2 ypes of tyres sssssssssesssestrertrrrtrrnrtrnnrrnnrrnrrrnnnrnnnnnnnna 8 31 IWR age crenn EEn 8 33 Tyre equipment esssessssssssssrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrsssssrnnnnntnnrtttrrerennne 5 43 Tyre inflation pressure asccccetavsnnicseseeeedssiderssenaennwerctes 8 31 fyre placard sirisser e i 9 9 Tyre pressure Trailer
371. that it cannot be turned to the LOCK position until the selector lever is moved to the P Park position The selector lever can only be moved from the P Park position when the ignition knob is in the ON position and the footbrake pedal is depressed NOTE The ignition knob warning appears and a buzzer sounds twice when the ignition knob is turned to the OFF position Make sure that the selector lever is in the P Park position then turn the igni tion knob to the LOCK position See Warnings and alerts in the 2 Instruments and controls section for further details regarding the function ality of the ignition knob warning STEERING LOCK To lock the steering wheel In the LOCK position turn the steering wheel 1 6 of a turn from the straight up position To unlock the steering wheel Depress the brake pedal push the ignition knob and turn it towards the Acc position while gently rotating the steering wheel right or left IGNITION KNOB POSITION LOCK Normal parking position 0 The steering lock can only be locked in this position OFF 1 The engine can be turned off without locking the steering wheel Acc Accessories 2 This position activates electrical accessories such as the radio when the engine Is not running ON Normal operating position 3 This position turns on the ignition system and the electrical accessories START 4 The engine starter activates and the engine wi
372. the CLOSE side of the switch 2 To stop the sunshade from closing fully release the switch Automatic operation To fully open or close the sunshade automatically press briefly on the open or close side of the switch and then release To stop the sunshade from open ing or closing press either side of the switch Auto reverse function When the control unit detects something caught in the sunshade the sunshade will open automatically NOTE The auto reverse function remains active whether the sunshade is being closed manually or automatically SYSTEM REINITIALISATION The C View sunshade will require reinitialisation whenever The sunshade system does not function prop erly The battery cable is reconnected The fuse is replaced Perform the following procedure to Initialise the sun shade system 1 Make sure the vehicle battery is connected 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Press and hold the CLOSE side of the switch The system will now proceed as follows a If open the sunshade will start moving to the closed position b After afew seconds the system will fully open the sunshade c From the fully open position it returns to the closed position 4 After reaching the closed position release the sunshade switch 5 The sunshade system is now reinitialised NOTE Do not disconnect the power for at least 2 seconds If the reinitialisation proc
373. the UNLOCK button a on the integrated keyfob Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 5 The message Single door unlock appears in the vehicle information display Only the driver s door unlocks The direction indicators flash twice quickly 2 Push the UNLOCK button m on the integrated keyfob again All doors unlock The direction indicators flash twice Auto relock An auto relock function will operate 2 minutes after a full or partial unlock if no further user action is taken The auto relock will be cancelled if any door is opened or the key is inserted into the ignition KEYFOB OPERATION FAILURE The keyfob may not work properly if The keyfob battery is low See Integrated key fob Intelligent Key battery replacement in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section for keyfob battery replacement instructions and the required battery type The locking unlocking system has been used continuously An anti lock abuse system pre vents the lock motors from overheating and dis ables the keyfob locking operation for a short period of time if the system is used continuously The door handle is being pulled while the keyfob is being operated The vehicle s battery is dead 3 6 Pre driving checks and adjustments Key how baiiery 100 im 71 E 50 4 m ii E a NA fh NOTE See Intelligent Key detection warning Intelligent Key low battery warning or Intelli
374. the LOCK position When the ignition knob is in the ON position a buzzer will sound twice and the ignition knob warn ing shows when the ignition knob is turned to the Acc or OFF position This is to warn the driver that the ignition knob is not in the LOCK position MT models Depress the ignition PUSH release button and turn the ignition knob to the LOCK position AT or CVT models Make sure the gear selector lever is in the P Park position and then turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position See Ignition knob where fitted in the 5 Starting and driving section for further details CAUTION The steering wheel can only be locked when the ignition knob is in the LOCK position Make sure the ignition knob is in the LOCK position before leaving the vehicle The emergency key can only be removed at the LOCK position Make sure the ignition knob is in the LOCK position before removing the emergency key See Steering lock in the 5 Starting and driving section for further details 5 Steering wheel lock warning The warning appears when the ignition knob is pressed but not turned to the Acc or OFF posi tion within a short period Move the steering wheel to release the lock and turn the ignition knob to Acc or ON The warning will turn off in approximately 5 seconds See Steering lock in the 5 Starting and driving section for further details 6 Brake Cl
375. the Intelligent Key is left inside the vehicle When the Intelligent Key is not within the opera tional range When any door is open or not closed securely When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged NPA1020 Do not push the door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key held in your hand as illustrated The close distance to the door handle will cause the Intelligent Key system to have difficulty rec ognising that the Intelligent Key is outside the vehicle After locking the doors using the door handle request switch make sure that the doors have been securely locked by operating the door handles To prevent the Intelligent Key from being left in side the vehicle make sure you carry the key with you and then lock the doors Do not pull the door handle before pushing the door handle request switch The door will be unlocked but will not open Release the door handle once and pull it again to open the door LOCKING UNLOCKING NPA1021 NPA1022 The Intelligent Key system allows you to lock and unlock the driver s door passenger doors or back door without activating the integrated keyfob or us ing the emergency key driver s door key cylinder When near the vehicle the Intelligent Key sends an ID code that allows the owner to manually lock un lock the vehicle by pressing the driver s door front passenger s door or back door outside lock switch Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 7
376. the brakes return to normal Avoid driving the vehicle at high speeds until the brakes function correctly Using the brakes Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving This will overheat the brakes wear out the brake linings and pads faster and reduce fuel economy performance To help reduce brake wear and to prevent the brakes from overheating reduce speed and downshift to a lower gear before going down a slope or long down hill gradient Overheated brakes may reduce brak ing performance and could result in loss of vehicle control CAUTION While driving on a slippery surface be careful when braking accelerating or downshifting Abrupt braking actions or sudden acceleration could cause the wheels to skid and result in an accident Be aware that brakes will fade if repeated heavy brake applications are made Driving uphill When starting on a steep gradient it is sometimes difficult to operate the brake AT or CVT models or both the brake and clutch MT models Use the handbrake to hold the vehicle Do not slip the clutch MT models When ready to start slowly release the handbrake while depressing the accelerator pedal and releasing the clutch MT models or de pressing the accelerator pedal AT or CVT models Driving downhill The engine braking action is effective for controlling the vehicle while descending hills The gear lever MT models should be placed in a gear position low enough
377. ther areas Damage to the paint surface and other protec tive coatings caused by gravel and stone chips or minor traffic accidents ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLUENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION Moisture Accumulation of sand dirt and water on the vehicle body underside can accelerate corrosion Wet floor coverings will not dry completely inside the vehicle and should be removed for drying to avoid floor pan els corrosion Relative humidity Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high rela tive humidity especially those areas where the tem peratures stay above freezing where atmospheric pollution exists and road salt is used Temperature A temperature increase will accelerate the rate of corrosion to those parts which are not well venti lated Corrosion will also accelerate in areas where the temperatures stay above freezing Air pollution Industrial pollution the presence of salt in the air in coastal areas or heavy road salt use will accelerate the corrosion process Road salt will also acceler ate the disintegration of paint surfaces TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM CORROSION Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the vehicle clean Always check for minor damage to the paint sur face and if any exists repair it as soon as pos sible Keep the drain holes at the bottom of the doors and back door opened to avoid water accumula tion Check the vehicle underbody for accumulation of sand di
378. this occurs visit a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop f predictive course lines are displayed incor rectly visit a NISSAN dealer or qualified work shop The displayed lines on the rear view will ap pear slightly off to the right because the rear view camera is not installed in the rear centre of the vehicle NOTE When the monitor displays the front view and the steering wheel turns about 90 degrees or less from the neutral position both the right and left predictive course lines 6 are displayed When the steering wheel turns about 90 degrees or more a line is displayed only on the opposite side of the turn NAA1236 Bird s eye view 4 8 Display screen heater and air conditioner and audio system Bird s eye view The bird s eye view shows the overhead view of the vehicle which helps to confirm the vehicle position The vehicle icon 1 shows the position of the ve hicle NOTE The size of the vehicle icon on the bird s eye view may differ somewhat from the actual ve hicle The areas that the cameras cannot cover are indi cated in black At first operation the corner lines on all four cor ners of the vehicle icon are blinking yellow for about 3 seconds The four corners 8 of the vehicle are displayed in red NOTE Corner lines 2 blink yellow on all four corners of the vehicle icon as a reminder to be cautious This is not a malfunction A WARNING Objects in the bird s e
379. tion Telephone button For additional information on the telephone button see Mobile phone integration for LW MW FM ra dio with CD player or 6 CD changer Type A later Display screen heater and air conditioner and audio system 4 43 in this section or Mobile phone integration for FM AM radio with CD player later in this section SOURCE button Repeatedly press the SOURCE button to select a source K Volume control buttons Press the or button to adjust the volume CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO When installing large capacity wireless equipment or acar phone in your NISSAN be sure to observe the following as it may adversely affect the Engine control system and other electronic parts depend ing on its installation location CAUTION Keep the antenna as far as possible away from the Electric Control Module Also keep the antenna wire more than 20 cm 8 inches away from the Electro Injection har ness Do not route the antenna wire next to any harness Adjust the antenna standing wave ratio as rec ommended by the manufacturer Connect the ground wire from the radio chas sis to the body NOTE For further information visit the NISSAN web site www nissan europe com Select your country from the list and go to the SERVICES menu If not available on the web site contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop 4 44 Display screen heater and air conditioner and audio system
380. tion Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer or quali fied workshop To properly set the cruise control system per form the steps as described in Cruise control system operations later in this section Starting and driving 5 29 CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM OPERATIONS The cruise control system can be set at the follow ing speeds Minimum Engine type Maximum speed 1 6 petrol MT 170 km h 100 MPH HR16DE CVT 155 km h 95 MPH 2 0 petrol MT 185 km h 110 MPH MR20DE CVT 175 km h 105 MPH 1 5 diesel 30 km h KOK 20 MPH 166 km h 70 MPH 2 0 diesel 30 km h MOR 18 MPH 170 km h 106 MPH 1 6 diesel 40 km h RON 05 MPH 190 km h 119 MPH Turning the cruise control system on The cruise control system can be switched on after engine start or when driving Push the cruise control main switch 6 The CRUISE indicator and the cruise control symbol 7 will illuminate in the combination meter display Setting a cruising speed 1 Accelerate to the desired cruising speed 2 Push the SET switch 2 downwards and release it 3 The SET indicator 8 and the set speed value will be displayed in the combination meter display 5 30 Starting and driving 4 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal The vehicle will maintain the set speed If the vehicle speed is less than the minimum set speed see table it will not be possible to set the cruise control system Changing a cruising speed
381. tion key or Intelligent Key where fitted and take it with you even in your own garage Close all windows completely and lock all doors Always park your vehicle where it can be seen At night park in a well lit area If the vehicle is equipped with an alarm or immo bilization device use it even for short periods Do not leave children and pets in the vehicle unattended Do not leave valuables on view to tempt a thief Always take your valuables with you If you must leave something in your vehicle lock it in the lug gage compartment or hide it out of sight Do not leave the vehicle documents in your ve hicle In the unfortunate event of your vehicle being stolen the documents will only help a thief to sell the vehicle Do not leave articles on a roof rack as they are particularly vulnerable If possible remove them from the rack and lock them inside the vehicle Do not leave the spare key or Intelligent Key in the vehicle keep it in a safe place at home Do not leave a note of your vehicle s key number in the vehicle A thief may break into the vehicle note the key number and return with a new key and drive the vehicle 5 38 Starting and driving POWER STEERING SYSTEM A WARNING If the Electrically Power Assisted Steering warning light EPAS illuminates while driv ing the power assist for steering will be dis abled Greater steering efforts are required to operate the steering whee
382. tion turns on the ignition system and elec trical accessories START 4 The engine starter activates and the engine will start As soon as the engine has started release the key immediately It will return to the ON position NOTE For vehicles fitted with Stop Start System When the engine is automatically stopped by the Stop Start System the ignition switch can still be operated as usual At the end of a journey turn the ignition OFF to avoid a flat battery The Stop Start System does not automatically turn ignition off NISSAN ANTI THEFT SYSTEM NATS The NISSAN Anti Theft System NATS will stop the engine if someone tries to start the engine with out using the registered NATS key Immobilizer If you failed to start the engine using the NATS Key turn the ignition knob to the LOCK position wait for 5 seconds and turn the key to the START position again to start the engine Starting and driving 5 7 For additional information see NISSAN Anti Theft System NATS in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section 5 8 Starting and driving IGNITION KNOB where fitted NSD350 A MT models AT CVT models OFF 2 PUSH release button A WARNING Never turn the ignition knob to the LOCK position while driving as the steering wheel will lock This may cause the driver to lose control of the ve hicle and could result in serious damage to the vehicle or personal injury The ig
383. tions For more details on the installation of child restraints see also Child restraints later in this section Side air bags Your vehicle is equipped with side air bags You will find a side air bag warning label attached to the vehicle s interior as shown in the previous illustra tion This label warns you not to let infants or small chil dren sit on the front passenger seat as the air bag may cause serious injury in case of deployment dur ing a collision AIR BAG WARNING LIGHT NPA993 The Supplemental Restraint System SRS air bag warning light displaying in the instrument panel monitors the circuits of the front air bag sys tem the side and curtain air bag systems and the pre tensioner seat belt system The circuits moni tored by the SRS air bag warning light are all sen sors air bag modules and all related wiring and the pre tensioner seat belt 1 16 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system After turning the ignition switch to the ON or START position the supplemental air bag warn ing light illuminates The air bag warning light will turn off after approximately 7 seconds if the sys tem is operational Take your vehicle to the nearest NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop to have the air bag systems and pre tensioner seat belt serviced if the SRS air bag warning light Remains on after approximately 7 seconds Flashes intermittently Does not come on at all U
384. to the side of the road at a safe place and allow the transmission to return to normal operation or have it repaired if necessary STOP START SYSTEM where fitted NISSAN GREEN PROGRAM The Stop Start System is designed to prevent un necessary fuel consumption exhaust emissions and noise during a journey When the vehicle comes to rest the engine is automatically stopped The engine is then automatically restarted before you are ready to drive away CAUTION At the end of the journey the engine must be stopped and ignition turned OFF Lock the ve hicle as normal Turning the ignition OFF will shut down all electrical systems Failure to do this may result in a flat battery NORMAL OPERATION x i0g rmn NIC1640 The Stop Start System has stopped the engine and will automatically restart the engine The Stop Start symbol 1 is shown in the vehicle information dis play The Stop Start System will automatically stop the engine when all the following conditions are valid The gearshift lever is in Neutral position The clutch pedal is fully released The vehicle speed is below about 2 km h 1 MPH The driver s seat belt is buckled The driver s door is closed NOTE The following conditions must also be satisfied before the engine is automatically stopped If the engine does not stop this does not indicate a fault with the system The outside ai
385. to obtain sufficient engine braking For the AT or CVT models a low gear position in the manual shift mode low enough to obtain suffi cient engine braking should be selected ANTI LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM ABS A WARNING The Anti lock Braking System ABS is a so a device but it cannot prevent acci dents resulting from careless or dangerous driving techniques It can help maintain ve hicle control during braking on slippery sur faces Remember that stopping distances may also be longer on rough gravel or snow covered roads or if you are using snow chains Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you Ultimately the driver is responsible for safety Tyre type and condition may also affect brak ing effectiveness When replacing tyres install the specified size of tyres on all four wheels When installing a spare tyre make sure it is the proper size and type as specified on the tyre placard See Vehicle identification in the 9 Technical information section for the tyre placard location For detailed information see Wheels and tyres in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section The Anti lock Braking System ABS controls the brakes so that the wheels do not lock during hard braking or when braking on slippery surfaces The system detects the rotation speed at each wheel Starting and driving 5 39 and varies the brake fluid pressure to prevent each whee
386. to the previous page of the setting mode select Back For more information contact your NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop Language Select the submenu to set the desired language of the display Factory Select the submenu to reset the factory settings of the display NOTE When resetting Factory all previous settings made are changed to default CRUISE CONTROL SPEED LIMITER INDICATOR where fitted CRUISE SET E LIMIT _SET NIC 1550 The CRUISE indicator is displayed when the cruise control main ON OFF switch is pushed When the main switch is pushed again the CRUISE indicator disappears When the CRUISE indicator is displayed the cruise con trol system Is operational The cruise control SET indicator is displayed while the vehicle speed is controlled by the cruise control system If the SET indicator blinks while the engine is running it may indicate that the cruise control system is not functioning properly Have the system checked by an NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop For more details see Cruise control where fitted in the 5 Starting and driving section The LIMIT indicator is displayed when the speed limiter main ON OFF switch is pushed When the main switch is pushed again the LIMIT indi cator disappears When the LIMIT indicator is displayed the speed limiter is operational The speed limiter is active when th
387. to the steering wheel The higher the number designated on the switch the lower the axis When travelling with no heavy load on a flat road select position 0 AUTOMATIC AIMING CONTROL xenon headlights Vehicles with xenon headlights are equipped with an automatic levelling system The headlight axis is controlled automatically Instruments and controls 2 27 NISSAN recommends consulting local regulations on the use of lights 2 28 Instruments and controls HEADLIGHT CLEANER where fitted To clean the headlights pull the windscreen washer switch towards you while the headlight switch is in the 40 position and the ignition switch is in the ON position NOTE The headlight cleaner will automatically operate every fifth operation of the wiper and washer switch See Wiper and washer switch earlier in this sec tion CAUTION Do not operate the cleaner continuously for more than 15 seconds Do not operate the cleaner if the washer fluid reservoir is empty or frozen See Window washer fluid headlight cleaner fluid where fitted in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section for details on refilling the res ervoir tank HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH NIC1519 Push the switch on to warn other drivers when you must stop or park under emergency conditions All direction indicator lights will flash HORN NIC1352Z To sound the horn push the centre pad area 1 of the
388. ton is pressed repeatedly further information about the track can be displayed along with the track title as follows Track time Artist name Album title Folder name gt Track time Track details A long press on the pise 5 button will turn the dis play into a detailed overview and after a few sec onds it returns to the main display or press DISP 5 briefly iPod PLAYER OPERATION where fitted NAA1212 Connecting iPod Open the console lid and connect the iPod cable to the USB connector The battery of the iPod will be charged during the connection to the vehicle The display will show a notification message for a few seconds that it is reading the data If the audio system has been turned off while the iPod was playing pressing tb will start the iPod operation During the connection the iPod can only be operated with the audio controls iPod and iPhone are trademarks of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries Compatibility The following compatible models are iPhone 3GS firmware version 3 1 2 or later Display screen heater and air conditioner and audio system 4 37 First generation iPod nano firmware version 1 3 1 or later iPod touch firmware version 2 2 1 or later iPhone firmware version 2 2 1 or later Second generation iPod touch firmware version 3 1 2 or later iPod nano firmware version 1 1 3 or later iPhone 3G f
389. tral position and apply the handbrake when at a standstill for longer than a short waiting period Keep the engine at idling speed while shifting from the N Neutral position to any driving position CAUTION when starting the vehicle DEPRESS THE FOOTBRAKE PEDAL When the engine is running shifting the se lector lever into the R Reverse D Drive or Manual shift mode position without depress ing the brake pedal causes the vehicle to move slowly Be sure the brake pedal is fully depressed and the vehicle is stopped before shifting the selector lever BE AWARE OF THE SELECTOR LEVER POSI TION Make sure that the selector lever is in the desired position Use the D Drive or Manual shift mode to move forwards and the R Re verse to move backwards Release the hand brake lever and the footbrake pedal then de press the accelerator pedal to start the vehicle in motion and merge with traffic avoid abrupt starting and spinning the wheels Avoid revving up the engine while the vehicle is stopped this could cause unexpected ve hicle movement if the selector lever is in the R Reverse D Drive or Manual shift mode position or damage the engine if the selec tor lever is in the N Neutral or P Park posi tion WARM THE ENGINE UP Due to the higher idle speeds when the en gine is cold extra caution must be taken when shifting the selector lever into the driving po sition immediately after start
390. ts cap onssowsueriatueatssaunsutinancnaen 8 6 Checking engine coolant level ccceeceee 8 6 Changing engine Coolant cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 6 ESC Oils eS 8 8 Checking engine oil level n a 8 8 Changing engine Ol ssicctcciniastensoiamccinvetaneaterind 8 9 Changing engine oil filter eeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 11 Protect the environment ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 13 Fuel filter Diesel engine models ccceceeeeneeeees 8 13 Draining WANN s iiccunavienanecdeerritcieen tania sidcicentnenss 8 13 Bleeding the fuel SySteM ccccccceessseeeeeeeeeeseeeees 8 14 Automatic transmission fluid ATF cc esceeeeeeeeees 8 14 Continuously variable transmission CVT fluid 8 14 BAKO Gsis a e 8 15 Checking brake pedal sssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 15 Checking NANABT AKC ws ssscsjecsnpccsnniabveadsaxmoraeenninceanss 8 15 Brake and clutch fluid ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeees 8 15 Window washer fluid headlight cleaner fluid where fitted Ss ncecatintcetstienencncstaaucensanapcassteacecteosednueinanes 8 16 BS UU E E A E E E 8 17 Vehicle battery ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeseeeeeeeeenaees 8 17 Jumo Star csaa 8 19 Integrated keyfob Intelligent Key battery PED aCe meise 8 19 Drive DERG seateaimaraennoneiceaniomceianmomncesnniusicanstehucninmeosanins 8 21 Spark plugs Petrol engine models cccsseeeeeeeees 8 21 Air Cleaner filter
391. tted Luggage compartment light where fitted High mounted stop light Room light where fitted Reading lights where fitted Rear combination light Reverse light Number plate light Rear fog light OP AODDOOOOOCOEO Footwell light where fitted Maintenance and do it yourself 8 27 Replacing procedures All other lights are either type A B C or D When replacing a bulb first remove the lens and or cover REMOVE INSTALL Front side light Front turn signal light 8 28 Maintenance and do it yourself NDI739Z Room light rear where fitted Fe oy fae ise clase Room light Map lights where fitted NDI933 Reading light rear where fitted Maintenance and do it yourself 8 29 pe AOD NDI1035 Foot well light where fitted Luggage compartment light Number plate light 8 30 Maintenance and do it yourself Rear fog light NDI1036 Rear combination light A Turn signal light NDI1098 WHEELS AND TYRES In case of a flat tyre see Flat tyre in the 6 In case of emergency section TYRE INFLATION PRESSURE Periodically check the tyre pressure including the spare tyre An incorrect tyre pressure may ad versely affect tyre life and vehicle handling NOTE Incorrectly inflated tyres can also lead to poor steering ability and make the driver suspect a steering problem keep the vehicle s tyres in flated to the cor
392. ty mirror will turn on when the cover is opened 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments NISSAN Anti Theft System NATS key Intelligent Key where fitted Koy DUMOOT saan ceieisauat Vacaaticcicnetaetacaxeoreesamennecerauaicess NON EOV S oaea T Emergency mechanical key Intelligent Key MOLES oain i E Integrated keyfob remote control system Switching from Convenience mode to Anti hijack ModE saiiiccinataeansinaainmuasaatiannnatnaanicensaes Using the remote keyless entry system Locking the OOl S juscrtinsaaviieniusunsnertinerriesteereulnein Unlocking the GOOrs cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Keyfob operation failure cceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeees Intelligent Key system where fitted cee Intelligent Key operating range ececeeeeeeees Using Intelligent Key system LOCKING UMOCKING scesicessveriacesjaxiaxessnesetcneariaatiawes Starting the engine with the Intelligent Key BOO ole lt aenerer eee etrenn ener ta ey earn arate tat camer nn eet err Super Lock system RHD models 08 Locking unlocking with the key vehicle dead DAUWGTY ctavcsnarecsaxanctoncmrantrengencianeuaedteacentitatenencincs Inside door handle cccccececcececeeceseeeeseveueeeaeeeeas 3 10 Power door lock SWItCH cccecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeas 3 10 Child safety lock rear doors 3 11 Back door OC ssisinienahnonsmnnnnsitubbranteihenwunbuataendes 3 12 Securit
393. umption mode displays the average fuel consumption since the last reset It is shown in 2 ways The symbol average with the value on the top right of the bar By the position of the icon diamond inside the bar 2 Average speed The Average speed mode shows the average ve hicle speed since the last reset 8 Driving distance The Driving distance mode shows the distance driven since the last reset 4 Elapsed time The Elapsed Time mode shows the time since the last reset 5 Range km or MILES The Range mode provides you with an estimation of the distance that can be driven before refuelling distance to empty The range is constantly being calculated based on the amount of fuel in the fuel tank and the actual fuel consumption When the fuel level gets close to empty the range will change to f the amount of fuel added is small the display just before the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position may continue to be displayed When driving uphill or corners the fuel in the tank shifts this may momentarily change the dis play 6 Settings The Settings item is only displayed when using the switch to control the trip computer Rotate the _ switch to enter the Settings menu For more information see Settings menu later in this section 7 CO2 saved where fitted Estimated quantity of CO2 exhaust emissions pre vented by Stop S
394. up Pull the seatback past the vertical position and release the lever The seat will slide forward The 2nd row centre seat slides forward to gether with the right outer seat f fie ope NPA979 Folding 3rd row 7 seater 1 Push the release button of the head restraint and push the head restraint down See Head restraints later in this section 2 Attach the side seat belt tongue to the stowage hook located on the rear pillar 1 as illustrated 3 Release the seatback lock by pulling the strap 1 4 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 4 Fold the seatback forward To return the 3rd row seat to its seating position pull the strap to pull the seatback up until it locks into position Pull the strap again to set the angle of the seatback as desired Pull the head restraint into the highest position ARMRESTS where fitted NPA980 1 Front armrest A Slide the console box lid forwards to use as an armrest 2 Rear armrest 5 seater Pull the armrest of the rear seat and lay it horizon tally 3 Rear armrest 7 seater Pull the strap 1 at the centre seat bench and lay the centre seatback armrest horizontally HEAD RESTRAINTS 4 WARNING Do not drive and or ride in the vehicle with the head restraint removed This can be dan gerous Head restraints should be adjusted properly as they may provide significant protection against injur
395. ure sesse 2 37 Sunshade operation siaisesnsnteerecscstennncnmedtaaaaanuummnddadivennes 2 36 Super Lock system oo ceeeecssceccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ete eetttenttie 3 9 Emergency situations niiiisisiinnnientecrteiti enemies 3 9 Power door lock switch xix cccatciecetcomyyuescctesuuindd deeds 3 11 Supplemental Restraint System air bag system Air bag system drsesesedcctinsae aie donetoctinnv inane 1 13 Air bag warning labels cesisieeccenss ieee cceosyyyyseuecanaauntssecapones 1 16 Alr ag warming light iiiicnssnsacdiaienscnritoncwmtetsiedeacmundiaivenbens 1 16 Front passenger air bag deactivate switch sseeeeee 1 17 Front passenger air bag indicator light 1 17 Switch Det gger SWINGIN iire aTa EE TT 2 23 Fog hgh SWItCN ssisctcasssdzs occnsmnanexcendestsumunnnhedserlancctedsedianas 2 26 Headlight and turn signal switch essessssssssrsrseeeeeeeereees 2 24 Headlight cleaner switch ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaae eens 2 28 Power door lock switch ccccccssicscceeecasasedeasaauououeeeneeaents 3 10 Wiper and washer switch sssssssssseseeesssssssnrnnnrrrrrerereeense 2 21 Tachometer persse isenana ens orea EEEE EEEE ENRERE TEELE ERA 2 2 Temporary use spare tyre s ssssssssesssrrrrssssrtrrnsreesrnrrntessttrnnnno 6 2 Three point type seat belts sniiwettecadeceets sep ieecectiniieeecdadgieenens 1 9 Three way catalyst Petrol engine models eeen 5 4 Tilting steering wheel assssssssss
396. urns off This pro cess can take up to 30 minutes to complete If regeneration fails Failure to react to the DPF warning light may lead to saturation of the DPF system If this happens the Malfunction Indicator MI 1 will illuminate indi cating that a Service Regeneration by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop is required The engine speed may also be limited to 3 000 rpm to protect the DPF system NOTE Contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop to perform a forced regeneration Electronic Power Assisted Steering EPAS warning light When the ignition switch is turned to the ON posi tion the EPAS warning light illuminates This means the system is operational If the warning light remains illuminated after the en gine has been started there will be no power steer ing assistance the vehicle may be driven using the mechanical steering system although it is not rec ommended as the effort required to turn the steer ing wheel will be significantly increased compared to normal operation A WARNING If the EPAS warning light illuminates while aie stop as soon as Safely possible In certain circumstances factors external to the EPAS system may contribute to the illumi nation of the warning light If the warning light illuminates stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible if driving turn the ignition switch to the OFF position for approximately 20 sec onds and then turn the ignition switch to th
397. uses fusible link box P 8 23 7 Battery P 8 17 Engine oil dipstick P 8 8 Window washer headlight cleaner where fit ted fluid reservoir P 8 16 Fuel filter priming bulb P 8 13 7 Nes Sy en laa ZN i g R a oI rS FEZO TSA veils a waa Y Euro 5 K9K engine 1 Engine coolant reservoir P 8 6 O Brake and clutch fluid reservoir RHD models P 8 15 3 Brake clutch fluid reservoir LHD models P 8 15 4 Air cleaner filter P 8 21 5 Fuses fusible link box P 8 23 6 Battery P 8 17 7 Engine oil filler cap P 8 8 Engine oil dipstick P 8 8 Window washer headlight cleaner where fit ted fluid reservoir P 8 16 9 Fuel filter priming bulb P 8 13 Illustrated table of contents O 11 0 12 Illustrated table of contents M R ENGINE D Engine coolant reservoir P 8 6 2 Brake clutch fluid reservoir MT RHD models Brake fluid reservoir AT RHD models P 8 15 3 Engine oil filler cap and dipstick P 8 8 4 Brake clutch fluid reservoir MT LHD models Brake fluid reservoir AT LHD models P 8 15 5 Air cleaner filter P 8 21 6 Fuses fusible link box P 8 23 7 Battery P 8 17 Window washer headlight cleaner where fit ted fluid reservoir P 8 16 Fuel filter priming bulb P 8 13 RIM ENGINE D Engine coolant reservoir P 8 6 2 Brake clutch fluid reservoir MT RHD
398. utch warning where fitted When starting your vehicle it is necessary to oper ate the brake CVT and AT models or clutch pedal MT models For more information see Starting the engine in the 5 Starting and driving section 7 Handbrake reminder The reminder will come on if the handbrake is on whilst the vehicle is being driven A buzzer will also sound Intelligent Key detection warning If the Intelligent Key is taken outside of the vehicle ID recognition zone while the ignition knob is in the Acc or ON position the Intelligent Key detection warning will be displayed and a buzzer will sound The Intelligent Key detection warning disappears when the Intelligent Key is placed back in the pas senger compartment The message also appears when you try to start the vehicle if the Intelligent Key is not detected within the vehicle For more information see Integrated keyfob re mote control system in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section Intelligent Key low battery warning The Intelligent Key low battery warning may show if a low battery voltage is detected when the ignition knob is turned from OFF to the ON position For more information see Integrated keyfob Intel ligent Key battery replacement in the 8 Mainte nance and do it yourself section Intelligent Key system fault warning CAUTION If the Intelligent Key system fault warning comes on it may in
399. ve hicle turn the ESP system off To turn off the ESP system push the ESP OFF switch The ESP OFF indicator light amp will come on 5 42 Starting and driving NOTE The ESP system cannot be switched off when the ESP system is operating and the SLIP indi cator light is blinking Push the ESP OFF switch again or restart the en gine to turn the system ON See Electronic Stabil ity Programme ESP system where fitted earlier in this section for operational details COLD WEATHER DRIVING A WARNING Whatever the conditions drive with caution Accelerate and decelerate with great care If accelerating or decelerating too fast the drive wheels will lose even more traction Allow more stopping distance in cold weather driving Braking should be started sooner than on dry surfaces Keep at a greater distance from the vehicle in front of you on slippery roads Wet ice 0 C 32 F and freezing rain very cold snow and ice can be slick and very difficult to drive on The vehicle will have a lot less trac tion or grip under these conditions Try to avoid driving on wet ice until the road is salted or sanded Watch for slippery spots black ice These may appear on an otherwise clear road in shaded areas If a patch of ice is seen ahead brake before driving on it Try not to brake while actually on the ice and avoid any sud den steering manoeuvres Do not use cruise control where fitted
400. ving Keep your eyes on the road Inatten Page tive driving may lead to a crash resulting in serious injuries or death NIC1645 1 Outside temperature P 2 19 Speed limiter P 5 31 2 Clock P 2 19 Settings menu P 2 18 3 Warnings and alerts P 2 12 Intelligent Key operation P 2 6 Trip computer P 2 16 4 Odometer P 2 16 Engine oil level information P 2 15 5 Twin trip odometer P 2 16 Cruise control P 5 29 Instruments and controls 2 11 2 12 Q Q SS Pp Go T ms oO aif fe a 5 Turn ignition to LOCK Check steering lock Press brake pedal to start Release parking brake Key is not detected on Key low battery p I Key system fault o a All door unlock o a Single door unlock Se 13 Oil level OK Aji INFO oO ox LEVEL Qm Oil level low Sensor error Visit dealer Instruments and controls oe aria Diesel particulate filter clean required Settings can only be accessed when stationary F Service in 1250 Km Maintenance o De Maintenance 2m 0 Low outside temperature Low fuel warning er 100 km a 4 Have a Break Stop amp Start oom ASST gt Stop amp Start not available W Stop amp Start system fault W Stop amp
401. ving the selector lever into the P Park posi tion Use this position together with the handbrake When parking on a hill first depress the footbrake pedal apply the handbrake and then shift into the P Park position R Reverse CAUTION Shift into this position only after the vehicle has completely stopped Use this position to reverse the vehicle When the selector lever is in the R Reverse posi tion either the NISSAN Connect monitor where fit ted or the ultra sonic parking sensor where fitted will be activated For details see Rear view moni tor where fitted in the 4 Display screen heater and air conditioner and audio system section Around view monitor where fitted in the 4 Dis play screen heater and air conditioner and audio system section or Ultrasonic Parking Sensor where fitted later in this section N Neutral Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged The engine can be started in this position You may shift to N and restart a stalled engine while driving the vehicle D Drive Use this position for all normal forward driving 100 km 50 4 km Omma Agy Ee O O NIC1649 Gear shift indicator The gear shift indicator A located in the lower part of the vehicle information display shows the current position of the transmission It shows the P R N D modes when the transmission is in auto mode It shows the gear number when t
402. w 1 Turn the ignition switch to the Acc position 2 Switch on the audio system and your mobile phone For the vehicle 1 Briefly press lt MENU gt button 2 Press lt ENTER gt button 3 Turn the lt MENU VOL gt dial and select PAIR PHONE then press lt ENTER gt button 4 The display shows READY TO PAIR then PASSCODE 1 234 On the mobile phone 2 Activate the Bluetooth connection Activate the search mode for Bluetooth equip ment Refer to your mobile phone manual for fur ther details If the search mode finds the device it will be shown on your mobile phone display Select the device name MY CAR 2 Enter the passcode number 1234 as shown on the display of the audio unit with the keypad on Display screen heater and air conditioner and audio system 4 45 your mobile phone then press the confirmation button on your mobile phone Press briefly lt MENU gt button Press ENTERS buon a a READY TO PAIR PASSCODE 1294 Your mobile phone setup select MY CAR then enter 1234 If successful PAIRING OK 8 CONNECT OK PAIR PHONE Press button repeat edly for the main screen Once the connection is finalised the audio unit will automatically register the mobile phone and the au dio unit display shows PAIRING OK and X CON NECT OK If it fails to register PAIRING FAIL then start the procedure previously described again or consult your
403. where road salt is used The salt residue from road salt could discolour the wheels if it is not washed off regularly CAUTION Follow the directions as described below in order to avoid staining or discolouring of the wheels Donotuse a cleaner that contains strong con tents of acid or alkali to clean the wheels Do not apply wheel cleaner when the wheels are hot The wheel temperature should be the same as ambient temperature Rinse the wheel to completely remove the cleaner within 15 minutes after the cleaner has been applied CHROME PARTS Clean all chrome parts regularly with a nonabrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish Appearance and care 7 3 CLEANING INTERIOR Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior trim plastic parts and seats using a vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush Wipe the vinyl and leather sur faces with a clean soft cloth dampened in mild soap solution then wipe clean with a dry soft cloth Regular care and cleaning is required in order to maintain the appearance of the leather Before using any fabric protector read the manu facturer s recommendations Some fabric protec tors contain chemicals that may stain or bleach the seat material Use a soft cloth dampened only with water to clean the meter and gauge lens covers CAUTION Never use benzine thinner or any similar ma terial Small dirt particles can be abrasive and dam aging to leather surfaces a
404. while shifting from one drive mode to another Once shifting is completed the 4WD mode indicator light will come on If the indicator light does not come on immediately make sure that the area around the vehicle is safe and free from ob stacles Drive the vehicle straight DO NOT ac celerate decelerate or reverse then turn the 4WD mode control If the 4WD warning lights comes on the 4WD indi cator light s will go out DRIVING FOUR WHEEL DRIVE 4WD SAFELY Your NISSAN is designed for both normal and off road use However avoid driving in deep water or mud as your NISSAN is mainly designed for leisure use unlike a conventional off road vehicle Remember that Two Wheel drive 2WD models are less capable than Four Wheel Drive 4WD models for rough road driving and extrication when stuck for example in deep snow or mud Please observe the following precautions Drive carefully when off road and avoid danger ous areas Always wear seat belts to help keep you and your passengers in position when driv ing over rough terrain Do not drive across steep slopes Instead drive either straight up or straight down the slope Off road vehicles can tip over sideways much more easily than they can forwards or backwards Many hills are too steep for any vehicle If you drive up them you may stall If you drive down them you may not be able to control your speed If you drive across them you may roll over Do not sh
405. y AF Regional REG and Language settings perform the follow ing procedure 1 Press and hold the lt MENU gt button for at least 1 5 seconds 2 Turn the MENU VOL dial clockwise or anticlock wise the display message will appear in the fol lowing order AF lt gt REG lt LANGUAGE amp AF To activate or deactivate the AF and REG mode briefly press the lt ENTER gt button when AF or REG appears in the display and turn the MENU VOL dial clockwise or anticlockwise to switch between the on or off position After selection press the lt ENTER gt button to save the settings When the AF mode is enabled the audio unit will automatically re tune to a stronger fre quency if the radio signal becomes weak When the REG mode is enabled the audio unit will maintain and hold the station which is broadcasting local regional programmes To change the display language briefly press on the lt ENTER gt button when LANGUAGE appears in the display then turn the MENU VOL dial clockwise or anticlockwise to select the ap propriate language setting ENGLISH lt DUTCH amp FRENCH amp SPANISH amp GERMAN amp ITALIAN PORTUGUESE lt ENGLISH After selecting the desired language press the lt ENTER gt button to save the setting After the desired levels have been set press either the lt MENU gt button for at least 1 5 seconds the lt BACK gt button or wait for 5 s
406. y SYStOM eee eee eee eeeeeee 3 13 Alarm system where fitted eects 3 13 NISSAN Anti Theft System NATS 0ee 3 13 Bonnet release cccecccceceeeececeeeeseeeeseveueeeaeeusavaueevens 3 14 Fuel filler lid veer natn caetnie tuts oamnanedeadsavatesesceemsekeaeceucneas 3 15 Fuel filler lid opener lever sessen 3 15 PUG TINGE CAD csranrcace mata acectnrendevehaenipensenniaaediainn 3 15 Handbrake lever cccccceceeceseceeeeseeeeseveueeeaueusavausevans 3 16 Steering WMO CIs tertrsatesaazsctacsnrsanasiouteeassameetameaweneaeiesal 3 16 Sun VISOFS sectcaicartesecscuctcaitecaccencbiettsetatendosaalectedensedaas 3 17 PUAN S esate ena nsshesinacinracasbsiinomivdinchtdoh dchsiibsaaniA dna aebeaincisenn 3 17 INSIDE rear view Mirror ccccceceececeeceseueeseveeseeeeeeeas 3 17 Automatic anti dazzling inside mirror where POO aen sie ansuesueenee eee 3 17 Outside rear view MIIOMrS ccccceceeeseeeeeecsueeeueeeues 3 17 Vanity MNO Worsa 2asaxteanws eaaceestenccapncersonaaentaaaet nesses 3 19 KEYS NPA1052 NPA1049 Intelligent Key with emergency mechanical key 1 Intelligent Key 2 Emergency Mechanical key inside the Intel ligent Key see Emergency mechanical key Intelligent Key models later in this section 3 Key number plate 3 2 Pre driving checks and adjustments NISSAN ANTI THEFT SYSTEM NATS KEY Your vehicle can only be driven with the keys spe cific to your vehicle Only NISSAN Anti Th
407. y closed and continue holding the switch for a further 5 seconds 5 The system is now reinitialised If the reinitialisation procedure cannot be performed successfully take your vehicle to a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop Instruments and controls 2 35 NIC1425 Passenger power window switches The passenger power window switches 4 operate the corresponding passenger window only To open or close the window push and hold the switch down or up To stop the window from opening or closing simply release the switch 2 36 Instruments and controls C VIEW GLASS ROOF where fitted NIC1263Z 1 Open 2 Close CAUTION Do not place heavy objects on the C View glass or surrounding area Do not hang from the sunshade or hang any objects from it It may cause damage or de formation to the sunshade Close the sunshade when you leave the ve hicle for extended periods of time to prevent the inside of the vehicle from reaching high temperatures SUNSHADE OPERATION The C View sunshade operates only when the ig nition switch is in the ON position A WARNING Never allow hands or fingers or any part of your body within operating range of the sunshade You could be injured Opening and closing Manual control To open the sunshade press and hold the OPEN side of the switch 1 To stop the sunshade from opening fully release the switch To close the sunshade press and hold
408. y in an accident Check the height after someone else uses the seat Ifthe head restraints are removed for any rea son they should be securely stored to pre vent them from causing injury to passengers or damage to the vehicle in case of sudden braking or an accident 7 seater The head restraints of the 3rd row should always be put into the highest position when the seat is occupied zie NPA925Z Front and Rear fitted seat head restraints Adjustment 1 Pull up the head restraint to raise to the proper position 2 Push in the lock knob as illustrated to lower the head restraint to the proper position Adjust the head restraint so that the centre is level with your ears Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 5 ACTIVE HEAD RESTRAINTS front seats SPA1025Z A WARNING Always adjust the head restraints properly as specified in the previous section Failure to do so can reduce the effectiveness of the active head restraint Active head restraints are designed to supple ment other safety systems Always wear seat belts No system can prevent all injuries in an accident Do not attach anything to the head restraint stalks Doing so could impair the active head restraint s function The head restraint moves forward utilising the force that the seatback receives from the occupant in a rear end collision The movement of the head re straint helps support the occu
409. y using the wheel wrench in the sequence as illustrated 6 Lower the vehicle completely 7 Install the wheel cover where fitted NOTE Before installation align NISSAN logo centre cap with the wheel nuts or perpendicular to valve hole where fitted to correctly align to the centre As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 113 Nem 12 kg m 83 ft lb A WARNING Retighten the wheel nuts after the vehicle has been driven for 1 000 km 600 miles also in cases of a flat tyre etc The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to specifica tion at all times It is recommended that the wheel nuts be tightened to specification at each mainte nance interval Adjust the tyre pressure to the COLD pressure COLD pressure is the tyre pressure as measured after the vehicle has been parked for three hours or more or driven for less than 1 6 km 1 mile COLD tyre pressures are shown on the tyre placard affixed to the driver s side centre pillar Stowing the wheel and tools A WARNING Always make sure that the wheel subwoofer where fitted jack and tools are properly stored after each use Such items can become danger ous projectiles in an accident or sudden stop 5 seater 1 Securely store the wheel with the flat tyre the jack and the tools in the specified storage areas See Getting the tools and spare wheel earlier in this sect
410. ye view will appear fur ther than the actual distance because the bird s eye view is a pseudo view that is pro cessed by combining the views from the cam eras on the outside mirrors the front and the rear of the vehicle Tall objects such as a kerb or vehicle may be misaligned or not displayed at the seam of the views Objects that are above the camera cannot be displayed The view for the bird s eye view may be mis aligned when the camera position alters Aline on the ground may be misaligned and is not seen as being straight at the seam of the views The misalignment will increase as the line proceeds away from the vehicle aunennenc Front side view Left Hand Drive LHD models For the Right Hand Drive RHD models the screen layout will be opposite NAA1237 Front side view CAUTION The actual distance to objects may differ from the distance shown Guiding lines Guiding lines that indicate the approximate width and the front end of the vehicle are displayed on the monitor The front of vehicle line T shows the front part of the vehicle The side of vehicle line shows the vehicle width including the outside mirror The extensions 8 of both the front 1 and side lines are shown with a green dotted line DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTIVE AND ACTUAL DISTANCES The distance guide line and the vehicle width guide line on the front and the rear view should be used
411. ype A or Type B switch in The indicator light will come on Push the switch again to turn the defogger off The defogger will turn off automatically after ap proximately 15 minutes if the rear window clears before this time push the switch again to turn the defogger off CAUTION When cleaning the inner side of the rear window be careful not to scratch or damage the electri cal conductors NOTE When the air conditioner or rear defogger is turned on the Stop Start System will not be acti vated For models with the Stop Start System Instruments and controls 2 23 OUTSIDE MIRROR DEFOGGER where fitted The outside rear view mirrors will be defogged when the defogger switch is activated 2 24 Instruments and controls HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH XENON HEADLIGHTS where fitted A WARNING HIGH VOLTAGE When xenon headlights are on they produce a high voltage To prevent an electric shock never attempt to modify or disassemble Al ways have your xenon headlights replaced at an authorised NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop Xenon headlights provide considerably more light than conventional headlights If they are not correctly aimed they might temporarily blind an oncoming driver or the driver ahead of you and cause a serious accident If head lights are not aimed correctly immediately take your vehicle to a NISSAN dealer or quali fied workshop and have the headlights ad justed correctly
412. ystems checked and tuned by an authorised NISSAN dealer or quali fied workshop GENERAL MAINTENANCE During the normal day to day operation of the ve hicle general maintenance should be performed regularly as prescribed in this section If you detect any unusual sounds vibrations or smell be sure to check for the cause or have a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop do it promptly In addition you should notify a NISSAN dealer or qualified work shop if repairs are required When performing any checks or maintenance work closely observe the Maintenance precautions later in this section EXPLANATION OF GENERAL MAINTENANCE ITEMS Additional information on the following items with an asterisk is found later in this section The maintenance items listed here should be per formed from time to time unless otherwise speci fied Outside the vehicle Back door doors and bonnet Check that the back door all doors and the bonnet operate properly Also ensure that all latches lock securely Lubricate hinges and latches if necessary Make sure that the secondary latch keeps the bon net from opening when the primary latch Is released When driving in areas using road salt or other cor rosive materials check for lubrication frequently Lights Clean the headlights on a regular basis Make sure that the headlights stop lights tail lights turn signal lights and other lights are all operating properly and insta
413. zle scessvessssusecveredaaduwnes oui a ENEE EEE 8 23 Window washer headlight cleaner fluid ssssssssecsseeeeee 8 16 Windscreen wiper and washer switch essceseeeeerrrn 2 22 Wiper blades replacement sseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 22 10 10 Index PETROL STATION INFORMATION RECOMMENDED FUEL Petrol engine CAUTION Do not use leaded petrol Using leaded petrol will damage the three way catalyst Unleaded petrol with an octane rating of at least 95 RON must be used For further details see Fuel recommendation in the 9 Technical information section Diesel engine EN590 Diesel fuel of at least 51 cetane must be used NOTE Use only low sulphur diesel For further details see Fuel recommendation in the 9 Technical information section CAUTION Do not use home heating oil petrol or other alternate fuels in the diesel engine this can cause engine damage Do not add petrol or other alternate fuels to diesel fuel Do not use summer fuel at temperatures be low 7 C 20 F Cold temperatures will cause wax to form in the fuel and may prevent the engine from running smoothly RECOMMENDED ENGINE OIL HR16DE or MR20DE engine Genuine NISSAN engine oil API grade SL or SM ILSAC grade GF 3 or GF 4 ACEA A1 B1 A3 B3 A3 B4 or A5 B5 C2 or C3 K9K engine Genuine NISSAN engine oil K9 K engine without diesel particulate filter Eu

Download Pdf Manuals

image

Related Search

Foreword foreword meaning foreword vs forward foreword reviews foreword in a book foreword vs preface foreword lyrics foreword coffee foreword synonym foreword tyler the creator foreword magazine foreword example foreword crossword clue foreword sample foreword meaning in hindi foreword tyler the creator lyrics foreword by nick santa maria

Related Contents

Bedienungsanleitung  QMS® TOPIRAMATE - Fisher Scientific  Guía del usuario  CD-VT2 OWNER`S MANUAL  InLine 69916B coaxial connector      Toshiba Satellite C850-B989  LBT 90321.indd  HVF型圧力変換器 取扱説明書 A2 当社の圧力変換器を御買い上げ頂き  

Copyright © All rights reserved.
Failed to retrieve file